Acti 9 Ready to install Distribution and control ... - Electrika
They protect single-phase or three-phase motors with manual local control . This protection includes: b isolation b manual or remote control b short-circuit ...
Acti 9 Ready to install Distribution and control products
Acti 9 Isobar. Section. Acti 9 MCBs, RCCB. Section. DIN rail mounted MCBs. Section. Surge protection. Section. Remote operated earth leakage protection.
Not Your Device? Search For Manuals or Datasheets below:
File Info : application/pdf, 408 Pages, 38.12MB
Document DEVICE REPORT1173-acti9-rti-15-aActi 9 Ready to install Distribution and control products Introduction Schneider Electric's Ready to Install offer brings together the company's range of solutions for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems. As a global specialist in energy management, Schneider Electric offers integrated solutions making energy safer, more reliable, efficient and productive. The Ready to Install offer includes a comprehensive range of distribution boards, panel boards, switchgear, protection devices, control and command solutions, metering and measurement products and Integrated Installation Solutions. Our products are highly compatible and complement each other, allowing you to provide your customers with integrated, tailored solutions. For easy identification, products previously known under the Merlin Gerin and Mita brands are now being labelled as Schneider Electric so customers can spot our quality solutions at a glance. Whether you're specifying equipment for a major project or buying a selection of components for a simple maintenance installation, our range is unequalled. When you choose a system bearing our name you have the reassurance it is of the highest quality. Wherever you are located and whatever your need, we are committed to meeting your requirements. The Ready to Install offer now includes our award winning Acti 9 product range, winner of Select's Best New Product category. Contents Acti 9 Isobar Acti 9 MCBs, RCCB DIN rail mounted MCBs Surge protection Remote operated earth leakage protection Remote operated MCBs Control and command Powerpact 4 panelboards Wall mounted switchgear Connection systems and enclosures Technical data Dimensions 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Section 10 Section 11 Section 12 Section Contents Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution board features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2 B type distribution board features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/3 1 A type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 1/4 to 1/7 Distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4 Multi service distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4 Split load distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/5 Split metered distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/5 Incomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/7 B type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 1/8 to 1/13 Standard distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8 Meter ready distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8 Split metered distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8 Metering kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10 Standard IP55 distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/11 Incomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12 Top or bottom extension enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/13 Side extension enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/13 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/13 Replacement items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 1/14 to 1/15 Pan assemblies, Type A and Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14 Doors and covers, Type A and Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14 Pan assemblies - accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/15 1/1 Features 1 Fully shrouded neutral bars Fully shrouded connections when main switch is fitted Acti 9 Isobar A type single phase distribution boards Fully encapsulated busbar system Conversion of any outgoing way into neutral Wide range of incomers Standard, meter ready, split metered and multi service options Non removable interlock to prevent operation unless an outgoing device is fitted Wide range of add-on auxiliaries, e.g. shunt trips, auxiliary switches, add-on earth leakage modules, etc bbFully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 61439-3 bbHigh performance MCB 10kA BS EN 60898 15kA BS EN 60947-2 in B, C or D curve single and double pole bb125A busbar rating bbIsobar disconnection to BS EN 60947-3 ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated bbOption of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit bbTerminal block for feeding up to 100A bbRange of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks bbSingle pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density bbFull range of device accessories and auxiliaries bbKnockouts for cable gland and conduit mixed to suit the installation needs without loss of space bbSplit metering options Technical Section 11 1/2 Dimensions Section 12 Features Fully shrouded neutral bars Wide range of incomers Fully shrouded connections when main switch is fitted Acti 9 Isobar B type 3 phase distribution boards Standard, meter ready, 1 split metered and multi service options Fully encapsulated busbar system Conversion of any outgoing way into neutral Wide range of add-on auxiliaries, e.g. shunt trips, auxiliary switches, add-on earth leakage modules, etc Non removable interlock to prevent operation unless an outgoing device is fitted bbFully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 61439-3 bbHigh performance MCB 10kA BS EN 60898 15kA BS EN 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3, 4 pole bb250A busbar rating bbIsobar disconnection to BS EN 60947-3 ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated bbOption of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit bbTerminal block for feeding up to 100A bbRange of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks, mccb bbSingle pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density bbFull range of device accessories and auxiliaries bbKnockouts for cable gland and conduit mixed to suit the installation needs without loss of space bbRemovable insulated pan assembly bbFully shrouded neutral bbSplit neutral bars bbRemovable gland plates bbOptional metering, dual supply, surge protection and contactor on incoming bbMetered extension enclosures Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 1/3 SEA9AN18 Distribution boards 1 Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution boards BS EN 61439-3 IEC 61439-3 bb Acti 9 Isobar is a complete range of single and 3 phase distribution boards for commercial and industrial applications vv Standard distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Multi service distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Dual incomer distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Split load distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Split metered distribution boards up to 20 ways vv Any outgoing way can be converted to switch the Neutral Alternating current (AC) 50Hz withstand 110v conditional unconditional Direct current (DC) unconditional 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 24v 25kA/50mS 230/240v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 48v 25kA/50mS SEA9AN27 Technical Section 11 1/4 Dimensions Section 12 Catalogue numbers Acti 9 Isobar Standard distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp Incomers not included No of SP ways No of DP ways* SEA9AN2 2 1 SEA9AN6 SEA9AN10 SEA9AN14 SEA9AN18 6 3 10 5 14 7 18 9 SEA9AN27 27 12 *When used with distributed neutral Acti 9 Isobar Multi service distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp Incomers not included No of SP ways Useable DIN rail 18mm ways SEA9AN108MS 10 4 SEA9AN1432MS 14 16 SEA9AN616MS 6 8 SEA9AN624MS 6 12 SEA9AN148MS 14 4 SEA9AN1016MS 10 8 Acti 9 Isobar Split load distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp Incomers not included Unprotected way RCCB protected ways SEA9AN96SL 9 6 SEA9AN510SL 5 10 SEA9AN56SL 5 6 Distribution boards switch disconnector for each outgoing way Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution boards (cont.) 125 amp rated bars with non removable covers 1 fully insulated construction padlockable in the off position only Technical data Standard, Meter ready, Split metered Acti 9 Isobar Main characteristics According to BE EN 61439-3 Withstand conditional unconditional insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Rated inpulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Current rating (A) direct connection Switch disconnector RCCB sensitivites (mA) Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Endurance (O-C) Isobar switch disconnector Overvoltage category Operating temperature Storage teperature Connections Rating Tightening torque 125 amp 125 amp 100 amp 110v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 500V 3 6kV 125A 125A Terminal block Power switch 30, 100, 300, 300TD, 100A External IP3X Internal IP20 3000 IV -35 to +700C -40 to +800C Copper lugs b b b b b b Cables bare 50mm 50mm 35mm 230/240v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 500V 3 6kV 125A 125A Device DIN switch disconnector Terminal block RCCB Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Acti 9 Isobar Dual supply distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp Incomers not included Section 1 SP ways Section 2 SP ways SEA9AN106DS 10 6 SEA9AN26DS 2 6 SEA9AN66DS 6 6 Acti 9 Isobar Split metered distribution boards busbar rating 100 amp direct connected meters Incoming switch disconnector included Meter type No of SP ways No of SP ways SEA9AN6S6 40A direct connected 6 6 SEA9AN10S10 63A direct connected 10 10 SEA9AN14S14 63A direct connected 14 14 Total load 2 row 50A per row 1 row 40A per split Meter used A9M17067 A9MEM2010 1/5 SEA9AN10S10 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution boards (cont.) Weight (kG) - Dimensions (mm) 1 Standard 2 way Multi service b b Split load b b Dual Incomer Split metered kG b b b b 1.8 Height 300 Width 200 Depth 117 6 way b b b b b b b b 2.5 300 273 117 10 way b b b b 2 - 6 b b 3.0 300 345 117 14 way 6 - 16, 10 - 8 5 - 6 6 - 6 b b 4.8 300 417 117 18 way 6 - 24, 10 - 16, 14 - 8 5 - 10, 9 - 6 10 - 6 6 - 6 5.7 300 489 117 27 way 14 - 32 10 - 10, 14 - 14 bb 10 - 10 8.9 530 417 117 SEA91252 SEA9R41263 Incomers Switch disconnector SEA91252 Residual current circuit breaker 230/240vAC Sensitivity (mA) SEA9R41263 30 SEA9R12263 100 SEA9R44263 300 SEA9R11280 30 SEA9R12280 100 SEA9R14280 300 SEA9R15280 300 TD SEA9R11291 30 SEA9R12291 100 SEA9R14291 300 SEA9R15291 300 TD Terminal block SEA9TB1252 Rating (A) 125 Rating (A) 63 63 63 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 Rating (A) 125 No of poles 2 No of poles 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 No of poles 2 SEA9TB1252 DIN rail only enclosures Reference Description SEA9DE16 SEA9DE24 SEA9DE32 SEA9DE40 SEA9DE64 8 SP way module enclosure 12 SP way module enclosure 16 SP way module enclosure 20 SP way module enclosure 32 SP way module enclosure Number of rows 1 1 1 1 2 Dimensions as SEA9AN6 SEA9AN10 SEA9AN14 SEA9AN18 SEA9AN27 Technical Section 11 1/6 Dimensions Section 12 SEA9BP5 SEA9NKIT SEA9TB1001 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution boards (cont.) Accessories Flush mounting kits (overall dimensions add 50mm to width and height) Reference SEA9AN6FK Flush mounting kit SEA9AN10FK Flush mounting kit SEA9AN14FK Flush mounting kit SEA9AN18FK Flush mounting kit Distributed neutral kits Reference SEA9NA6 Distributed neutral for 6 way SP+N SEA9NA10 Distributed neutral for 10 way SP+N SEA9NA14 Distributed neutral for 14 way SP+N SEA9NA18 Distributed neutral for 18 way SP+N SEA9NA27 Distributed neutral for 27 way SP+N SEA9NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Reference Description SEA9BL Door lock SEA9PD Padlock kit for door SEA9BP Blank pole SEA9BP25 Pack of 25 x 5 pole filler SEA9BP5 single 5 pole filler SEA9TB1001 100 amp terminal block 1 pole SEA9ANWL SP&N LABELS No of ways 6 10 14 18 No of ways 6 10 14 18 27 1 Acti 9 Isobar A type pan assemblies Reference No of ways Height Width SEA9AN6PS SEA9AN10PS Supplied without distributed neutral 6 Supplied without distributed neutral 10 202 200 202 272 SEA9AN14PS SEA9AN18PS Supplied without distributed neutral 14 Supplied without distributed neutral 18 202 344 202 416 Depth 87 87 87 87 Doors and covers Reference SEA9AN6C SEA9AN10C SEA9AN14C SEA9AN18C SEA9AN27C 6 way door and cover 10 way door and cover 14 way door and cover 18 way door and cover 27 way door and cover SEA9AN18C Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 1/7 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards SEA9BN8 BS EN 61439-3 1 IEC 61439-3 bb Acti 9 Isobar is a complete range of single and 3 phase vv distribution boards for commercial and industrial vv applications vv Standard distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Meter ready distribution boards up to 24 ways vv Split metered distribution boards up to 22 ways vv Any outgoing way can be converted to switch the Neutral SEA9BN8M Alternating current (AC) 50Hz withstand 230/240v conditional 25kA unconditional 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS Direct current (DC) 24v unconditional 25kA/50mS 400v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 48v 25kA/50mS 415v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS SEA9BN1254S8 Catalogue numbers Acti 9 Isobar Standard distribution boards busbar rating 250 amp No of TP ways No of SP ways No of DP ways* SEA9BN4 4 12 6 SEA9BN6 6 18 9 SEA9BN8 8 24 12 SEA9BN12 12 36 18 SEA9BN16 16 48 24 SEA9BN18 18 54 26 SEA9BN24 24 72 36 Acti 9 Isobar Meter ready distribution boards busbar rating 250 amp No of TP ways No of SP ways No of DP ways SEA9BN6M 6 18 9 SEA9BN8M 8 24 12 SEA9BN12M 12 36 18 SEA9BN16M 16 48 24 SEA9BN18M 18 54 26 SEA9BN24M 24 72 36 *Metering kits page 1/10 Acti 9 Isobar Split metered* distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp switch disconnector fitted Lower pan assembly No of TP ways No of SP ways Upper pan assembly No of TP ways No of SP ways SEA9BN1256S8 8 24 8 24 SEA9BN12512S8 14 42 8 24 SEA9BN12514S6 16 48 6 18 SEA9BN12516S4 18 54 4 12 Acti 9 Isobar Split metered* distribution boards busbar rating 250 amp - incomer supplied separately Lower pan assembly No of TP ways No of SP ways Upper pan assembly No of TP ways No of SP ways SEA9BN2506S8 8 24 8 24 SEA9BN25012S8 14 42 8 24 SEA9BN25014S6 16 48 6 18 SEA9BN25016S4 18 54 4 12 *MID 3 Phase kWh kit Modbus communications and pulsed output Technical Section 11 1/8 Dimensions Section 12 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) interlocked switch disconnector for each outgoing way padlockable in the off position only 250 amp rated bars with non removable covers 1 fully insulated construction voltage test points Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 fully shrouded connections padlockable handle 1/9 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) 1 Metering kits Acti 9 Standard distribution boards SEA9BNKWH MID 3 Phase kWh kit Modbus communications and pulsed output Height 270 (mm) SEA9BNKWHP MID 3 Phase kWh kit pulsed output Height 270 (mm) SEA9BNMETE Metering enclosure for standard Acti 9 Isobar height 270 (mm) boards for PM meters Acti 9 Meter ready distribution boards SEA9BN3155 MID 3 Phase kWh kit Modbus communications Integral SEA9BN3110 MID 3 Phase kWh kit pulsed output Integral SEA9BN3255 MID 3 Phase kWh kit Modbus communications Height 135 (mm) SEA9BN3210 MID 3 Phase kWh kit pulsed output Height 135 (mm) Rating (A) 250 250 250 Rating (A) 63 63 125 125 Connection via CT via CT via CT Connection direct direct via CT via CT Incomers for 250 amp split metered boards SEA9NCB1604SM 160A 4P MCCB for A9 split meter board SEA9NCB2004SM 200A 4P MCCB for A9 split meter board SEA9NCB2504SM 250A 4P MCCB for A9 split meter board SEA9NI1604SM 160A 4P Switch for A9 split meter board SEA9NI2004SM 200A 4P Switch for A9 split meter board SEA9NI2504SM 250A 4P Switch for A9 split meter board Rating (A) 160 200 250 160 200 250 No. of poles 4 4 4 4 4 4 Connections Rating 125 amp Copper lugs 160 -250 amp 95mm 95mm 120 mm Bare cables 50mm 95mm with spreader connection 185mm with cable clamps 185mm with cable clamps Device DIN switch disconnector/Terminal block Interpact DIN Switch Disconnector Interpact Switch Disconnector NSX Moulded case circuit breaker Terminal block Technical data Standard, Meter ready, Split metered Acti 9 Isobar Main characteristics Withstand conditional unconditional Insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Rated inpulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Current rating (A) direct connection Switch disconnector Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Endurance (O-C) Isobar switch disconnector Overvoltage category Operating temperature Storage teperature MCCB 230/240v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 500vAC 3 6kV 125/250 125 160-200-250 100-160-200-225-250 External IP3X or IP55 Internal IP20 3000 IV -35 to +700C -40 to +800C 400v 415v 25kA 25kA 25kA/50mS 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 17kA/200mS 500vAC 500vAC 3 3 6kV 6kV 6kV 6kV DIN mounted Power switch Interpact Technical Section 11 1/10 Dimensions Section 12 SEA9BN6HDGK Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) Main characteristics Acti 9 Isobar Heavy Duty According to BE EN 61439-3 230/240v 400v Withstand conditional 25kA 25kA unconditional 25kA/50mS 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 17kA/200mS Insulation voltage (Ui) 500vAC Pollution degree 3 Rated inpulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6kV Current rating (A) 125A Degree of protection External IP55 (IEC 60529) Internal IP20 Endurance (O-C) Isobar switch disconnector Overvoltage category Operating temperature Storage teperature 3000 IV -35 to +700C -40 to +800C Anti condensation measures should be taken if installed in an external location 415v 25kA 25kA/50mS 17kA/200mS 1 Catalogue numbers Acti 9 Isobar Standard IP55 distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp steel door SEA9BN6HDGR No of TP ways 6 No of SP ways 18 No of DP ways 9 SEA9BN8HDGR 8 24 12 SEA9BN12HDGR 12 36 18 SEA9BN16HDGR 16 48 24 Acti 9 Isobar Standard IP55 distribution boards busbar rating 125 amp transparent door SEA9BN6HDGK No of TP ways 6 No of SP ways 18 No of DP ways 9 SEA9BN8HDGK 8 24 12 SEA9BN12HDGK 12 36 18 SEA9BN16HDGK 16 48 24 Acti 9 Isobar and Acti 9 Isobar IP55 Weight (kG) - Dimensions (mm) Standard 4 way Meter ready n Split meter kG n 9 6 way 6 way n 10.5 8 way 6 way n 11 12 way 12 way n 13.5 16 way 16 way n 16 18 way 18 way n 16.2 24 way 24 way n 22 n n 125 amp 28 n n 250 amp 32 250 amp incoming section n 4 IP55 6 way 8 way 12 way 16 way kG n 32.4 n 32.9 n 40.1 n 41.4 Height 484 484 538 700 808 862 1024 1290 1694 405 Width 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 Depth 139 138 138 139 139 139 139 139 139 130 Height 650 650 800 800 Width 600 600 600 600 Depth 330 330 330 330 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 1/11 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) Int= Internal to the distribtion board SEA91253N Ext = in 400mm high extension enclouseres 1 n = not applicable Incomers SEA9NI2504 SEA9R44463 Switch disconnector Rating (A) No of poles SEA91253N 125 3P+N SEA91254 125 4 SEA9NI1603 160 3P+N SEA9NI1604 160 4 SEA9NI2003 200 3P+N SEA9NI2004 200 4 SEA9NI2254 225 4 SEA9NI2503 250 3P+N SEA9NI2504 250 4 Moulded Case Circuit Breaker Rating (A) No of poles SEA9NCB1004 70-100 4 SEA9NCB1604 112-160 4 SEA9NCB2004 140-200 4 SEA9NCB2504 175-250 4 Residual current circuit breaker Rating (A) No of sensitivity (mA) poles A9R41463 30 63 4 A9R12463 100 63 4 A9R44463 300 63 4 A9R15463 300/time delayed 63 4 A9R11480 30 80 4 A9R14491 300 100 4 A9R15491 300/time delayed 100 4 SEA9NI160RCCB adjustable 160 n Terminals for direct connection Rating (A) No of poles SEA9TB1254 125 4 SEA9NTB2504 250 4 Dual source incomer Rating (A) No of poles SEA9NDSI *270mm enclosure 125 4 Contactor incomer Rating (A) No of poles SEA9BN100CCI *270mm enclosure 100 4 Dual metered extension enclosure Rating (A) No of MID 3 Phase kWh kit Modbus communications and pulsed output poles 270mm enclosures SEA9BNDM160SD Interpact SD 160 4 SEA9BNDM200SD Interpact SD 200 4 SEA9BNDM250SD Interpact SD 250 4 SEA9BNDM160M NSX MCCB 160 4 SEA9BNDM200M NSX MCCB 200 4 SEA9BNDM250M NSX MCCB 250 4 Single phasing kits Rating (A) No of poles Standard Meter ready Int Int Int Int Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Int Int Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Ext Ext Standard Meter ready Ext 270mm n Ext 270mm n Ext 270mm n Ext 270mm n Ext 270mm n Ext 270mm n Standard Meter ready Split IP55 Metered Int Int Int Int Ext n Ext n Ext n Ext n Ext n Ext n Ext n n Split IP55 metered Ext n Ext n Ext n Ext n Split IP55 metered Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Ext n Split IP55 metered Int Int Ext n Split IP55 metered Ext n Split IP55 metered Ext n Split IP55 metered n n n n n n n n n n n n Split IP55 metered SEA9TB1254 SEA9BNDM250SD SEA9125SPEV SEA9250SPEV 125 4 Int Int Int Int 250 4 Int Int Int n Technical Section 11 1/12 Dimensions Section 12 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) SEA9BNEX034N SEA9BN8SXS Top or bottom extension enclosures height 270 (mm) n not applicable Switch disconnector Description SEA9BNEXN SEA9BNEX034N Plain front cover for additional wiring space Mounting of DIN devices, overall door and cutout for 17 x 18mm poles 1 SEA9BNEXA14N Single phase add on distribution board 14 way Side extension enclosures Reference Description SEA9BN4SXS SEA9BN8SXS SEA9BN12SXS SEA9BN16SXS SEA9BN24SXS SEA9BN4SXP SEA9BN8SXP SEA9BN12SXP SEA9BN16SXP SEA9BN24SXP Slotted front cover + overall door Slotted front cover + overall door Slotted front cover + overall door Slotted front cover + overall door Slotted front cover + overall door Plain front cover + overall door Plain front cover + overall door Plain front cover + overall door Plain front cover + overall door Plain front cover + overall door No of rows 2 2 3 4 5 2 2 3 4 5 Total 18mm Dimensions SP ways as 34 SEA9BN4 34 SEA9BN8 51 SEA9NB12 68 SEA9NB16 85 SEA9NB24 34 SEA9BN4 34 SEA9BN8 51 SEA9NB12 68 SEA9NB16 85 SEA9NB24 SEA9BN8SXP SEA9NEK2 SEA9TB1001 Technical Section 11 Accessories Reference SEA9BL SEA9PD SEA9NEK1 SEA9NEK2 SEA9NEK3 SEA9LA SEA9BN63SPL SEA9BNSJKN SEA9BNTJKA SEA9BNTJKB SEA9BNTJKN SEA9BP SEA9BP25 SEA9BP5 SEA9TB1001 SEA9BNBCE25 SEA9BNWL SEA9BNC SEA9NB4 SEA9NB6 SEA9NB8 SEA9NB12 SEA9NB16 SEA9NB18 SEA9NB24 SEA9NKIT SEA9ISOKEY SEA9BGPEXN SEA9FCF Dimensions Section 12 Description Door lock Padlock kit for door Extra earth terminal bar 14 hole Extra earth terminal bar 20 hole Extra earth terminal 26 hole Pack of 3 padlock attachment MCB Split load kit 63 amp Side joining kit Top/bottom joining kit for enc/ext/enc Top bottom kit replacing gland plate Joining kit B board top/bottom Blank pole Pack of 25 x 5 pole filler Single 5 pole filler 100 amp terminal block 1 pole Clean earth B boards 25 hole TP&N Labels Neutral shroud (spare) Distributed neutral for 4 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 6 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 8 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 12 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 16 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 18 way TP+N Distributed neutral for 24 way TP+N Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Pack of 5 disconnector keys Gland plate for Acti9 Isobar 4 extension Pack of 10 cover fixing screws 1/13 SEA9NKIT Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) SEA9BN6PS SEA9BN6TN SEA9BN8E SEA9BN8P 1 Technical Section 11 1/14 Pan assemblies - 3 phase without distributed neutral, supplied without mounting plate Reference Description SEA9BN4PS Pan assembly 4 way TP&N SEA9BN6PS Pan assembly 6 way TP&N SEA9BN8PS Pan assembly 8 way TP&N SEA9BN12PS Pan assembly 12 way TP&N SEA9BN16PS Pan assembly 16 way TP&N SEA9BN18PS Pan assembly 18 way TP&N SEA9BN24PS Pan assembly 24 way TP&N Pan assemblies - replacement for Acti 9 Isobar and Isobar 4c distribution boards Reference Description SEA9BN4P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN6P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN8P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN12P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN16P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN18P B board replacement pan assembly SEA9BN24P B board replacement pan assembly Pan assemblies - for switchboard mounting supplied with earths and neutral, phase coloured Isobar switch disconnectors Reference Description SEA9BN4E Pan assembly 4 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN6E Pan assembly 6 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN8E Pan assembly 8 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN12E Pan assembly 12 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN16E Pan assembly 16 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN18E Pan assembly 18 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN24E Pan assembly 24 way TP+ earth and neutral Pan assemblies - for switchboard mounting supplied with earths and neutral, black Isobar switch disconnectors Reference Description SEA9BN4PEV Pan assembly 4 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN6PEV Pan assembly 6 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN8PEV Pan assembly 8 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN12PEV Pan assembly 12 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN16PEV Pan assembly 16 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN18PEV Pan assembly 18 way TP+ earth and neutral SEA9BN24PEV Pan assembly 24 way TP+ earth and neutral Pan assemblies - 3 phase without distributed neutral, supplied fitted on a mounting plate Reference Description SEA9BN4TN 4 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN6TN 6 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN8TN 8 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN12TN 12 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN16TN 16 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN18TN 18 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly SEA9BN24TN 24 TP&N way panel fixing pan assembly Door and cover assemblies Reference Description SEA9BN4C 4 way door and cover SEA9BN6C 6 way door and cover SEA9BN8C 8 way door and cover SEA9BN12C 12 way door and cover SEA9BN16C 16 way door and cover SEA9BN18C 18 way door and cover SEA9BN24C 24 way door and cover Dimensions Section 12 Distribution boards Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) SEA9BINCKIT Pan assemblies - accessories Reference SEA9NPB250TB Description 250 amp incoming terminal block for E/PEV 1 SEA9BINCKIT MCCB/Interpact connection kit for use with SEA9NPB250TB SEA9TB2253 225 amp terminal block for PS/TN Dimensions (mm) Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 1/15 Contents Acti 9 MCBs, RCCB iC60H circuit breakers (curve B, C, D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/2 to 2/4 iC60H and iC60H2 RCB0 10, 30 and 100 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/5 to 2/8 Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/9 to 2/12 A type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/9 to 2/10 SI type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/11 AC type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/12 2 iID residual current circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/13 to 2/16 A type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/13 SI type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14 AC, A, SI type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/15 to 2/16 Electrical auxiliaries for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA . . . pages 2/17 to 2/23 Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Reflex iC60, RCA ARA and iSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 2/24 to 2/29 2/1 Protection Circuit protection 2 PB111065-40 PB111069-40 Catalogue numbers iC60H circuit breaker Type 1P 1 iC60H circuit breakers (curve B, C, D) BS/EN 60947-2 BS/EN 60898-1 bbiC60H circuit breakers are multi-standard circuit breakers which combine the following functions: vv circuit protection against short-circuit currents, vv circuit protection against overload currents, vv suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2, standard. vv fault tripping indication by a red mechanical indicator in circuit breaker front face. Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2 Voltage (Ue) Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P) 12 to 133 V 220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V 440 V Ph/N (1P) Rating (In) 1 to 4 A 12 to 60 V 70 kA 100 to 133 V 220 to 240 V - 70 kA 70 kA 50 kA 6 to 40 A 42 kA 30 kA 15 kA 10 kA 50/63 A 42 kA - 15 kA 10 kA Breaking capacity (Icn) according to IEC/EN 60898-1 Voltage (Ue) Ph/Ph 400 V Ph/N 230 V Rating (In) 1 to 63 A 10000 A Service breaking capacity (Ics) 100 % of Icu 50 % of Icu 50 % of Icu Direct current (DC) Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2 Service Between +/- Voltage (Ue) 12 to 48 V 72 V 100 to 133 V breaking capacity 220 to 250 V (Ics) Number of poles 1P 2P (in series) 3P (in series) 4P (in series) Rating (In) 1 to 63 A 20 kA 10 kA 10 kA 20 kA 10 kA 100 % of Icu 2P 13 E45092 E45094 Current rating (In) 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A Width in 9-mm modules 2 Curve B A9F53101 A9F53102 A9F53103 A9F53104 A9F53106 A9F53110 A9F53116 A9F53120 A9F53125 A9F53132 A9F53140 A9F53150 A9F53163 2 C A9F54101 A9F54102 A9F54104 A9F54106 A9F54110 A9F54116 A9F54120 A9F54125 A9F54132 A9F54140 A9F54150 A9F54163 D A9F55101 A9F55102 A9F55104 A9F55106 A9F55110 A9F55116 A9F55120 A9F55125 A9F55132 A9F55140 A9F55150 A9F55163 24 Curve B A9F53201 A9F53202 A9F53204 A9F53206 A9F53210 A9F53216 A9F53220 A9F53225 A9F53232 A9F53240 A9F53250 A9F53263 4 C A9F54201 A9F54202 A9F54204 A9F54206 A9F54210 A9F54216 A9F54220 A9F54225 A9F54232 A9F54240 A9F54250 A9F54263 D A9F55201 A9F55202 A9F55204 A9F55206 A9F55210 A9F55216 A9F55220 A9F55225 A9F55232 A9F55240 A9F55250 A9F55263 Technical Section 11 2/2 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Circuit protection bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Large circuit labelling area iC60H circuit breakers (curve B, C, D) (cont.) Visi-trip window bb Fault tripping is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face Positive contact indication bb Suitable for industrial isolation according to 2 IEC/EN 60947-2 standard. bb The presence of the green strip guarantees physical opening of the contacts and allows operations to be performed on the downstream circuit in complete safety bb Double clip for dismounting with comb busbar in place bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Increased product service life thanks to: vv overvoltage resistance by high level of industrial performances conception (pollution degree, rated impulse withstand voltage and insulation voltage), vv high performance limitation (see limitation curves), vv fast closing independent of the speed of actuation of the toggle. bb Remote indication, open/closed/tripped, by optional auxiliary contacts. bb Top or bottom electrical feeding. E45095 E45097 3P 135 246 Curve B A9F53301 A9F53302 A9F53304 A9F53306 A9F53310 A9F53316 A9F53320 A9F53325 A9F53332 A9F53340 A9F53350 A9F53363 6 Technical Section 11 C A9F54301 A9F54302 A9F54304 A9F54306 A9F54310 A9F54316 A9F54320 A9F54325 A9F54332 A9F54340 A9F54350 A9F54363 D A9F55301 A9F55302 A9F55304 A9F55306 A9F55310 A9F55316 A9F55320 A9F55325 A9F55332 A9F55340 A9F55350 A9F55363 Dimensions Section 12 4P 1 357 2 468 Curve B A9F53401 A9F53402 A9F53404 A9F53406 A9F53410 A9F53416 A9F53420 A9F53425 A9F53432 A9F53440 A9F53450 A9F53463 8 C A9F54401 A9F54402 A9F54404 A9F54406 A9F54410 A9F54416 A9F54420 A9F54425 A9F54432 A9F54440 A9F54450 A9F54463 D A9F55401 A9F55402 A9F55404 A9F55406 A9F55410 A9F55416 A9F55420 A9F55425 A9F55432 A9F55440 A9F55450 A9F55463 2/3 Protection Circuit protection iC60H circuit breakers (curve B, C, D) (cont.) Connection Without accessory With accessories DB405585 14 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule 50 mm² Screw-on Al connection terminal for ring terminal Multi-cables terminal Rigid cables Flexible cables DB122945 DB122946 DB122935 DB118789 DB118787 2 1 to 25 A 2 N.m 32 to 63 A 3.5 N.m 1 to 25 mm2 1 to 35 mm2 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 25 mm2 50 mm2 Ø 5 mm 3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 DB123310 DB123312 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics According to IEC/EN 60947-2 Insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Thermal tripping Reference temperature Magnetic tripping B curve C curve D curve Utilization category According to IEC/EN 60898-1 Limitation class Rated making and breaking capacity of an individual pole (Icn1) Additional characteristics Breaking capacity 40 A under 1 pole with IT 50/63 A 380-415 V isolated neutral system (case of double fault) Degree of protection Device only (IEC 60529) Device in modular enclosure Endurance (O-C) Electrical Mechanical Overvoltage category (IEC 60364) Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) 500 V AC 3 6 kV 50°C 4 In ± 20 % 8 In ± 20 % 12 In ± 20 % A 3 Icn1 = Icn 4 kA 3 kA IP20 IP40 Insulation classe II 10,000 cycles 20,000 cycles IV -35°C to +70°C -40°C to +85°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % to 55°C) DB123314 DB405584 Dimensions (mm) 4P 72 3P 54 2P 36 5.5 1P 18 78.5 69.5 50 85 Weight (g) Circuit-breaker Type 1P 2P 3P 4P 45 Technical Section 11 2/4 64 4.6 Dimensions Section 12 iC60H 125 250 375 500 Protection Circuit protection iC60H RCBO 10, 30 and 100mA DB405038 IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-2, BS EN 61009-1 bbThe single-phase iC60H RCBO's self-contained residual current device carries out complete protection of final circuits: vvprotection again short-circuits and cable overloads vvprotection of persons against electric shock by direct contact 2 (10, 30 mA sensitivities), vvprotection of equipment against fires set by leakage currents (100 mA sensitivity). bbThe neutral is not interrupted when the device is tripped. Hence iC60H RCBO can be used on most circuits, except for the ones operating under TT or IT earthing systems when the neutral needs to be isolated. Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz Breaking capacity (Icn) according to IEC 61009-1 Voltage (Ue) Ph/N 110 V Rating (In) 6 to 45 A 10000 A 240 V 10000 A Accessory Padlocking device bbA9A27049 for pack of 10. Used to lock the toggle in the "open" or "closed" position by 4mm diameter padlock (not supplied). Catalogue numbers iC60H RCBO 10000 1P+N B curve Voltage rating (V) 240 C curve Voltage rating (V) 110 240 Operating frequency A Sensitivity (In) Rating (In) 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A Sensitivity (In) Rating (In) 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A Rating (In) 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A 10 mA 10 mA A9D10806 A9D10810 A9D10816 A9D10820 A9D10825 A9D10832 A9D10840 A9D10845 50...60 Hz 30 mA A9D31806 A9D31810 A9D31816 A9D31820 A9D31825 A9D31832 A9D31840 A9D31845 30 mA A9D19810 A9D19816 A9D19820 A9D19825 A9D19832 A9D11806 A9D11810 A9D11816 A9D11820 A9D11825 A9D11832 A9D11840 A9D11845 100 mA 100 mA A9D12806 A9D12810 A9D12816 A9D12820 A9D12825 A9D12832 A9D12840 A9D12845 Width in 9-mm modules 2 2 Accessory Type Padlocking device (bag of 10 pieces) A9A27049 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/5 DB405038 PB111076-70 Protection Circuit protection 2 DB405040 Catalogue numbers iC60H2 RCBO 10000 2P C curve N/L1in L2in Voltage rating (V) 110 240 N/L1out L2out Operating frequency iC60H2 RCBO 10,000A 30mA IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-2, AS/NZS 61009.1 bbThe 2-pole iC60H2 RCBO's self-contained residual current device carries out bbcomplete protection of final circuits: vvprotection against short-circuits and cable overloads, vvprotection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA sensitivities), vvprotection of equipment against fires set by leakage currents (300 mA sensitivity). bbiC60H2 RCBO switches neutral, together with phase. It is therefore suitable for all circuits, whatever the earthing system (except for TN-C). Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz Breaking capacity (Icn) according to IEC 61009-1 Voltage (Ue) Ph/N, Ph/Ph 110 V Rating (In) 10 to 32 A 10000 A 240 V 10000 A Accessory Padlocking device bbA9A27049 for pack of 10. Used to lock the toggle in the "open" or "closed" position by 4mm diameter padlock (not supplied). Rating (In) Rating (In) A Sensitivity (In) 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 30 mA A9D19210 A9D19216 A9D19220 A9D19225 A9D19232 A9D11210 A9D11216 A9D11220 A9D11225 A9D11232 50...60 Hz Width in 9-mm modules 4 Technical Section 11 2/6 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Circuit protection iC60H RCBO 10, 30 and 100mA (cont.) Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Rated residual operating current (In) Thermal tripping Reference temperature Limitation class Surge current withstand (8/20 s) without tripping Rated nominal breaking capacity (Icn) Phase/earth rated residual breaking and making capacity (Im) Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only Device in modular enclosure Endurance (O-C) Electrical Mechanical Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization iC60H RCBO 400 V AC 4 kV 10, 30, 100 mA 50°C 3 250 A 10,000 A 7,500 A iC60H2 RCBO 30 mA 10,000 A 7,500 A IP20 IP40 5,000 cycles 20,000 cycles -15°C to +60°C -40°C to +85°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95 % at 55°C) IP20 2 IP40 DB404953 DB123313 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Installation on Isobar. DB123309 DB123311 Indifferent position of installation. Weight (g) iC60 RCBO iC60H RCBO 205 iC60H2 RCBO 332 DB405565 Dimensions (mm) 72 45 19 18 20 5.5 45 110 36 5.5 110 72 45 19 20 45 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 iC60H RCBO 55 15 iC60H2 RCBO 55 15 2/7 Protection iC60H RCBO Earth leakage protection 10, 30 and 100mA (cont.) bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Test push-button PB111075-70 DB405553 Visi-Trip window 2 bb Fault tripping is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face DB405556 bb Clip for dismounting DB405582 Positive contact indication bb The presence of the green strip guarantees physical opening of the contacts and allows operations to be performed on the downstream circuit in complete safety bb Insulated terminals IP20 DB406319 DB405564 DB122945 DB122946 bb Padlocking device Connection 14 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 5.5 mm PZ2 13 mm Type bbIncreased product service life thanks to fast closing independent of the speed of actuation of the toggle. bbRemote indication, open/closed/tripped, by optional auxiliary contacts. Rating Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible N in and L in L out and N out 6 to 45 A 3.5 N.m 2 N.m 1 to 25 mm2 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 10 mm2 Technical Section 11 2/8 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Vigi iC60 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (type A) PB104464-45 PB104469-45 IEC/EN 61009-1 bb Combined with iC60 circuit breaker, the Vigi iC60 provide: vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA), vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 100 mA), vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA), vv use with 1/2 pole or 3/4 pole iC60H. 2 DB122462 Catalogue numbers Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices Type A Product Vigi iC60 Auxiliaries Without auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 25 A 63 A A9V02663 A9V01663* 100 mA A9V03663 4P Sensitivity 30 mA 100 mA Rating 63 A A9V02763 - Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V Except * 110 V 50/60 Hz 300 mA A9V06663 300 mA A9V06763 Width in 9 mm modules 3 4 6 DB122464 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/9 Protection Vigi iC60 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (type A) (cont.) PB104466-35 PB104471-35 IEC/EN 61009-1 bb Combined with iC60 circuit breaker, the Vigi iC60 provide: vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA), vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 100 mA), vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA or 500 mA)), vv use with 2 pole or 4 pole iC60H only. 2 DB122462 Catalogue numbers Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices Type A Product Vigi iC60 Auxiliaries Without auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 30 mA 100 mA Rating 25 A 63 A A9V51225 A9V51263 A9V22225 A9V22263 300 mA A9V54225 A9V54263 500 mA A9V26225 A9V26263 300 mA s A9V25263 Width in 9 mm modules 1000 mA s - 3 A9V29263 4 4P Sensitivity 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 300 mA s 1000 mA s Rating 25 A A9V51425 A9V22425 A9V54425 A9V26425 - - 6 63 A A9V51463 A9V22463 A9V54463 A9V26463 A9V25463 A9V29463 7 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V 50/60 Hz DB122464 Technical Section 11 2/10 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Vigi iC60 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (SI type) PB104466-35 PB104471-35 IEC/EN 61009-1 bb Combined with iC60 circuit breaker, the Vigi iC60 provide: vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (y 30 mA), vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA), vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA), vv use with 2 pole or 4 pole iC60H only. The SI type provides increased immunity from electrical interference and polluted 2 or corrosive environments. DB122462 Catalogue numbers Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices Type SI Product Vigi iC60 Auxiliaries Without auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 10 mA Rating 25 A A9V30225 40 A - 63 A - 30 mA A9V61225 A9V61240 A9V61263 4P Sensitivity 10 mA 30 mA Rating 25 A - A9V61425 40 A - A9V61440 63 A - A9V61463 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 300 mA s A9V65263 300 mA s A9V65463 1000 mA s A9V39263 1000 mA s A9V39463 Width in 9 mm modules 3 4 4 6 7 7 DB122464 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/11 Protection Vigi iC60 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (AC type) PB104466-40 bb Test button 2 bb Large circuit labelling area Visi-trip window bb Fault tripping is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face. bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Screw-shield enabling connection checking and retightening DB122948 DB123310 Connection Type Rating Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid 6.5 mm PZ2 14 mm Vigi iC60 25 A 40 to 63 A 2 N.m 3.5 N.m 1 to 25 mm2 1 to 35 mm2 DB122945 DB122946 Flexible or ferrule 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 25 mm2 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 Dimensions Section 12 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) According to IEC/EN 61009-1 Surge current withstand (8/20 s) without tripping A type (no selective s) A type (selective s) Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only Device in modular enclosure Operating temperature AC type A and SI types Storage temperature 500 V 3 6 kV 250  3 k IP20 IP40 Insulation classe II -5°C to +60°C -25°C to +60°C -40°C to +85°C DB123312 DB123314 Technical Section 11 2/12 PB104472-40 PB104473-40 DB122476 Protection iID residual current Earth leakage protection circuit breakers (A type) IEC/EN 61008-1 bb The iID residual current circuit breakers provide: vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (y 30 mA), vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 100 mA), vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA or 500 mA). 2 Catalogue numbers iID residual current circuit breakers Type A Product iID Auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 10 mA Rating 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A A9R20216 A9R20225 - 30 mA A9R21225 A9R21240 A9R21263 A9R21291 100 mA - 300 mA A9R24225 A9R24240 A9R24263 A9R24291 500 mA - Width in 9 mm module 300 mA s - 4 - A9R25240 A9R25263 A9R25291 4P Sensitivity 10 mA 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 300 mA s Rating 25 A - A9R21425 - A9R24425 - - 8 40 A - A9R21440 A9R22440 A9R24440 A9R26440 A9R25440 63 A - A9R21463 A9R22463 A9R24463 A9R26463 A9R25463 80 A - A9R21480 - A9R24480 - A9R25480 100 A - A9R21491 - A9R24491 A9R26491 A9R25491 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 2P 230 - 240 V 4P 400 - 415 V 50/60 Hz iID residual current circuit breakers for 110/230 V Type Product A Width in 9 mm iID module Auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 63 A A9R08263 4 DB122477 DB122476 DB122477 4P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 63 A A9R08463 8 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency Technical Section 11 2P 110 V 4P 230 V 50/60 Hz Dimensions Section 12 2/13 Protection iID residual current Earth leakage protection circuit breakers (SI type) PB104472-40 PB104473-40 IEC/EN 61008-1 bb The iID residual current circuit breakers provide: vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (y 30 mA), vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA), vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA or 500 mA). 2 The SI type provides increased immunity from electrical interference and polluted or corrosive environments. DB122476 Catalogue numbers iID residual current circuit breakers Type SI Product iID Auxiliaries 2P Sensitivity 10 mA Rating 16 A - 25 A A9R30225 40 A - 63 A - 100 A - 4P Sensitivity 10 mA Rating 25 A - 40 A - 63 A - 80 A - 100 A - Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 2P 230 - 240 V 4P 400 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 30 mA A9R61225 A9R61240 A9R61263 - 30 mA A9R61425 A9R61440 A9R61463 A9R31480 A9R31491 300 mA - 300 mA A9R34463 A9R34491 300 mA s A9R35240 A9R35263 A9R35291 300 mA s A9R35440 A9R35463 A9R35480 A9R35491 500 mA s - 500 mA s A9R37440 A9R37463 A9R37480 - Width in 9 mm module 4 8 DB122477 Technical Section 11 2/14 Dimensions Section 12 Protection iID residual current Earth leakage protection circuit breakers (AC, A, SI types) PB104548-40 PB104472-40 2 bb Test button bb Large circuit labelling area bb Double clip for dismounting with comb busbar in place bb Insulated terminals IP20 Visi-trip window bb Fault tripping is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face Positive contact indication bb Suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-3 standard bb The presence of the green strip guarantees physical opening of the contacts and allows operations to be performed on the downstream circuit in complete safety SI type The SI type provides increased immunity from electrical interference and polluted or corrosive environments. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/15 Protection iID residual current Earth leakage protection circuit breakers (AC, A, SI types) (cont.) Connection Without accessory With accessories* DB122947 Type Tightening Copper cables 50 mm² Screw-on Multi-cables terminal 14 mm 6.5 mm torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule Al connection Rigid terminal for ring cables terminal Flexible cables PZ2 DB122945 DB122946 DB122935 DB118789 DB118787 2 iID 3.5 N.m 1 to 35 mm2 1 to 25 mm2 50 mm2 Ø 5 mm 3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 DB123310 DB123312 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) According to IEC/EN 61008-1 Making and breaking capacity (Im/IDm) Surge current withstand (8/20 s) without tripping AC and A types (no selective s) AC, A types (selective s) SI type Conditional rated short circuit current (Inc/IDc) With C60H With fuse Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only Device in modular enclosure Endurance (O-C) Operating temperature Storage temperature Electrical (AC1) 16 to 63 A 80 to 100 A Mechanical AC type A and SI types 500 V 3 6 kV 1500 A 250  3 k 3 k 15 kA 10,000 A IP20 IP40 Insulation classe II 15,000 cycles 10,000 cycles 20,000 cycles -5°C to +60°C -25°C to +60°C -40°C to +85°C DB123314 Technical Section 11 2/16 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Earth leakage protection b The electrical auxiliaries are combined with Tripping auxiliaries: iC60 circuit breakers, iID residual current circuit breakers, remote tripping switch disconnector iSW-NA , RCA remote controls and ARA automatic IEC/EN 60947-1 bb iMN: undervoltage release bb iMNs: delayed undervoltage release reclosers; they enable tripping or remote bb iMNx: undervoltage release, independant from supply voltage indication of their position (open/closed/tripped) bb iMX: shunt release upon a fault. bb iMX+OF: shunt release with open/close contact. b They are fastened by clips (without tools) to the left side of the breaker. EN 50550 bb iMSU: overvoltage release 2 b The iOF/SD+OF auxiliary is a 2-in-1 product: via a mechanical selector switch, it provides two contacts, OF+SD or OF+OF. Indication auxiliaries: IEC/EN 60947-5-1 b The iOF+SD24 auxiliary can report open/closed bb iOF: open/close contact (OF) status information and intentional or fault bb iSD: fault indicating contact tripping of the associated device (SD) to the Acti 9 bb iOF/SD+OF: open/close contact and switchable OF or SD contact. Smartlink or a programmable logic controller via the TI24 interface (24 V DC). IEC/EN 60947-5-4 bb iOF+SD24: open/close contact OF and default indicating contact SD with Ti24 interface. DB404939 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/17 Protection Circuit protection Earth leakage protection Electrical auxiliaries for iC60, iID, RCA and ARA The mounting order for the various auxiliaries must be complied with. The tripping auxiliaries (iMN, iMX) should be mounted first, as close as possible to the circuit breaker or the residual current circuit breaker. Then, the indicating auxiliaries (iOF, iSD) should be mounted, complying with their position shown in the following table. 2 Indicating auxiliaries DB123593 PB104474-25 PB104475-25 + 1 (iOF/SD+OF or iOF+SD24 or iSD) 1 iOF None None 1 iSD + 1 iOF/SD+OF 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF) 1 iOF+SD24 None 1 iSD None 1 iOF 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF or iOF+SD24) 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF) None 1 iOF 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF or iOF+SD24) 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF) d Tripping devices must be mounted first. Comply with the position of the SD function. *iSW-NA : the iSD auxiliary contact must be associated with an auxiliary (iMN, iMX, iMX+OF); it indicates that the remote tripping switch disconnector has been tripped open. Technical Section 11 2/18 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, RCA and ARA (cont.) Earth leakage protection PB104496-25 Tripping auxiliaries + Remote control Device Vigi iC60 2 ARA automatic recloser or iC60 circuit breaker or Vigi iC60 add-on residual RCA remote control iID residual current circuit current device breaker PB104466-25 PB104437-25 1 (iMN, iMNs, iMNx or iMX, iMX+OF or iMSU) max. 2 (iMN, iMNs, iMNx or iMX, iMX+OF or iMSU) max. 2 (iMN, iMNs, iMNx or iMX, iMX+OF or iMSU) max. 3 iMSU max. 1 (iMN, iMNs, iMNx or iMX, iMX+OF or iMSU) max. iC60 Vigi iC60 PB104472-25 1 (iMN, iMNs, iMNx or iMX, iMX+OF or iMSU) max. None ARA PB106253-25 1 (iMX or iMN or iMSU) max. None RCA PB106256-25 PB104437-25 PB104472-25 PB104437-25 iID/iSW-NA PB104466-25 iC60 iID Vigi iC60 PB104437-25 iC60 Vigi iC60 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/19 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Earth leakage protection Auxiliaries Type 2 Tripping iMN Undervoltage release Instantaneous PB104477-35 PB104478-35 PB104480-35 iMNs Delayed iMNx Independent of the supply voltage Function Wiring diagrams bb Trips the device with which it is combined when its input voltage decreases (between 70 % and 35 % Un). Prevents device closing again until its input voltage is restored bb Tripping of the associated device by opening of the control circuit (e.g. push-button, dry contact) bb Not tripping on transient voltage dip (up to 0.2 s) bb A drop in the supply voltage does not trip the associated device bb A locking push-button control allows the circuit protected (e.g. machine control) to be placed in safety configuration U < DB118804 DB118805 Use bb Emergency stoppage by normally closed push button bb Ensures the safety of power supply circuits for several machines by preventing "uncontrolled" restarting Catalogue numbers A9A26960 iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA bb A9A26961 b b Technical specifications Rated voltage (Ue) V AC V DC Standardised operating and non-response to voltage times (Ua)* Maximum operating time Minimum non-response time Operating Hz frequency Red mechanical indicator Test function Width in 9 mm modules Operating current 220...240 48 48 50/60 On front face 2 A9A26959 b b 115 400 A9A26963 b b A9A27108 b b 220...240 24 24 50/60 On front face 2 E1 E2 N/ L2 L1 bb Emergency stoppage with fail-safe principle bb Insensitive to control circuit voltage variation to increase service continuity Important: Before any servicing operation switch off the mains power supply (voltage presence at terminals E1/E2) A9A26969 A9A26971 b b b b 220...240 50/60 On front face 2 380...415 Number of contacts Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature -35...+70 -40...+85 -35...+70 -40...+85 -35...+70 -40...+85 *(Ua) Voltages measured between the phase and the neutral conductor, at which the iMSU device must control the associated protective device. Technical Section 11 2/20 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Earth leakage protection (cont.) iMSU Overvoltage release PB104496-35 PB104481-35 iMX Shunt release iMX+OF With Open/Close auxiliary contact 2 PB104479-35 DB118806 bb Switches off the power supply by opening the breaker with which it is combined, in the event that the phase/ neutral voltage is exceeded (loss of neutral). For a four-phase network, use three iMSU tripping auxiliaries bb Trips the breaker when powered bb Includes an open/close contact (OF) to indicate the "open" or "closed" position of the breaker DB123012 DB118808 U > U > 14 12 C2 C1 11 (L/+) (N/-) bb Protection of equipment against overvoltages on the electrical network (neutral conductor break) bb Voltage monitoring between phase and neutral conductors bb Emergency stoppage by normally open push bb Emergency stoppage by normally open push button button bb Remote indication of the position of the associated breaker A9A26500 b b A9A26476 b b A9A26477 b b A9A26478 b b A9A26946 A9A26947 b b b b A9A26948 b b 230 255 V AC 100...415 48 110...130 48 275 V AC 300 V AC 350 V AC 400 V AC No tripping 15 s 5 s 3 s 1 s 50/60 On front face 2 0.75 s 0.20 s 0.25 s 0.07 s 50/60 On front face 2 -35...+70 -40...+85 -35...+70 -40...+85 12...24 12...24 100...415 48 110...130 48 50/60 On front face 2 y 24 V DC 48 V DC y 130 V DC y 240 V AC 415 V AC 1 NO/NC -35...+70 -40...+85 12...24 12...24 10 mA mini, 6 A maxi 2 A 1 A 6 A 3 A Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/21 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Earth leakage protection (cont.) Auxiliaries Type Indication iOF Open/close auxiliary contact iSD Fault indicating contact iOF/SD+OF Double open/close or fault indicating contact iOF+SD24 Double open/close and fault indicating contact PB104474-35 PB104476-35 PB104475-35 PB107750-35 2 Function Wiring diagrams bb Changeover contact indicates "open" or "closed" position of the breaker bb Changeover contact indicates position of the breaker; upon: vv electrical fault vv action on tripping auxiliary bb Same indication as VISI-TRIP bb The iOF/SD+OF auxiliary is a 2-in-1 product: via a mechanical selector switch, it provides two contacts, OF+SD or OF+OF bb 2 contacts (1 NO + 1 NC) can report the signalling information of the associated device to the Acti 9 Smartlink or a programmable logic controller: vv electrical fault vv actuation of the tripping auxiliary vv "Open" or "Closed" position of the associated device DB118810 DB118811 DB118812 DB118813 DB124318 Use Catalogue numbers iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Technical specifications Rated voltage (Ue) V AC V DC Operating Hz frequency Red mechanical indicator Test function Width in 9 mm modules Operating current Number of contacts Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature bb Remote indication of bb Remote indication of the position of the associated tripping upon a fault of the breaker associated breaker A9A26924 b b A9A26927 b b 240...415 24...130 50/60 On toggle 1 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 130 V DC 240 V AC 415 V AC 1 NO/NC -35...+70 -40...+85 240...415 24...130 50/60 On front face On toggle 1 10 mA mini, 6 A maxi 2 A 1.5 A 1 A 6 A 3 A 1 NO/NC -35...+70 -40...+85 OF position SD position bb Remote indication of position and/or tripping upon a fault of the associated breaker A9A26929 bb Remote indication of position and tripping upon a fault of the associated breaker A9A26897 b b b b 240...415 24...130 50/60 On front face On toggle 1 1 NO/NC + 1 NO/NC -35...+70 -40...+85 24 - On front face On toggle 1 2 mA mini, 50 mA maxi 1 NO/NC -25...+70 -40...+85 Technical Section 11 2/22 Dimensions Section 12 DB123061 DB123580 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for Circuit protection iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA Earth leakage protection (cont.) Connection Type Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible Multi-cables terminal Rigid cables Cables with ferrule DB122945 DB123007 DB123011 DB123008 10 mm 4 mm PZ1 Indication auxiliaries Tripping auxiliaries 1 N.m 1 N.m 1 to 4 mm2 1 to 6 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 Ti24 connector connection Spring-loaded Type terminals 10 mm 0.4 x 2.5 mm Ti24 interface Catalogue Copper cables numbers Rigid A9XC2412 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 DB122945 DB123553 Flexible 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 Ti24 prefabricated cables connection Type Catalogue numbers Connection for Acti 9 Smartlink 6 short prefabricated A9XCAS06 6 medium-sized prefabricated A9XCAM06 6 long prefabricated A9XCAL06 Connection for PLC type terminals 6 long prefabricated on a single side A9XCAU06 iOF+SD24 24V SD OF 0V Length 100 mm 160 mm 870 mm 870 mm PB107754-10 PB107755-14 DB404941 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/23 Protection Circuit protection Earth leakage protection Mounting Accessories Rotary handle Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA and iSW Plug-in base PB104509-35 PB106297_10 PB104508-35 2 Function Catalogue numbers Set of Suitability iC60 iSW iC60 + Vigi iC60 iID Reflex iC60 or RCA+iC60 or ARA+iC60 ARA+iID Front or side-mounted control bb Degree of protection: IP55 rotary handle bb Installation: vv the control mechanism is mounted on the device vv the rotary handle is fixed to the front or side of the enclosure bb Front-mounted (on door or faceplate) bb Prevents the door from opening when the device is in the ON position (can be deactivated) bb Can be padlocked when the device is in the "open" position (can be padlocked with the device in the "closed" position subject to adaptation) bb Can be locked by padlock of (dia. 5 to 8 mm), not supplied with the device bb Pushbutton: iID test available in the front face of the rotary handle bb The Laser Square tool brings the accurency to align the circuit breaker and the rotary handle Allows a breaker to be removed or replaced quickly, without handling the connections bb Degree of protection: IP20 bb Consists of: vv a base to be fastened on a rail (or panel) vv 2 "blades" to be fastened in the device's terminals bb Connection: tunnel terminals for cable up to 35 mm2 rigid, 25 mm2 flexible, bb Installation: vv in universal enclosure vv on horizontal rail bb Height: 178 mm bb Not compatible with Vigi iC60 and auxiliaries bb Can be locked by padlock of (dia. 6 mm), not supplied with the device A9A27005 A9A27006 A9A27008 GVAPL01 A9A27003 Operating sub-assembly (1 per pole) + + Black handle Red handle No handle 1 1 1 1 1 bb 2P, 3P, 4P bb 2P, 3P, 4P bb 2P, 3P, 4P b b b b b b bb y 63 A Technical Section 11 2/24 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Circuit protection Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA and iSW (cont.) Earth leakage protection Padlocking device PB104492-15 2 DB123599 Used to padlock breaker in open or closed position bb Padlock diameter: 3 to 6 mm bb Sealable (max. diameter: 1.2 mm) bb Locking in ON position does not prevent tripping of the breaker in the event of faults bb Suitable for IEC/EN 60947-2 compliant disconnection MCB/RCCB A9A26970 10 b b b b b b b b b b b b MCB in ISOBAR SEA9LA 3 RCBO in ISOBAR A9A27049 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/25 Protection Circuit protection Earth leakage protection Security Accessories Screw shield Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA, iSW (cont.) Terminal shield Inter-pole barrier Spacer PB104489-14 PB104488-14 PB104502-35 PB104503-35 PB104484-30 PB111071 2 Function Prevents any contact with the connecting screws bb Upgrades degree of protection to IP20D bb Sealable, max. diameter 1.2 mm Prevents any contact with the terminals bb Upgrades degree of protection to IP20D bb Sealable, max. diameter 1.2 mm bb Set of two, for upstream and downstream terminals bb For 3 poles: A9A26975 + A9A26976 bb For 4 poles: 2 X A9A26976 Enhances insulation between connections: cables, terminals, lugs, etc bb Used to: vv complete rows vv separate devices. Width: 1 x 9 mm module bb Allows cable routing from one row to another, (above and below), up to 6 mm2 Catalogue numbers A9A26982 A9A26981 Set of Suitability iC60 iSW Vigi iC60 iID Reflex iC60 or RCA+iC60 or ARA+iC60 ARA+iID 12 x 1 pole b b 20 x 4 poles (splittable) b b b b b b b b A9A26975 A9A26976 2 x 1 pole b b b b b b 2 x 2 poles b b b b b b b b b b A9A27001 10 b b b b b b b b b b A9A27062 DIN mounted A9A27063 Breaker mounted 5 b b b b b b b b b b b b Technical Section 11 2/26 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Circuit protection Earth leakage protection Connection Accessories Multi-cable terminal Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA, iSW (cont.) 50 mm² terminal Al Screw-on connection for ring terminal DB118783 DB118781 DB118780 Function For 3 copper cables: bb Rigid up to 16 mm2 bb Flexible up to 10 mm2 DB118787 Catalogue numbers 19091 Set of 4 iC60 y 25 A Reflex iC60 y 25 A iC60 >25 A b b Reflex iC60 40 A, iSW Vigi iC60 iID b b iDPN Vigi iSW-NA b b Tightening torque 2 N.m Lenght stripping 11 mm Tools to use Dia. 5 mm or PZ2 Marking Accessories Marker strip 19096 3 b b b b b b DB122935 For aluminium cables from 16 to 50 mm2 27060 1 b b b b b b 10 N.m 13 mm Hc 1/5" or 5 mm DB118789 For lug tipped cables, front or rear mounting 5 mm 27053 8 b b b b b b b b b b 2 N.m Dia. 5mm 2 DB118785 Catalogue numbers Used for connection identification 0: AB1-R0 5: AB1-R5 1: AB1-R1 6: AB1-R6 2: AB1-R2 7: AB1-R7 3: AB1-R3 8: AB1-R8 4: AB1-R4 9: AB1-R9 Set of 250 iC60, Reflex iC60, bb 4 markers max. per pole iSW Vigi iC60 bb 4 markers max. per device iID bb 4 markers max. per device iDPN Vigi bb 4 markers max. per device iSW-NA bb 4 markers max. per device A: AB1-GA B: AB1-GB C: AB1-GC D: AB1-GD E: AB1-GE F: AB1-GF G: AB1-GG H: AB1-GH I: AB1-GI J: AB1-GJ K: AB1-GK L: AB1-GL M: AB1-GM N: AB1-GN O: AB1-GO P: AB1-GP Q: AB1-GQ R: AB1-GR S: AB1-GS T: AB1-GT U: AB1-GU V: AB1-GV W: AB1-GW X: AB1-GX Y: AB1-GY Z: AB1-GZ +: AB1-R12 -: AB1-R13 blank: AB1-RV Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 2/27 Protection Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Circuit protection Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA, iSW (cont.) Earth leakage protection DB124149 DB124152 Dimensions (mm) 19 5 65 54 96 17 18.5 2 177 Plug-in base 85 18.5 88.5 135 Adapter mechanism 360 Rotary handle 75 47 75 Handle 18.5 10 10 DB124147 DB124146 11.5 Screw shield 1P (A9A26982) 106 11 31 9 4P 72 3P 54 2P 36 1P 18 9 11 25 106 Screw shield 4P (A9A26981) DB124144 18 49 51.5 35 DB124145 36 49 51.5 35 Terminal shield 1P Terminal shield 2P DB405964 34 18 56 30 Ø8 Ø4 10 45 7 128 113 Ø8 40 Ø4 Wall mounted DB124148 DB124143 DB124150 4P 3P 1P+N/2P 72 54 36 6 Inter-pole barrier Technical Section 11 2/28 36 20 16 81 20 Dimensions Section 12 17 Padlocking device 15 9 5 27 85 45 Spacer 44 18 DB124142 Protection Accessories for iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, Circuit protection Reflex iC60, RCA, ARA, iSW (cont.) Earth leakage protection Rotary handle installation Dimensions (mm) iC60 3P Z iC60 4P Z iID 4P 56 Z iC60 2P 2P + Vigi 3P 3P + Vigi 4P 4P + Vigi Z (mm) 25.3 25.3 25.3 43 43 43 117 iID Z (mm) 2P 25.3 4P 25.3 159 112 18.5 17.5 6.3 D = P - 128 mm 47 45° ± 2° 36 36 50 2 4.2 GVAPL01 F 6 5 15 12 13 2 85 18.5 Rotary handle: front mounted control D 166 < P < 500 F P (mm) F (mm) 300 5 19 500 11 DB124141 A 82 Y 117 44 Rotary handle: side mounted control D L Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 494 mm - A iC60 2P 2P + Vigi 3P 3P + Vigi 4P 4P + Vigi X (mm) 44.5 44.5 44.5 62 62 62 Y (mm) 76.8 76.8 76.8 94.5 94.5 94.5 iID/iSW-NA X (mm) 2P 44.5 4P 44.5 Y (mm) 76.8 76.8 D = L - X 19 2/29 Contents Protection iDPN circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/2 to 3/4 Residual current devices iDPN Vigi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/5 to 3/7 iC120H circuit breakers (curves B, C, D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/8 to 3/10 Vigi iC120 add-on residual current devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/11 to 3/15 Type AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/11 Type A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/12 Type SI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/13 Technical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/14 to 3/15 Accessories for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, C60PV-DC, iSW devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/16 to 3/19 3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/16 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/17 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/18 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/19 Electrical auxiliaries for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, ID, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/20 to 3/23 Tripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/20 to 3/21 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/22 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/23 P25M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3/24 to 3/27 Electrical auxiliaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/26 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/27 3/1 Protection Circuit protection iDPN circuit breakers DB123400 DB123854 DB123865 DB123430 DB123525 DB405571 IEC/EN 60898-1 The protection of property and people against direct or indirect contacts, insulation faults and fire hazards is implemented by residual current devices obtained by the combination of a circuit breaker and an earth leakage module. The circuit breakers are designed for protection against short-circuit and overload currents, for the control and disconnection of final distribution circuits in service sector, agricultural and industrial applications, in TT earthing system or with multiple earthed neutral (TN-S) requiring neutral cutoff without its protective device. Catalogue numbers PB107141-32 3 i DPN N circuit breakers 6000 Type 1P+N N1 DB123389 Auxiliaries Vigi Rating (In) 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 6 A 10 A 13 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A Width in 9-mm modules N2 Modules CA907008 and CA907010 Module CA902013 B curve A9N17515 A9N17516 A9N17517 A9N17518 A9N17519 A9N17520 A9N17521 A9N17522 A9N17523 2 C curve A9N21552 A9N21553 A9N21554 A9N21722 A9N21555 A9N21556 A9N21725 A9N21557 A9N21558 A9N21559 A9N21560 A9N21561 Technical Section 11 3/2 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Circuit protection iDPN circuit breakers (cont.) DB123310 DB123312 DB123314 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics i DPN N Insulation voltage (Ui) Phase-to-neutral 400 V Voltage rating (Ue) Phase-to-phase Phase-to-neutral 440 V 230 V Magnetic tripping Phase-to-phase B curve 3 to 5 In 400 V b b C curve 5 to 10 In b b D curve 10 to 14 In b b According to IEC/EN 60898-1 Limitation class 3 Rated breaking capacity (Icn) 6000 A Service breaking capacity (Ics) 100 % Icn Rated breaking and making capacity on a single pole (Icn1) Icn1 = Icn According to IEC 60947-2 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 4 kV Breaking capacity (Icu) 10 kA Service breaking capacity (Ics) 75 % Icu Pollution degree 3 Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Endurance (O-C) Device only Device in modular enclosure Electrical y 20 A IP20 IP40 20000 cycles u 25 A 10000 cycles Mechanical 20000 cycles Operating temperature -25°C to +70°C Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 95 % at 55°C) Neutral opening and closing shifted relative to phases No surge upon operation of the device 3 Dimensions (mm) 3P+N 54 3P 36 1P+N 18 4.5 78 44 Weight (g) Circuit breaker Type 1P+N 81 5.5 45 4.5 i DPN 115 DB406072 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/3 Protection Circuit protection iDPN circuit breakers (cont.) bb Reinforced cable pull-out strength: serrated terminals bb Where there is a comb tooth, the connection of cables of cross section 16 mm2 remains possible bb Automatic cable guiding in the correct position: terminals with guard bb Assembly and disassembly with comb busbar in place by operating toggle latches at the top and bottom of the products 3 Markings bb Area for 4 marking clips alongside the downstream terminal bb Area for marking by 12 mm high label on the front panel Positive contact indication bb A green strip on the toggle guarantees opening of all the poles in safety conditions (padlocking possible) for work to be carried out on live parts DB123947 DB122945 DB122946 Connection 13 mm 5.5 mm Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or with ferrule PZ2 DT40, i DPN, 2 N.m 0.75 to 16 mm2 0.33 to 10 mm2 C40 DT60 3.5 N.m 0.5 to 35 mm2 0.5 to 25 mm2 bb Connection by comb busbar or cables (as per EN 50027). Technical Section 11 3/4 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Residual current devices Earth leakage protection iDPN Vigi PB110001-40 iDPN H Vigi Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 DB123871 DB123871 DB123871 DB123871 IEC/EN 61009 bb The iDPN Vigi residual current device provide complete protection for final circuits (against overcurrents and insulation faults): vv protection for users against electric shocks by direct contacts (y 30 mA), vv protection for users against electric shocks by indirect contacts (300 mA), vv protection of the installations against fire risks (300 mA). iDPN N Vigi 6000 Type AC Auxiliaries 1P+N Curve B N1 R N2 1P+N Curve C N1 R N2 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency Sensitivity Rating 4 A (In) 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A Sensitivity Rating 6 A (In) 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 30 mA A9D55604 A9D55606 A9D55610 A9D55616 A9D55620 A9D55625 A9D55632 A9D55640 30 mA A9D31606 A9D31610 A9D31616 A9D31620 A9D31625 A9D31632 A9D31640 230 V AC 50 Hz iDPN N Vigi 6000 Type A Auxiliaries 1P+N Curve B N1 Sensitivity Rating 10 A (In) 16 A 20 A 30 mA A9D06610 A9D06616 A9D06620 Width in 9 mm modules 3 4 4 Width in 9 mm modules 4 R N2 1P+N Curve C Sensitivity 30 mA N1 Rating 10 A A9D01610 4 (In) 16 A A9D01616 20 A A9D01620 R N2 Voltage rating (Ue) Operating frequency 230 V AC 50 Hz 3/5 Protection Residual current devices Earth leakage protection iDPN Vigi (cont.) DB405958-40 bb Fast contact closure bb Insulated terminals IP20 Visi-trip double window 3 bb Fault tripping circuit breaker is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face. bb Earth fault is indicated by a red mechanical indicator on the front face bb Test button Positive contact indication bb A green strip on the toggle guarantees opening of all the poles in safety conditions (padlocking possible) for work to be carried out on live parts DB123947 DB122945 DB122946 Connection 15 mm 5.5 mm Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule PZ2 4 to 40 A 2 N.m 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 10 mm2 Technical Section 11 3/6 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Residual current devices Earth leakage protection iDPN Vigi (cont.) DB123310 DB123312 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) 400 V AC Pollution degree 3 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 4 kV Setting temperature for ratings 30°C Magnetic tripping Curve B Between 3 and 5 In Curve C Between 5 and 10 In According to EN 61009 Limitation class Rated breaking capacity (Icn) Rated residual breaking and making capacity (IDm) 8/20 µs impulse withstand Type AC 6000 A 6000 A 250 A Additional characteristics Earth leakage protection with instantaneous tripping 30 mA Degree of protection Device only (IEC 60529) Device in modular enclosure IP20 IP40 Insulation classe II Endurance (O-C) Electrical y 20 A 20,000 cycles u 25 A 10,000 cycles Mechanical 20,000 cycles Overvoltage category (IEC 60364) III Operating temperature Type AC -5°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +85°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % to 55°C) 3 DB123314 DB124454 Dimensions (mm) 36 5.5 44 20 5 85 45 5 73 Weight (g) Residual current device Type 1P+N i DPN Vigi 125 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/7 PB107922-30 PB107919-30 PB107913-30 Protection Circuit protection 3 PB107916-30 iC120H circuit breakers (curves B, C, D) IEC/EN 60898-1, IEC 60947-2 iC120H circuit breakers are multistandard circuit breakers that combine the following functions: bb circuit protection against short-circuit currents bb circuit protection against overload currents bb suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to IEC/EN 60947-2 bb fault tripping and indication by adding auxiliaries. Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz Breaking capacity (Icu) to IEC/EN 60947-2 Type Voltage (V) 1P 12 to 130 V 220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V 440 V Rating (In) 63 to 125 A 30 kA 15 kA 4,5 kA (1) - 2P, 3P, 4P 12 to 130 V 220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V 440 V 63 to 125 A - 30 kA 15 kA 10 kA Breaking capacity (Icn) to IEC/EN 60898-1 Type Voltage (V) 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 230 to 400 V Rating (In) 63 to 125 A 15000 A (1) One-pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral system (double fault). Service breaking capacity (Ics) 50 % of Icu 50 % of Icu 50 % of Icn Direct current (DC) Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2 Voltage (Ue) Between +/- 12 to 125 V y 144 V y 250 V y 375 V Number of poles 1P 2P 3P Rating (In) 63 to 20 kA 125 A 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA y 500 V 4P 15 kA Service breaking capacity (Ics) 100 % of Icu Catalogue numbers iC120H circuit breaker Type 1P 2P 1 13 2 Rating (In) 63 A Curve B A9N18401 C A9N18445 80 A A9N18402 A9N18446 100 A A9N18403 A9N18447 125 A A9N18404 A9N18448 Width in 9 mm modules 3 Note: For current ratings below 63 amp use IC60H D A9N18489 A9N18490 A9N18491 A9N18492 24 Curve B A9N18412 A9N18413 A9N18414 A9N18415 6 C A9N18456 A9N18457 A9N18458 A9N18459 D A9N18500 A9N18501 A9N18502 A9N18503 Technical Section 11 3/8 Dimensions Section 12 PB107916-40 Protection Circuit protection bb Terminals insulated to IP20 iC120H circuit breakers (curves B, C, D) (cont.) bb Location for 4 clip-on terminal markers 3 Positive contact indication bb Suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to IEC/EN 60947-2. bb The presence of the green strip guarantees that the contacts open physically and allows work to be carried out safely on the downstream circuit. bb Longer product service life thanks to: vv good overvoltage withstand capacity: products designed to provide a high industrial performance level (degree of pollution, rated impulse withstand voltage and insulation voltage). vv high limitation performances (see limitation curves). vv fast closure independent of toggle operating speed. bb Remote indication of the open/closed/tripped state by auxiliary contacts (optional). bb Power supply from above or below. 3P 135 246 Curve B A9N18423 A9N18424 A9N18425 A9N18426 9 C A9N18467 A9N18468 A9N18469 A9N18470 D A9N18511 A9N18512 A9N18513 A9N18514 4P 1357 2468 Curve B A9N18434 A9N18435 A9N18436 A9N18437 12 C A9N18478 A9N18479 A9N18480 A9N18481 D A9N18522 A9N18523 A9N18524 A9N18525 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/9 Protection Circuit protection iC120H circuit breakers (curves B, C, D) (cont.) DB126143 Connection 15 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 DB122945 DB122946 DB122935 DB118789 DB118787 Rating Without access. Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or with ferrule With accessories 50 mm² Al term. Screw-on connection for ring terminal (1) Multi-cable terminal Rigid cables Flexible cables 3 63 to 125 A 3.5 N.m 1 to 50 mm2 1.5 to 35 mm2 (1) For lugs up to 63 A, front or rear accessories. 16 to 50 mm2 Ø 5 mm 3 x 16 mm² 3 x 10 mm² DB118767 DB122831 Clips onto 35 mm DIN rail. Any installation position. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics To IEC/EN 60947-2 Insulation voltage (Ui) Degree of pollution Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Thermal tripping Reference temperature To IEC/EN 60898-1 Magnetic tripping Curve B Curve C Curve D Limitation class Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only (IEC 60529) Device in a modular enclosure Endurance (O-C) Electrical 63 A 80...125 A Mechanical Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1) 500 V AC 3 6 kV 50°C 3 and 5 In 5 and 10 In 10 and 14 In 3 IP20 IP40 (IPXXD) 10000 cycles (O-C) 5000 cycles (O-C) 20000 cycles -30°C to +70°C -40°C to +80°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) Weight (g) Circuit breaker Type 1P 2P 3P 4P Dimensions (mm) 4P 108 3P 81 2P 54 1P 27 5.5 9 iC120H 205 410 615 820 70 44 16 DB406006 DB122932 Technical Section 11 3/10 18 Dimensions Section 12 81 86 45 PB107924-30 PB107925-30 PB107926-30 Protection Vigi iC120 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (type AC) EN 61009 When a Vigi iC120 device is combined with a iC120 circuit breaker, it provides the following functions: bb protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA), bb protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA), bb protection of installations against fire hazards (300 mA to 1000 mA). 2P 3 3P 4P Catalogue numbers Vigi iC120 add-on residual current devices Type AC Product Vigi iC120 2P 13 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18563 300 mA A9N18564 500 mA A9N18565 300 mA s A9N18544 1000 mA s A9N18545 Width in 9 mm modules 7 3P 13 5 24 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18566 300 mA A9N18567 500 mA A9N18568 300 mA s A9N18546 1000 mA s A9N18547 10 4P 13 57 2 46 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18569 300 mA A9N18570 500 mA A9N18571 300 mA s A9N18548 1000 mA s A9N18549 10 2 46 8 Operating voltage (Ue) Operating frequency 230...415 V 50/60 Hz dess. 077 dess. 079 dess. 078B Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/11 Protection Vigi iC120 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (type A) EN 61009 When a Vigi iC120 device is combined with a iC120 circuit breaker, it provides the following functions: bb protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA), bb protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA), bb protection of installations against fire hazards (300 mA to 1000 mA). PB107924-30 3 2P PB107925-30 3P PB107926-30 dess. 077 dess. 079 4P Catalogue numbers Vigi iC120 add-on residual current devices Type A Product Vigi iC120 2P Sensitivity 30 mA 13 T A9N18572 300 mA A9N18573 500 mA A9N18574 300 mA s - 500 mA s - Width in 9 mm modules 1000 mA s - 7 3P 13 5 24 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18575 300 mA A9N18576 500 mA A9N18577 300 mA s - 500 mA s - 1000 mA s - 10 4P 13 57 2 46 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18578 300 mA A9N18579 500 mA A9N18580 300 mA s A9N18587 500 mA s A9N18588 1000 mA s A9N18589 10 2 46 8 Operating voltage (Ue) Operating frequency 230...415 V 50/60 Hz Technical Section 11 3/12 Dimensions Section 12 dess. 078B PB107924-30 Protection Circuit protection 2P 3P Vigi iC120 add-on residual current devices (type SI) EN 61009 When a Vigi iC120 device is combined with a iC120 circuit breaker, it provides the following functions: bb protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA), bb protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA), bb protection of installations against fire hazards (300 mA to 1000 mA). Special feature of type SI : They are appropriate for operating in environments with: bb high risk of unwanted tripping: frequent lightning strikes, IT system, presence of electronic ballasts, frequency converters, presence of switchgear incorporating lighting type interference filters, computer system, etc. bb blind sources: vv presence of harmonics or high frequency rejections 3 vv presence of DC components: diodes, diode bridges, switch-mode power supplies, etc. bb protected against unwanted tripping caused by transient voltage surges (lightning strike, operation of switchgear on the network, etc.) PB107925-30 PB107926-30 dess. 077 dess. 079 4P Catalogue numbers Vigi iC120 add-on residual current devices Type SI Product Vigi iC120 2P 13 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18591 300 mA A9N18592 500 mA - 300 mA s A9N18556 1000 mA s A9N18557 Width in 9 mm modules 7 3P 13 5 24 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18594 300 mA A9N18595 500 mA - 300 mA s A9N18558 1000 mA s A9N18559 10 4P 13 57 2 46 T Sensitivity 30 mA A9N18597 300 mA A9N18598 500 mA A9N18599 300 mA s A9N18560 1000 mA s A9N18561 10 2 46 8 Operating voltage (Ue) Operating frequency 230...415 V 50/60 Hz Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/13 dess. 078B Protection Vigi iC120 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (types AC, A and SI) DB123774 Connection Type Sensitivity Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or with ferrule DB122945 DB122946 15 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 Vigi iC120 30...1000 mA 3.5 N.m 1 to 50 mm2 1 to 35 mm2 3 DB123310 DB123312 Clips onto 35 mm DIN rail. Any installation position. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics To IEC 60947-2 Insulation voltage (Ui) Degree of pollution Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) To EN 61009 Impulse current withstand (8/20 s) without tripping Types AC and A (non-selective s) Types AC and A (selective s) Types SI (non-selective s) Types SI (selective s) Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only Device in a modular enclosure Operating temperature Type AC Types A and SI Storage temperature 500 V AC 3 6 kV 250  3 k 3 k 5 k IP20 IP40 Insulation class II -5°C to +60°C -25°C to +60°C -40°C to +85°C DB123314 Weight (g) Add-on residual current devices Type 2P 3P 4P Vigi iC120 325 500 580 Dimensions (mm) iC120 + Vigi iC120 148-0503 Technical Section 11 3/14 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Vigi iC120 add-on residual Earth leakage protection current devices (types AC, A and SI) (cont.) bb Polarizing slot bb Fault indication by the red strip on the reset toggle bb Test button 3 bb Screw shield allowing the connections to be checked and retightened bb Terminals insulated to IP20 Type SI The SI type provides increased immunity from electrical interference and polluted or corrosive environments. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/15 Protection Accessories for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, Circuit protection C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, iSW devices Installation Accessories Rotary handle Plug-in base Padlocking device PB100137_SE-24 PB100138_SE-24 PB111764-40 056886_SE 057209J_SE-20 3 Function Cat. numbers Front or side control of 2, 3 and 4-pole circuit breakers bb Degree of protection: IP40 bb A complete rotary handle consists of: vv a circuit-breaker operating sub-assembly, cat. no. 27046, vv a handle cat. no. 27047 or a handle cat. no. 27048 bb Installation: vv the circuit-breaker operating sub-assembly cat. no. 27046 is fixed to the circuit breaker vv the removable handle cat. no. 27047 is mounted on the removable front panel or on the enclosure door vv the fixed handle cat. no. 27048 is fixed to the front or side panel of the enclosure 27047 Removable extended handle 27048 Fixed handle 27046 Operating sub-assembly Set of 1 1 1 Suitable for the following devices: iC120 bb 2P, 3P, 4P iC120 + Vigi iC120 bb 2P, 3P, 4P DPN, DPN Vigi bb 3P, 4P C60H-DC bb 2P SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, C60PV-DC iSW bb iSW u at 4 modules of 9 mm Allows a circuit breaker to be quickly removed or replaced, without touching the connections bb Degree of protection: IP20 bb It consists of: vv a base to be fixed to a rail (or panel) vv 2 "blades" to be fixed in the device terminals bb Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 50 mm² (rigid) or 35 mm² (flexible) bb Installation: vv on backplate vv on a horizontal rail bb Centreline between two rows: 200 mm bb Only on the circuit breaker, without a Vigi device or auxiliary bb Padlocking option (8 mm dia. padlock not supplied) Used to padlock a circuit breaker in the "open" or "closed" position bb Diameter of the padlock: 8 mm max. bb Locking in the ON position does not prevent the circuit breaker from tripping in the event of a fault bb Isolation: in conformity with IEC/EN 60947-2. 26996 (1 per pole) 26997 (1 per pole) 27145 26970 1 1 4 2 bb y 63 A b b b b b b b b b b b b bb iSW 40 to 63 A b b Technical Section 11 3/16 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Accessories for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, Circuit protection C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, iSW devices (cont.) Safety Accessories Screw shield Terminal shield Interpole barrier Spacer 056870_SE-33 PB124114 056869_SE-38 DB123898 PB104483-35 Function 3 Prevents all contact with the fixing screws bb The degree of protection becomes IP40 bb Sealable, max. diameter 1.2 mm bb Dividable Prevents all contact with the terminals bb Degree of protection becomes IP40 bb Sealable, max. diameter 1.2 mm Improves the insulation between the connections: cables, terminals, lugs, etc. bb 1P bb 1P bb 2P bb Used to: vv complete the rows vv separate the devices bb Width: 1 x 9 mm module bb Allows that 2 cables are routed from one row to another (above and below), up to 6 mm² Cat. numbers 18527 26981 18526 bb 3P: 1 x 26975 + 1 x 26976 bb 4P: 2 x 26976 26975 26976 27001 A9N27062 Set of 2 (4P dividable) Suitable for the following devices: iC120 b b Vigi iC120 DPN, DPN Vigi C60H-DC b b SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, b b C60PV-DC iSW bb iSW 40 to 125 A 2 (for upstream/downstream terminal) 10 1 b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b bb iSW 40 to 125 A bb iSW 40 to 125 A b b Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/17 Protection Accessories for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, Circuit protection C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, iSW devices (cont.) Connection Accessories Multi-cable terminal 50 mm² Al terminal Screw-on Connection kit for ring Terminal for rear connection for ring terminals connector terminal DB118784 DB118780 DB118782 DB123897 058967N-23 3 Function For 3 copper cables: For 16 to 50 mm² For lug tipped cables, bb Rigid up to 16 mm² aluminium cables front or rear mounting bb Flexible up to 10 mm² DB118787 DB122935 DB118789 Cat. numbers 19091 19096 Set of 4 3 iC120 b b b b Vigi iC120 b b b b DPN, DPN Vigi C60H-DC, b b b b iSW 40 to 125 A SW60-DC, b b b b C60NA-DC C60PV-DC Tightening torque 2 N.m Stripping length 11 mm Tools to be used Diameter 5 mm or PZ2 27060 1 b b b b b b b b 10 N.m 13 mm Hc 1/5" or 5 mm 5 mm 27053 8 b b b b b b b b b b 2 N.m Diameter 5 mm For terminal up to 63 A, front For cable up to 50 mm2 or by or rear access terminal (screw Ø 5 mm) bb Supplied with a 1P terminal bb It incorporates a "conductive" shield part and an "insulating" part which ensures the phase-to-phase clearance 17400 2 b b Diameter 5 mm 18528 2 b b Technical Section 11 3/18 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Accessories for iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, Circuit protection C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, iSW devices (cont.) Identification Accessories Clip-on terminal marker strip 031204D_SE-23 Function Cat. numbers Set of iC120 Vigi iC120 DPN, DPN Vigi C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60NA-DC, C60PV-DC For connection identification 0: AB1-R0 1: AB1-R1 2: AB1-R2 3: AB1-R3 4: AB1-R4 5: AB1-R5 6: AB1-R6 7: AB1-R7 8: AB1-R8 A: AB1-GA B: AB1-GB C: AB1-GC D: AB1-GD E: AB1-GE F: AB1-GF G: AB1-GG H: AB1-GH I: AB1-GI K: AB1-GK L: AB1-GL M: AB1-GM N: AB1-GN O: AB1-GO P: AB1-GP Q: AB1-GQ R: AB1-GR S: AB1-GS 9: AB1-R9 J: AB1-GJ T: AB1-GT 250 bb 4 markers max. per pole bb 4 markers max. per device bb 4 markers max. per pole bb 4 markers max. per pole U: AB1-GU V: AB1-GV W: AB1-GW X: AB1-GX Y: AB1-GY Z: AB1-GZ +: AB1-R12 -: AB1-R13 Blank : AB1-RV 3 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/19 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for iC120, DPN, Circuit protection DPN Vigi, ID, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC devices Auxiliaries Type Tripping MN Undervoltage release Instantaneous MNs Delayed MNx Independent of the supply voltage PB107151-30 PB107152-30 PB107149-30 3 Function Wiring diagrams bb Causes the device with which it is associated to trip when its input voltage decreases (between 70 % and 35 % of Un). Prevents the device from closing until its input voltage has been restored bb No tripping in the event of transient voltage dips (up to 0.2 s) bb Tripping of the associated device by opening of the control circuit (e.g. push-button, dry contact) bb A drop in the supply voltage does not trip the associated device bb A locking push-button control allows the circuit protected (e.g. machine control) to be placed in safety configuration U < DB118804 DB118805 Utilization Catalogue numbers iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, ID C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC bb Emergency stop via a normally-closed pushbutton bb Ensures the safety of the power supply circuits of several machines by preventing accidental startups A9N26960 b b b b A9N26961 b b b b A9N26959 b b b b A9N26963 b b b b E1 E2 N/ L2 L1 bb Fail-safe emergency stop bb Insensitive to the variation in the control circuit voltage to improve continuity of service Important: Before any servicing operation switch off the mains power supply (voltage presence at terminals E1/E2) A9N26969 A9N26971 b b b b b b b b Technical specifications Rated voltage (Ue) V AC 220...240 48 V DC 48 Standardised operating and non-response to voltage times (Ua)* Maximum operating time Minimum non-response time Operating Hz frequency 50/60 Mechanical state indicator light, On front face red Test function Width in 9 mm modules 2 Operating current 115 220...240 400 50/60 On front face 2 230 400 50/60 On front face 2 Number of contacts Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature -25...+50 -40...+85 -25...+50 -40...+85 -25...+50 -40...+85 Standards IEC/EN 60947-1 b b IEC/EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-2 b b EN 62019-2(1) b b b b b b (1) For iC120, DPN. *(Ua): Voltages measured between the phase and the neutral conductor, at which the MSU device must control the associated protective device. Technical Section 11 3/20 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for iC120, DPN, Circuit protection DPN Vigi, ID, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC devices (cont.) MSU Voltage threshold release MX Shunt release MX+OF With Open/Close auxiliary contact PB107150-30 PB107148-30 PB107153-30 bb Cuts off the power supply by opening the device with which it is associated when the phase/neutral voltage is exceeded (loss of neutral). For a four-phase network, use three MSU tripping auxiliaries bb Trips the associated device when it is powered on bb Includes an open/close contact (OF) to indicate the "open" or "closed" position of the breaker 3 DB123012 DB118808 DB118806 U > U > bb Protection of the devices against overvoltages on the electrical network (break in the neutral conductor) bb Monitoring the voltage between the phase conductor and the neutral conductor bb Emergency stop via a normally-open pushbutton. A9N26500 b b A9N26476 b b b b A9N26477 b b b b A9N26478 b b b b 14 12 C2 C1 11 (L/+) (N/-) bb Emergency stop via a normally-open pushbutton bb Remote indication of the position of the associated device A9N26946 b b b b A9N26947 b b b b A9N26948 b b b b 230 255 V AC 100...415 48 110...130 48 275 V AC 300 V AC 350 V AC 400 V AC No tripping 15 s 5 s 3 s 1 s 50/60 On front face 2 -25...+50 -40...+85 0.75 s 0.25 s 0.20 s 0.07 s 50/60 On front face 2 -25...+50 -40...+85 b b b b 12...24 12...24 100...415 48 110...130 48 50/60 On front face 2 3 A / 415 V AC 6 A / y 240 V AC 1 NO/NC -25...+50 -40...+85 b b 12...24 12...24 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/21 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for iC120, DPN, Circuit protection DPN Vigi, ID, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC devices (cont.) Auxiliaries Type Indication OF.S OF SD Open/closed Open/closed Fault indicating auxiliary contact auxiliary contact contact OF+SD/OF Double open/closed or fault indicating contact OF+SD24 Double open/close and fault indicating contact PB100628_SE-30-b PB107145-30 PB107146-30 PB100625_SE-30-b PB107760-35 3 Function Wiring diagrams bb Changeover contact indicating the "open" or "closed" position of the associated device bb Changeover contact indicating the "open" or "closed" position of the associated device d Compulsory for the addition of tripping or indication auxiliaries on a residual current circuit breaker ID bb Changeover contact indicating the position of the associated device in the event of: vv electrical fault vv action on the tripping auxiliary bb The OF+SD/OF auxiliary is a two-in-one product: choice of OF + SD or OF + OF contact via the selector switch d Not compatible with a ID residual current circuit breaker, use an OF+SD/OF in the SD position bb 2 contacts (1 NO + 1 NC) can report the signalling information of the associated device to the Acti 9 Smartlink or a programmable logic controller: vv electrical fault vv actuation of the tripping auxiliary vv "Open" or "Closed" position of the associated device DB118809 DB118810 DB118811 DB118812 DB118813 DB124318 Utilization Catalogue numbers ID iC120, DPN, DPN Vigi, C60H-DC, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC 14 12 11 bb Remote indication bb Remote indication bb Remote fault of the position of the of the position of the tripping indication associated device associated device of the associated device A9N26923 A9N26924 A9N26927 b b b b b b b b b b OF position SD position bb Remote position and/or fault tripping indication of the associated device A9N26929 b b b b bb Remote indication of position and tripping upon a fault of the associated breaker A9N26899 b b b b Technical specifications Rated voltage (Ue) V AC 24...415 V DC 24...130 Operating frequency Hz 50/60 Mechanical state indicator Test function Width in 9 mm modules Operating current 1 3 A /415 V AC 6 A / y 240 V AC Number of contacts 1 NO/NC Operating temperature °C -25...+50 Storage temperature °C -40...+85 Standards IEC/EN 60947-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 b b EN 60947-2 EN 62019-2(1) b b (1) For iC120, DPN. 24...415 24...130 50/60 On front face 1 1 NO/NC -25...+50 -40...+85 b b b b Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 24...415 24...130 50/60 On front face On front face 1 1 NO/NC -25...+50 -40...+85 b b b b 24...415 24...130 50/60 On front face On front face 1 1 NO/NC + 1 NO/NC -25...+50 -40...+85 b b b b 24 On front face On toggle 1 2 mA mini, 100 mA maxi 1 NO + 1 NC -25...+70 -40...+85 bb IEC 60947-5-4 3/22 Protection Electrical auxiliaries for iC120, DPN, Circuit protection DPN Vigi, ID, C60H-DC, SW60-DC, Earth leakage protection C60PV-DC, C60NA-DC devices (cont.) DB1261475 Connection Type 4 mm Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or with ferrule DB122945 DB122946 PZ1 9 mm Indication and tripping auxiliaries 1 N.m 0.5 to 2.5 mm² 2 x 1.5 mm2 3 Ti24 connector connection Spring-loaded Type terminals Catalogue Copper cables numbers Rigid Flexible DB122945 DB123553 10 mm 0.4 x 2.5 mm Ti24 interface A9XC2412 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 DB123580 PB107754-10 PB107755-14 Ti24 prefabricated cables connection Type Cat. no. Length Connection for Acti 9 Smartlink 6 short prefabricated A9XCAS06 100 mm 6 medium-sized prefabricated 6 long prefabricated A9XCAM06 160 mm A9XCAL06 870 mm Connection for PLC type terminals 6 long prefabricated on A9XCAU06 870 mm a single side iOF+SD24 24V SD OF 0V Weight (g) Electrical auxiliaries Type MN 66 MNs 66 MNx 73 MSU 66 MX 60 MX+OF 65 OF.S 33 OF 30 SD 30 OF+SD/OF 38 OF+SD24 28 Dimensions (mm) 5.5 9 68 60 44 5.5 9 68 60 44 68 5.5 60 44 5.5 18 68 60 44 DB404941 DB405977 85 81 45 90 81 45 85.5 84 45 82.5 81 45 OF.S, OF, SD Technical Section 11 OF+SD/OF Dimensions Section 12 OF+SD24 MX, MN, MN S , MSU, MX+OF, MNx 3/23 Load protection P25M Motor starter protection 045666_SE IEC 60947-2 and IEC 60947-4-1 (in combination) They protect single-phase or three-phase motors with manual local control. This protection includes: bb isolation bb manual or remote control bb short-circuit protection (magnetic) bb overload protection (thermal). Breaking capacity to IEC 60947-2 3 Voltage (V) 230...240 400...415 440 500 690 Rating (A) Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics kA % kA % kA % kA % kA % 0.16 to 1.6 2.5 Unlimited 3 75 4 3 75 6.3 50 100 50 100 3 75 10 15 100 10 100 3 75 14 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75 18 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75 23 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75 25 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75 The limiting unit increases the breaking capacity up to 100 kA at 415 V. E12648C Catalogue numbers Motor characteristics Type 3P 135 246 Standardised power (kW) of three-phase 50/60 Hz motors in category AC3 Voltage (V AC) 230 400 415 440 500 690 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.37 - 0.37 0.75 1.1 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 4 4 3 5.5 5.5 4 7.5 9 5.5 9 11 5.5 11 11 - - - - - - - - - - - 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 3 3.7 4 4 5;5 7.5 7.5 9 11 9 10 15 11 11 18.5 11 15 22 P25M circuit breaker Rating In (A) Setting Cat. no. 0.16 0.1-0.16 21100 0.25 0.16-0.25 21101 0.40 0.25-0.40 21102 0.63 0.40-0.63 21103 1.0 0.63-1 21104 1.6 1-1.6 21105 2.5 1.6-2.5 21106 4.0 2.5-4 21107 6.3 4-6.3 21108 10 6-10 21109 14 9-14 21110 18 13-18 21111 23 17-23 21112 25 20-25 21113 Width in 9 mm modules 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Limiting unit Type 3P Rating In (A) 63 Cat. no. 21115 Width in 9 mm modules 5 PG131075_SE Technical Section 11 3/24 Dimensions Section 12 (1) The neutral pole comes equipped with a locked tube. Load protection P25M (cont.) Motor starter protection DB122932 DB126273 DB118767 DB125904 Connection 5.5 mm PZ2 Mounted on 35 mm DIN rail. 0...90° IP20 Weight (g) P25M Limiting unit Dimensions (mm) DB126274 P25M Tightening torque Terminal clamps Rigid Cu Flexible Cu With insulated connector Flexible Cu Limiting unit Tunnel terminals Flexible or rigid Cu 1.7 N.m. 2 x 1 ... 6 mm2 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 1 x 25 mm2 or 2 x 10 mm2 0...30° Technical data Electrical characteristics Operating voltage (Ue) Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Endurance (O-C) Electrical AC3 Thermal trip unit Settings Magnetic trip unit Ratings (In) Temperature compensation 690 V AC 690 V 6 kV 100,000 cycles Sensitive to missing phase Factory < settings range Simultaneously on the front face On current drawn in nominal operation 0.16 to 25 A adjustable -20°C to +40 °C in an enclosure 12 x the In rating (±20 %) IP40 Other characteristics Padlocking device on the front face Tropicalisation Operating temperature Storage temperature Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) -20 ...+60°C -40 ...+80°C Rated operating current (Ie) of auxiliary contacts under the rated operating voltage (Ue) Operating voltage (Ue) Operating current Position contact fault tripping contact (V AC) 415 (V DC) 220 AC 15 (A AC) 2.2 DC 13 (A DC) 0.5 AC 14 (A AC) - DC 13 (A DC) - 240 110 3.3 1.3 - - 130 60 4.5 3 260 48 48 6 5 130 24 24 - 6 0.5 0.15 1 0.3 1.5 1 3 010-0100 DB126275 013-0100 Circuit breaker Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Limiting unit only Insulating enclosure 3/25 Load protection P25M Motor starter protection Electrical auxiliaries Connection Cables Rigid Flexible Flexible with ferrule The electrical auxiliaries allow remote tripping or position or fault indication of the PM25 circuit breakers. 4 4 2 1 OF OF P25M 4 3 Mini 1 x 1 to 2.5 mm2 1 x 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 1 x 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 Maxi 2 x 1 to 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 Tightening torque 1.4 N.m 3 Catalogue numbers OF SD 2 auxiliary contacts at most, 1 SD only. SD is always mounted next to the P25M. Trip units MN MX 1 MN or MX trip unit at most 1 MX shunt release Type Control voltage (V AC) Width in 9 mm modules Cat. no. bb Emergency stoppage by normally open push button bb Causes tripping of the associated device when powered C1 C2 220...240 2 380...415 2 u> 21127 21128 2 MN undervoltage release bb Emergency stoppage by normally closed push button bb Ensures the safety of power supply circuits for several machines by preventing untimely restarting bb Causes tripping of the circuit breaker with which it is associated when its input voltage decreases (between 70% and 35% of Un) bb Prevents closing of the device until its input voltage has been restored D1 D2 u< Auxiliary contacts Type 3 Position and fault tripping indication contacts F + SD.F 97 53 220...240 380...415 2 21129 2 21130 Width in 9 mm modules 1 Cat. no. 21118 O + SD.F 98 54 97 51 1 21119 F + SD.O 98 52 95 53 1 21120 O + SD.O 96 54 95 51 1 21121 4 Position contacts O + F F + F 96 52 43 31 44 32 43 33 1 21117 1 21116 44 34 "O ": normally closed contact " F ": normally open contact SD: contact indicating the position of the associated device in the event of an electrical fault SD.F: to indicate a closed contact fault SD.O: to indicate an open contact fault Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/26 Load protection P25M Motor starter protection Accessories Accessories make it easier to integrate the circuit breakers and extend their use. 3 1 2 6 3 5 4 Catalogue numbers 1 Comb busbars 54 mm 63 A maxi M EMRELRI NL IGN EGR EI NR I N M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M 660V AC3-IEC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P25M 660V AC3-IEC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M 660V AC3-IEC292-1 0 . OFF Test 2 Downstream terminal block 25 mm² M EMRELRI NL IGN EGR EI NR I N M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M 6AC630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M A6 C630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P25M 6AC630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test I >> I >> II i>6>60V - 50/60 Hz 1 L1 I >> 3 L2 I >> 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 5 L3 I >> 3 Insulated connector 25 mm² Type 2 P25M feeders 4 P25M feeders Protection end-piece Cat. no. GV2G254 GV2G454 GV2G10 GV2G05+LA9E07 GV2G05: Downstream terminal block LA9E07: Cover for downstream terminal block GV2G09 5L3 3L2 1L1 M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M A6 C630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M A6 C630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P25M A6 C630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test M E R L IN G E R IN m u lti 9 P 25M A6 C630-IEVC292-1 0 . OFF Test 4 Clip-on terminal markers 5 Insulating enclosure Individual installation of a P25M circuit breaker with an auxiliary contact block and trip unit. Double insulation i and sealed to IP55. L = 93, H = 147, P = 100 (mm) 6 Neon indicator light 230-240 V AC 400-415 V AC see module CM907003E Green Red Green Red 21133 GV2SN23 GV2SN24 GV2SN33 GV2SN34 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 3/27 Contents Surge protection Surge arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 4/2 to 4/7 iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 4/2 to 4/6 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/7 Withdrawable surge arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 4/8 to 4/17 iPRD Type 2 or 3 LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 4/8 to 4/11 iQuick PRD Type 2 or Type 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 4/12 to 4/14 iPRD-DC Type 2 for photovoltaic applications . . . . . . . pages 4/15 to 4/17 Surge protection kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/18 4 4/1 Protection Load protection iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/ PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters The Type 1 range of surge arresters meets the normative withstand capability of current wave type 10/350 s (8/20 s for Type 2 surge arresters). It is suitable for use with TT, TN-S, TN-C and 230 V IT earthing connection systems (neutral point connection). In addition, the PRF1 Master surge arrester covers the 400 V IT system. iPRF1 12.5r and PRD1 surge arresters are fitted with a remote transfer contact to send "end-of-life indication" information. PRD1 surge arresters are fitted with easy-to-replace withdrawable cartridges. iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/PRD1 25r/PRD1 Master The Type 1 surge arrester is recommended for electrical installations in the service sector and industrial buildings protected by a lightning conductor or by a meshed cage. It protects electrical installations against direct lightning strikes. It is used to conduct the direct lightning current, propagating from the earth conductor to the network conductors. It must be installed with an upstream disconnection device, such as a fuse or circuit-breaker, whose breaking capacity must be at least equal to the maximum prospective short-circuit current at the installation point. iPRF1 12.5r and PRD1 25r surge arresters also provide Type 2 protection and protect the electrical installation by finely clipping the lightning wave overvoltages. DB119038 PB104260-35 PB104275-35 4 iPRF1 12.5r PRD1 25r iPRF1 12.5r (1P+N, 3P+N) Type Fixed surge arrester iPRF1 12.5r T1 , T2 Product solution 1P+N A9L16632 3P+N A9L16634 DB119036 PRD1 25r (1P+N, 3P+N) Cartridge 1P+N surge arrester PRD1 25r T1 + T2 16330 3P+N 16332 PRD1 Master T1 16361 16363 DB119037 PB104264-35 PRD1 Master Technical Section 11 4/2 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Load protection iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/ PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters (cont.) Neutral point connection TT, TN-S TT, TN-S TT, TN-S (1) Version without indicator light. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4 4/3 Protection Load protection iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/ PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters (cont.) Type Fixed surge arrester Nb. of Width poles 9 mm modules I imp (kA) (10/350) I max (kA) In - kA Up - kV Un - V Impulse current (8/20) Rated Degree of Nominal Maximal discharge protection line discharge current voltage current Surge arrester Surge arrester + disconnector Uc - V Maximum steady state voltage iPRF1 12.5r Type 1 + 2 1P+N 4 3P+N 8 12.5/50 N/PE 12.5/50 N/PE 50 25 1.5 230 350 A9L16632 50 25 1.5 230 / 400 350 A9L16634 Withdrawable surge arrester PRD1 25r Type 1 + 2 1P+N 8 3P+N 16 25/100 N/PE 25/100 N/PE 40 25 1.5 230/400 350 16330 40 25 1.5 230/400 350 16332 4 PRD1 Master Type 1 1P+N 8 3P+N 16 25/100 N/PE 25/100 N/PE - 25 1.5 230/400 350 16361 - 25 1.5 230/400 350 16363 Spare cartridge C1 Master-350 - 4 - - C1 25-350 - 23 mm - - - 25 1.5 - 350 16314 - 25 1.5 - 350 16315 C2 40-350 - 12 mm - - C1 Neutral-350 - 4 - - - 20 1.4 - 350 16316 - - - - 350 16317 Surge arresters PRD1 25r PRD1 25r 1P+N PRD1 25r 3P PRD1 Master PRD1 Master 1P+N PRD1 Master 3P+N Spare cartridge Phase Type 1 Type 2 16315 3 x 16315 16316 3 x 16316 16314 - 3 x 16314 - Neutral 16317 16317 16317 Technical Section 11 4/4 Dimensions Section 12 Accessories Type Number of poles 4P Wiring comb busbars 4 6P Wiring comb busbars 6 8P Wiring comb busbars 8 200 mm flexible cable (PRF1 Master) 16643 16644 16645 16646 DB123370 Protection Load protection iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/ PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters (cont.) Technical data Operating frequency Degree of protection Response time End-of-life indication By tunnel terminal Operating temperature Standards Certification iPRF1 12.5r 50 Hz Front panel IP40 Terminals IP20 Impacts IK05 y 25 ns Green: correct operation Red: at end of life Remote 1.5 A/250 V AC notification Rigid cable Flexible cable Type 1 Type 2 10...35 mm² 10...25 mm² -25°C to +60°C IEC 61643-1 T1. EN61643-11 Type 1 IEC 61643-1 T2 . EN61643-11 Type 2 CE PRF1 Master 50/60 Hz IP40 IP20 IK05 y 1 ms - 10...50 mm² 10...35 mm² -40°C to +85°C IEC 61643-1 T1 . EN61643-11 Type 1 - KEMAKEUR, CE PRD1 25r 50 Hz IP40 IP20 IK05 y 25 ns White: correct operation Red: at end of life 1 A/250 V AC. 0.2 A/125 V DC 2.5...35 mm² 2.5...25 mm² PRD1 Master 50 Hz IP40 IP20 IK05 y 100 ns White: correct operation Red: at end of life 1 A/250 V AC. 0.2 A/125 V DC 10...35 mm² 10...25 mm² -25°C to +60°C IEC 61643-1 T1 . EN61643-11 Type 1 IEC 61643-1 T2 . EN61643-11 Type 2 KEMAKEUR, CE -25°C to +60°C IEC 61643-1 T1 . EN61643-11 Type 1 - CE 4 Choice of disconnector (maximum current rating) / surge arrester Type Iimp :impulse current Isc: prospective short-circuit current at the installation point 10 kA 15 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA iPRF1 12.5r 12.5 kA PRF1 Master 35 kA PRD1 25r 25 kA PRD1 Master 25 kA C120H 80 A curve C or NG125N 80 A curve C Compact NSX160B 160 A TM NG125N 80 A curve C NG125N 80 A curve C NG125N 80 A curve C NG125H 80 A curve C NG125L 80 A curve C Compact NSX160F 160 A NG125H 80 A curve C Compact NSX160N 160 A NG125L 80 A curve C Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/5 Protection Load protection Dimensions (mm) iPRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/ PRD125r/PRD1 Master Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters (cont.) DB123928 iPRF1 12.5r 4 DB123929 PRD1 Master DB123930 PRD1 25r Technical Section 11 4/6 Dimensions Section 12 PB110281-60 Protection Load protection iPRD surge arresters iPRD surge arresters Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge arresters Terminals bb IP20 Satisfactory operation indication bb By mechanical indicator vv white: operating vv red: cartridge must be replaced 4 bbTransfer to Acti 9 Smartlink Connection iPRD surge arrester with its short circuit disconnector TT / TN-S Power supply through the top Connection with cables Reversible bb The surge arrester base can be turned over to allow the phase/neutral/earth cables to enter through either the top or the bottom PB110793-50 TT / TN-S Power supply through the bottom Connection with comb busbar Surge arrester iPRD 3P+N + iC60H 3P+N Surge arrester iPRD 3P+N + iC60H 3P+N PB110289-50 PB110287-80 Surge arrester iPRD 4P + iC60N 4P Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/7 Protection Load protection iPRD surge arresters Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge arresters (cont.) DB123854 DB106604 e Country approval pictograms iPRD withdrawable surge arresters allow quick replacement of damaged cartridges. Type 2 surge arresters are tested with a 8/20 s current wave. Type 3 surge arresters are tested with a 1.2/50 s and 8/20 s combined wave. Each surge arrester in the range has a specific application: bb incoming protection (type 2): vv the iPRD65r is recommended for a very high risk level (strongly exposed site) vv the iPRD40(r) is recommended for a high risk level vv the iPRD20(r) is recommended for a medium risk level bb secondary protection (type 2 or 3): vv the iPRD8(r) ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in cascade with the incoming surge arresters. This surge arrester is required when the loads to be protected are at a distance of more than 10 m from the incoming surge arrester. The iPRD surge arresters with "r" indication have remote transfer of the information: "cartridge to be replaced". Catalogue number iPRD surge arresters 4 Rated discharge Nominal Type of protection Network current (Imax) discharge current (In) DB122942 DB122943 PB110274-35 Incoming Secondary 1P+N 3P+N iPRD65 65 kA Very high risk level (strongly exposed site) 20 kA iPRD65 A9L65501 A9L65601 iPRD40 40 kA 15 kA iPRD40 A9L40501 2P High risk level A9L40500 A9L40601 iPRD20 20 kA 5 kA Medium risk level iPRD20 A9L20501 A9L20500 A9L40600 A9L20601 A9L20600 iPRD8 8 kA Secondary protection: 2.5 kA iPRD8 A9L08501 placed near the loads to A9L08500 be protected when they are at a distance of more A9L08601 4P than 10 m from the incoming surge arrester A9L08600 PB110280-35 Technical Section 11 4/8 Dimensions Section 12 PB110284-35 Protection Load protection Cartridge iPRD surge arresters Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge arresters (cont.) Spare cartridges iPRD Type Spare cartridges for iPRD 65-350 iPRD65r iPRD 40-350 iPRD40, iPRD40r iPRD 20-350 iPRD20, iPRD20r iPRD 8-350 iPRD8, iPRD8r iPRD Neutral All products (1P+N, 3P+N) Cat. no A9L65102 A9L40102 A9L20102 A9L08102 A9L00002 Earthing system Transfer Surge arrester name Width Up - (kV) in mod. Voltage protection level of 9 mm CM* DM* Un - (V) Rated voltage network Uc - (V) Maximum continuous operating voltage CM* DM* TT & TN-S b b iPRD65 iPRD65r 1P+N 4 L/t N/t L/N - y 1.4 y 1.5 230 L/t N/t L/N - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD65r 3P+N 8 iPRD40 - y 1.4 y 1.5 230/400 - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD40r 1P+N 4 - y 1.4 y 1.6 230 - 260 350 TT & TN-S iPRD40 1P+N - y 1.4 y 1.6 - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD40r 3P+N 8 - y 1.4 y 1.6 230/400 - 260 350 TT & TN-S iPRD40 3P+N iPRD20 - y 1.4 y 1.6 - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD20r 1P+N 4 - y 1.4 y 1.2 230 - 260 350 TT & TN-S iPRD20 1P+N - y 1.4 y 1.2 - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD20r 3P+N 8 - y 1.4 y 1.2 230/400 - 260 350 TT & TN-S TT & TN-S b b iPRD20 3P+N iPRD8 (1) iPRD8r 1P+N 4 - y 1.4 y 1.2 Type 2 / Type 3 (1) - y 1.4 y 1.2 230 - 260 350 - 260 350 TT & TN-S iPRD8 1P+N - y 1.4 y 1.2 - 260 350 TT & TN-S b b iPRD8r 3P+N 8 - y 1.4 y 1.2 230/400 - 260 350 TT & TN-S iPRD8 3P+N - y 1.4 y 1.2 - 260 350 * CM: common mode (phase to earth and neutral to earth). * DM: differential mode (phase to neutral). (1) Uoc: combinated waveform voltage: 10 kV. 4 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/9 DB123130 Protection Load protection Connection 14 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 Type iPRD iPRD surge arresters Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge arresters (cont.) Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or with ferrule DB122945 DB122946 3.5 N.m 2.5 to 25 mm2 4 to 16 mm2 DB123314 4 IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Operating frequency 50/60 Hz Operating voltage (Ue) 230/400 V AC ±10 % Permanent operating current (Ic) < 1 mA Response time < 25 ns Short circuit withstand (Isccr) Temporary overvoltage withstand (UT) UT (L-N) UT (L-PE) Temporary overvoltage Safe failure mode UT (N-PE) (UT) UT (L-PE) Ground residual current (IPE) IPE (N-PE) Satisfactory operation indication: by mechanical indicator White Red 50 kA (50 Hz) 337 V AC / 5 s 442 V AC / 5 s 1200 V AC / 200 ms 1453 V AC / 200 ms 3 A for 1P+N, 3P+N In operation Cartridge must be replaced Remote indication of satisfactory operation By contact NO, NC 250 V / 0.25 A Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Operating temperature Humidity range Type of connection terminals Standards Device only Device in modular enclosure Surge arrester/circuit breaker association IP20 (built-in) IP40 -25°C to +60°C 5 % to 95 % Tunnel terminals, 2.5 to 35 mm² IEC 61643-11: 2011 T2 , T3 and EN 61643-11: 2012 Type 2, Type 3 Type of surge arrester Associated circuit breaker (1 to 4 poles protected) iPRD65 Curve C 50 A iPRD40 Curve C 40 A iPRD20 Curve C 25 A iPRD8 Curve C 20 A Technical Section 11 4/10 Dimensions Section 12 Protection Load protection 36 36 iPRD surge arresters Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge arresters (cont.) Weight (g) Surge arrester Type 1P+N 3P+N Dimensions (mm) 36 iPRD 220 450 4 1P+N 3P+N Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/11 Surge protection Load protection Withdrawable surge arrester iQuick PRD Type 2 or Type 3 PB106430-29 Withdrawable surge arrester iQuick PRD allow damaged cartridges to be replaced quickly. They offer remote reporting of the "cartridge must be changed" message. IEC 61643- 1 T2 , EN 61643-11 Type 2 They protect electrical and electronic equipment against lightning-induced surges. Withdrawable surge arrester iQuick PRD surge arresters are prewired, incorporating their end-of-life disconnector. Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: bb incoming protection (type 2): vv iQuick PRD40r is recommended for a high risk level vv iQuick PRD20r is recommended for a moderate risk level bb secondary protection (type 2 or 3): vv iQuick PRD8r provides secondary protection for the loads to be protected and is cascade-mounted with the incoming surge arresters. This surge arrester is required as close as possible to the loads to be protected when they are located more than 30metres away from the incoming surge arrester. DB114409 DB114410 Maximum discharge Type of Network current (Imax) / protection 4 Nominal discharge current (In) PB106428-29 DB123837 Replacement cartridges. 40 kA / 20 kA High risk level Incoming protection Secondary protection 1P+N iQuick PRD40r A9L16292 20 kA / 5 kA Moderate risk level iQuick PRD20r A9L16295 8 kA / 2 kA Secondary protection: placed near the loads to be protected when they are at a distance of more than 30 m from the incoming surge arrester iQuick PRD8r A9L16298 3P+N A9L16294 A9L16297 A9L16300 Replacement cartridges Type C 40-350 C 20-350 C 8-350 C neutral-350 Replacement cartridges for iQuick PRD40r iQuick PRD20r iQuick PRD8r All products Cat. no. A9L16310 A9L16311 A9L16312 A9L16313 Technical Section 11 4/12 Dimensions Section 12 DB123888 DB122945 DB122946 Surge protection Load protection Withdrawable surge arrester iQuick PRD Type 2 or Type 3 (cont.) Connection 11 mm 6.5 mm Type Tightening torque PZ2 iQuick PRD Ph / N 8r/20r Ph / N 40r t 2.5 N.m Copper cables Rigid 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 35 mm2 25 mm2 max. Flexible or ferrule 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 35 mm2 25 mm2 max. Earthing Transfert Name of Width in Up (kV) Un (V) Uc (V) system surge 9 mm Voltage protection level Nominal mains Maximum continious arrester modules voltage operating voltage 4 CM* DM* CM* DM* TT & TN-S b b TT & TN-S b b TT & TN-S b b TT & TN-S b b TT & TN-S b b TT & TN-S b b iQuick PRD40r 1P+N 8 3P+N 15 iQuick PRD20r 1P+N 8 3P+N 15 iQuick PRD8r (2) 1P+N 8 3P+N 15 L/t N/t L/N 1.5 1.5 2.5 230 1.5 1.5 2.5 230/400 1.5 1.5 1.5 230 1.5 1.5 1.5 230/400 Type 2 / Type 3 1.5/1.4 1.5/1.5 1.5/1.4 1.5/1.5 1.2/1.4 1.2/1.4 230 230/400 L/t N/t L/N - 264 350 - 264 350 - 264 350 264 350 - - 264 350 264 350 - * CM common mode (between phase/earth and neutral/earth). * DM: differential mode (between phase and neutral). (1) Up (MCB + SPD): total value measured between Modular Circuit Breaker (MCB) terminal block and PE surge arrester device terminal block (SPD). (2) Uoc: open-circuit voltage in combined wave: 10 kV. Accessories Earth terminal block support Type Support kit L = 4 blocks Batch of 1 Cat. no. PRA90053 DB107889 Pragma: the earth terminal block needs 1 support kit and 1terminal block kit. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 DB107884 25 mm2 terminal block kit L = 1 block Batch of 5 PRA90046 4/13 DB123842 DB123312 DB123310 Surge protection Load protection Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. 4 Indifferent position of installation. Withdrawable surge arrester iQuick PRD Type 2 or Type 3 (cont.) Technical data Main characteristics Operating frequency Operating voltage (Ue) Disconnector short-circuit withstand (Isc) Permanent operating current (Ic) Response time Status indication Remote indication end of life Additional characteristics Degree of protection Operating temperature Storage temperature Certifications 50/60 Hz 230/400 V AC 25 kA (50 Hz) <1 mA <25 ns By the White cartridges Red Operational At end of life By white mechanical indicator/ Operational handle ON By red mechanical indicator/ handle OFF At end of life By the NO/NC remote indication contact 250 V AC / 2 A Device only IP20, IK05 Device in modular enclosure IP40 -25°C to +70°C -40°C to +80°C NF, KEMA KEUR (iQuick PRD 8r, 20r) DB123314 IP20 IP40 Weight (g) Surge arresters Type 1P+N 3P+N iQuick PRD8r/20r 435 810 iQuick PRD40r 445 850 Dimensions (mm) DB123595 1P+N 3P+N Technical Section 11 4/14 Dimensions Section 12 PB107585-40 Protection Load protection e iPRD-DC surge arresters Withdrawable surge arresters type 2 for photovoltaic applications IEC 61643-1 T2 EN 61643-11 Type 2 UTE C 61740-51 T2 prEN 50539-11 T2 iPRD-DC40r 600PV iPRD-DC direct current surge arresters are designed to protect against overvoltages due to a lightning strike: of the "DC" input to the inverter and of photovoltaic panels. It should be installed in a switchboard inside the building. If the switchboard is located outside, it must be weatherproof. Withdrawable iPRD-DC surge arresters allow damaged cartridges to be replaced quickly. They offer remote reporting of the "cartridge must be changed" message. 4 Catalogue numbers Internal diagram Imax (kA) Maximum discharge current In (kA) Nominal discharge current Up (kV) Protection level L+/t L-/t L+/L- UCPV (V) (1) Width in Cat. no. Maximum steady state module of voltage 9 mm L+/t L-/t L+/L- iPRD-DC40r 600PV 40 15 1.6 1.6 2.8 600 600 840 6 A9L16434 DB124051 iPRD-DC40r 1000PV 40 15 3.9 3.9 3.9 1000 1000 1000 6 A9L16436 DB124052 PB107586-30 PB107587-30 (1) Ucpv u 1.2 x Uoc stc (Uoc stc: maximum no-load voltage of the photovoltaic generator "photovoltaic module manufacturer's data") Replacement cartridges Type Replacement cartridges for C 40-600PV iPRD-DC40r 600PV C 40-1000PV iPRD-DC40r 1000PV C neutral PV iPRD-DC40r 600PV Replacement cartridges Cat. no. A9L16683 A9L16692 A9L16690 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/15 Protection Load protection Connection 14 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 Type iPRD-DC iPRD-DC surge arresters Withdrawable surge arresters type 2 for photovoltaic applications (cont.) Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB122946 2 N.m 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 16 mm2 DB124057 4 Generator Depending on the distance between the "generator" part and the "conversion" part, it may be necessary to install two surge arresters or more, to ensure protection of each of the two parts. DB124049 10 m Generator iPRD-DC 1 Conversion 10 m iPRD-DC 2 iPRD-DC 1 Conversion Technical Section 11 4/16 Dimensions Section 12 DB123310 DB123312 Protection Load protection iPRD-DC surge arresters Withdrawable surge arresters type 2 for photovoltaic applications (cont.) Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 Technical data IP40 Main characteristics Type of network Isolated direct current Temps de réponse < 25 ns Short circuit current (ISCPV) Type of surge arresters 30 A Type 2 Type of self-protection Circuit opened by integrated thermal disconnector Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Device only Device in modular enclosure IP20 IP40 End-of-life indication Chocs By the cartridges IK03 White Operational Red At end of life By the NO/NC remote indication contact 250 V AC / 0.25 A Operating temperature -25°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +85°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 95 % at 55°C) 4 Weight (g) Surge arresters Type iPRD-DC40r 600PV 400 iPRD-DC40r 1000PV 400 Dimensions (mm) DB123314 DB124050 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 4/17 Surge protection Surge protection kits for separate installation Each kit is supplied with: vv iPRD surge arrester vv Correctly rated 4 pole or 2 pole iC60H disconnection miniature circuit breaker vv Distributed neutral bar and SEA9NKIT connection vv Insulated high IP rated enclosure with transparent cover and lock vv L1, L2, L3, N, E connecting cables Surge protection kits Catalogue number Type PRD1PN20R Type 2 Surge Arrestet 20kA PRD1PN40 Type 2 Surge Arrestet 40kA PRD1PN8 Type 2 Surge Arrestet 8kA PRD3PN40 Type 2 Surge Arrester 40kA PRD3PN40R Type 2 Surge Arrester 40kA PRD3PN65R Type 2 Surge Arrester 65kA PRD3PN8 Type 2 Surge Arrester 8kA Number of poles 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N Technical Section 11 4/18 Dimensions Section 12 Contents Remote operated earth leakage protection REDs, REDtest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 5/2 to 5/8 Residual current circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/2 Coordination table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 5/3 to 5/5 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/6 Technical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 5/7 to 5/8 RED A type 30 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 5/9 to 5/13 Residual current circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/9 Coordination table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/9 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 5/10 to 5/11 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/12 Technical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/13 5 5/1 Protect Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser IMQ only for REDs, cat. no. 18687 and 18689 REDs, REDtest IEC 61008, EN 61008 DB122858 PB104000_SE-40 PB101780_SE-40 REDs 2P 5 REDs 4P DB122885 The REDs and the REDtest, REsidual current Device recloser, is made up of a residual current device and a recloser. The REDs and REDtest REsidual current Devices offer the following functions: bb protection of people against direct and indirect contacts bb protection of installations against insulation faults bb disconnection of on-load electric circuits, already protected against overloads and short-circuits bb automatic restart after insulation monitoring of the downstream circuit. REDtest provides the following additional functions: bb automatic and periodical test of the device, without breaking downstream circuit (REDtest). Only used on TT and TN-S earthing grounding systems. Residual current circuit breakers Making and breaking capacity, rated residual current (Im = Im) Breaking capacity in association with protection device 2P 630 A 6000 A (gL 63 A) 4P 630 A 10,000 A (gL 80 A) Catalogue numbers REDs residual current circuit breakers REDs A type 2P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 25 A 18687 40 A 18689 63 A 18691 300 mA 18688 18690 18692 Width in mod. of 9 mm 8 PB101788_SE-40 REDtest DB122885 Voltage rating (Ue) Frequency rating 4P 1N 3 5 7 Rating Sensitivity 25 A 40 A 63 A 230 V 50Hz 30 mA 18264 18266 18268 300 mA 18265 14 18267 18269 2N 4 6 8 Voltage rating (Ue) Frequency rating 400 V 50 Hz REDtest residual current circuit breakers A Type 2P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 25 A 18280 40 A 18281 Width in mod. of 9 mm 10 DB122889 Technical Section 11 5/2 Dimensions Section 12 Voltage rating (Ue) Frequency rating 230 V 50 Hz DB404526 DB122893 Protect Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser bb REDs 2P, 4P: supply from above or below REDs, REDtest (cont.) Coordination table, max short-circuit current (kA rms) Circuit-breakers, fuse / A type REDs, REDtest coordination Circuit-breakers Fuse DPN DPN N iC60 C120 NG125 gL 63 REDs A type 2P Network 25 A 6 230 V L/N 40 A 6 63 A - REDs A type 4P Network 25 A 6 400 V L/N 40 A 6 63 A - REDtest A type 2P Network 25 A 6 230 V L/N 40 A 6 6 10 10 10 6 6 10 10 10 6 - 10 10 10 6 10 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 10 - 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 gL 80 - 10 10 10 - Circuit-breaker (MCB) or Fuse (FU) MCB FU REDs / REDtest REDs REDs REDtest Fig. 1 Operation REDs The REDs operates in the residual current device mode, without automatic restart, when the sliding cover is open, i.e. to the right in the Auto Off position (Fig. 1). The automatic restart mode and the Autotest are activated, when the sliding cover is closed, i.e. to the left in the Auto On position (Fig. 2). Test d This is only possible in manual mode, i.e. sliding cover open in the Auto Off position. You can then manually test the device by pressing the Test key. The downstream installation is then temporarily broken. You must then manually reclose the RED by activating the O-l lever to power supply the downstream circuit. DB404527 Fig. 2 LED 2 LED 1 Test good Fault yellow ON Technical Section 11 LED 1 Green ON OFF LED 2 OFF - Dimensions Section 12 REDtest bb The REDtest carries out automatic testing of earth leakage protection every months. The test consists in opening and reclosing the REDtest, during which time continuity of supply of the downstream installation is guaranteed. Autotest: after checking installation insulation, the REDtest monitors its residual current device, without breaking the downstream power supply (bypass by bypass contact). 5/3 Protect Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser REDs, REDtest (cont.) Operation ON mode: temporary network fault REDs, REDtest DB404527 DB404529 LED 2 LED 1 (*) Reclosing time. 5 1 t<2s Default 0 1 t=5s 0 1 0 LED 1 1 Test 0 t=5s LED 2 * <10s The built-in automatic recloser automatically recloses the residual current device after checking insulation of the downstream circuit. Rd: lower level of insulation resistance, if R<Rd = no reclose Rdo: higher level of insulation resistance, if Rd>Rdo = reclose In 30 mA 300 mA Operation ON mode: long network fault Rd 8 k 2.5 k REDs Rdo 16 k 5 k If the circuit is faulty, the switch is prohibited from reclosing. After a time delay of 15 minutes, the downstream circuit insulation is rechecked. There are then two possibilities: bb the installation is still faulty (the resistance to earth is lower than Rd): in this case a new check will be carried out in 15 minutes. bb the fault was temporary and has disappeared (the resistance to earth is higher than Rdo): the recloser automatically recloses the REDs. DB404530 1 Default 0 1 0 1 0 LED 1 1 Test 0 LED 2 * < 3min t=5s t=5s t=15min t=5s ty15min (*) Reclosing time. Technical Section 11 5/4 Dimensions Section 12 Protect Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser In Rd Rdo 30 mA 30 k 70 k REDs, REDtest (cont.) Operation ON mode: long network fault (cont.) REDtest If the circuit is faulty for a length of time "greater than 5 seconds", the switch is prohibited from reclosing. bb The installation is faulty: the earth resistance is lower than Rd. DB404531 1 Default 0 1 0 1 0 LED 1 1 Test 0 t=5s LED 5 Connection Type 12 mm 3.5 / 5.5 mm PZ1 / PZ2 Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB122946 9 mm N, L AUX PH0 2 N.m 0.4 N.m 35 mm2 2.5 mm2 35 mm2 2.5 mm2 DB123947 DB404535 Connection by tunnel terminal with guard Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 5/5 DB404533 DB404534 Protect Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser L N REDs, REDtest (cont.) NL LN 1 3 LINE N REDs 2P N 2 4 LOAD AUX N L Load Wiring of non-polarized white wires L1 L2 L3 N 5 LN 1 3 5 7 LINE N AUX REDs 4P N 24 6 8 LOAD N N L L1 L2 L3 5...230 V a / c max: 100 mA cos = 1 N Load Wiring of non-polarized white wires N L DB404532 N L1L2 L3 LN 13 N AUX REDtest N 24 L N Load Technical Section 11 5/6 Dimensions Section 12 LN 5...230 V a / c max: 100 mA cos = 1 Protect REDs, REDtest (cont.) Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser DB123310 DB123312 DB123314 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Common technical data Earthing grounding systems Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Insulation voltage (Ui) 8/20 s wave immunity level Tropicalisation Operating temperature Storage temperature Protection class Additional characteristics Residual current device Tripping time Number of cycles (O-C) Fixed sensitivity releases for all ratings Test button min operating voltage Recloser Max duration of a restart cycle Maximum number of consecutive restart attempts (if no earth fault) Min interval between 2 closings Insulation fault presence monitoring Restart in event of transient insulation fault Stopping restart cycle if insulation fault present Not operating resistance to earth (Rd) Operating resistance to earth (Rdo) Power consumed by the electronics Indication REDs status indication Auxiliary contact Voltage rating (Ue) Insulation voltage (Ui) Current rating (ln) Type Connection by tunnel terminal 2P 4P REDs, REDtest REDs TT and TN-S only 4 kV 500 V 250  Treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95 % at 55°C) -5°C to +40°C -20°C to +60°C IP20 at terminals In: y 300 ms 5 In: y 40 ms 1 000 Instantaneous release bb 100 V bb 195 V (REDtest) 4 000 170 V 90 s < 10 s 3 180 s 30 s Yes Yes bb Yes, during 15 minutes bb Yes (REDtest) 8 k (30 mA), 2.5 k (300 mA) 16 k (30 mA), 5 k (300 mA) bb REDs: 0 VA bb REDtest: 8 VA Mechanical: by O-l (open-closed) 2-position lever bb Electrical: by 2 indicator lights on the front panel: vv left: red/yellow LED vv right: green LED Remote: by 1 built-in auxiliary contact 5...230 V AC/DC 350 V Min: 0.6 mA Max: 100 mA, power factor = 1 Configurable: intermittent 1 Hz or NO Flexible or rigid cable: max 2.5 mm2 5 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 5/7 Protect REDs, REDtest (cont.) Earth leakage protection Automatic recloser Weight (g) Reclosers 2P REDs 360 REDtest 370 Dimensions (mm) 4P bb 25/40 A: 670 bb 63 A: vv 30 mA: 720 vv 300 mA: 680 - DB116691 5 REDs 2P DB116692 REDs 4P DB109799 REDtest Technical Section 11 5/8 Dimensions Section 12 Protect RED Earth leakage protection A type Automatic recloser 30 mA IEC 61008, EN 61008 DB116619 The RED REsidual current Device recloser, is made up of a residual current device and a recloser. bb protection of people against direct and indirect contacts bb protection of installations against insulation faults bb disconnection of on-load electric circuits, already protected against overloads and short-circuits bb automatic restart after insulation monitoring of the downstream circuit. PB101779_SE-50 Catalogue numbers Residual current circuit breaker RED Type 2P Sensitivity 30 mA Rating 25 A 18693 40 A 18695 Width in mod. of 9 mm 8 DB122882 18681 5 Voltage rating (Ue) 230 V Frequency rating 50 Hz DB404503 Circuit-breaker (MCB) or Fuse (FU) Coordination table, max short-circuit current (kA rms) Circuit-breakers, fuse / RED type A Circuit-breakers Fuse C32 K60 DT40 DT40N C60 C120 NG125 gL 63 RED A Type Network 25 A 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 230 V L/N 40 A 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 5/9 Protect RED Earth leakage protection A type Automatic recloser 30 mA (cont.) PB101779_SE-50 bb Supply from above or below bb Test button 5 Fig. 1 Fig. 2 DB404504 Operation Recloser The built-in automatic recloser automatically recloses the residual current device after checking insulation of the downstream circuit. If the resistance to earth is lower than Rd, then RED reclosing is prohibited. If the resistance to earth is higher than Rdo, then RED reclosing is allowed. Residual current device The RED operate in the residual current device mode, without automatic restart, when the sliding cover is open, i.e. to the right in the Auto Off position (Fig. 1). The automatic restart mode and the Autotest are activated, when the sliding cover is closed, i.e. to the left in the Auto On position (Fig. 2). Test d This is only possible in manual mode, i.e. sliding cover open in the Auto Off position. You can then manually test the device by pressing the Test key. The downstream installation is then temporarily broken. You must then manually reclose the RED by activating the O-l lever to power supply the downstream circuit. Technical Section 11 5/10 Dimensions Section 12 DB404505 Protect RED Earth leakage protection A type Automatic recloser 30 mA (cont.) Operation ON mode Temporary network fault 1 t<2s Default 0 1 t=5s 0 1 0 Test LED 1 t=5s 0 * < 3min Long network fault 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Test t=5s 0 LED LED (*) Reclosing time. LED 5 In 30 mA 300 mA Rd: lower level of insulation resistance, if R<Rd = no reclose Rd 8 k 2.5 k Rdo: higher level of insulation resistance, if Rd>Rdo = reclose Rdo 16 k 5 k DB404505 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 5/11 DB404505 DB404521 DB122945 DB122946 Protect RED Earth leakage protection A type Automatic recloser 30 mA (cont.) Connection 12 mm 3.5 / 5.5 mm PZ1/ PZ2 Calibre Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule 25 to 40 A 2 N.m Connection by tunnel terminal with guard 35 mm2 25 mm2 L N LN 13 N 5 RED N 24 NL N L Load Wiring of non-polarized white wires NL Technical Section 11 5/12 Dimensions Section 12 Protect RED Earth leakage protection A type Automatic recloser 30 mA (cont.) DB123310 DB123312 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Main characteristics RED 25...63 A A type Earthing grounding systems Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Insulation voltage (Ui) 8/20 s wave immunity level Tropicalisation Operating temperature Storage temperature Protection class TT and TN-S only 4 kV 500 V 250  Treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95 % at 55°C) -5°C to +40°C -20°C to +60°C IP20 at terminals Additional characteristics Residual current device Making and breaking capacity, rated residual current (Im = Im) Breaking capacity in association with protection device Tripping time 630 A 6000 A (gL 63 A) In: y 300 ms Number of cycles (O-C) 5 In: y 40 ms Mechanical: 1 000 Fixed sensitivity releases for all ratings Instantaneous release Test button min operating voltage 100 V Recloser Max duration of a restart cycle 90 s Number of restart operations Maximum number of consecutive restart attempts (if no earth fault) Min interval between 2 closings 15/hour 3 180 s Insulation fault presence monitoring Yes Restart in event of transient insulation fault Stopping restart cycle if insulation fault present Not operating resistance to earth (Rd) Yes Yes 20 k Operating resistance to earth (Rdo) 70 k Power consumed by the electronics S = 0 VA Indication RED status indication Mechanical: by O-l (open-closed) 2-position lever Electrical: by 1 red indicator light on the front panel 5 Weight (g) Recloser RED 350 Dimensions (mm) DB109809 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 5/13 Contents Remote operated MCBs Reflex iC60H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6/2 to 6/6 Miniature circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3 Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/4 Power and control connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/5 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/6 ARA automatic reclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6/7 to 6/11 ARA automatic reclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/7 Operating principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/8 Permanent fault diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/9 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/10 Connection and technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/11 RCA remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6/12 to 6/15 RCA remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/12 Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/13 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/14 Connection and technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/15 Acti 9 smartlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6/16 to 6/22 Functions and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/16 Accessories and connectable devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/17 Example of an installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/18 Ethernet and Modbus Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/19 Technical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6/20 to 6/21 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/22 6 6/1 Control, remote control Integrated control circuit breakers Reflex iC60H (curves B, C, D) IEC/EN 60947-2 The Reflex iC60 devices are integrated control circuit breakers which combine the following main functions in a single device: bb Remote control by latched and/or impulse-type order according to the 3 operating modes to be chosen by the user. bb Circuit breaker, to provide: vv circuit protection against short-circuit currents, vv circuit protection against overload currents, vv disconnection in the industrial sector. Resetting after a fault is performed manually, by the resetting handle. The version with Ti24 allows direct interfacing of the Reflex iC60 with a PLC, to: bb Execute remote control (Y3). bb Indicate the state of the control circuit (O/C) and circuit-breaker state information (auto/OFF). The Ti24 interface also allows fast, reliable connection of the Reflex iC60 to the Acti 9 Smartlink thanks to the prefabricated cables. The iMDU auxiliary allows the Reflex iC60 to be controlled in 24/48 V AC/DC. PB106239-40 PB106238-40 Alternating current (AC) 50 Hz Ultimate breaking capacity (Icu) as per IEC/EN 60947-2 Voltage (Ue) Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P) 220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V Service breaking capacity (Ics) Reflex iC60H Rating (In) 10 to 40 A 30 kA 15 kA 50 % of Icu 6 Catalogue numbers Reflex iC60 circuit breaker Type 2P Rating (In) Curve B Reflex iC60H With Ti24 interface 10 A A9C64210 16 A A9C64216 25 A A9C64225 40 A A9C64240 Width in 9 mm modules 9 C A9C65210 A9C65216 A9C65225 A9C65240 D A9C66210 A9C66216 A9C66225 - 3P Curve B A9C64310 A9C64316 A9C64325 A9C64340 11 C A9C65310 A9C65316 A9C65325 A9C65340 D A9C66310 A9C66316 A9C66325 - 4P Curve B A9C64410 A9C64416 A9C64425 A9C64440 13 C A9C65410 A9C65416 A9C65425 A9C65440 D A9C66410 A9C66416 A9C66425 - Technical Section 11 6/2 Dimensions Section 12 Control, remote control Reflex iC60H Integrated control circuit (curves B, C, D) (cont.) breakers bb Tripping and disconnection device capable of: vv disconnecting and padlocking (Ø 3 to 6 mm not supplied) in "open" position vv neutralizing remote control bb Ti24 interface for direct link to PLC and Acti 9 Smartlink PB105980-70 bb Operating state indicator lamp bb IP20 insulated terminals bb Bistable operation: does not change state in the event of electrical power outage bb Resetting handle Technical Section 11 DB123516 DB123765 Dimensions Section 12 VisiSafe 6 bb Positive contact indication bb Uimp: 6 kV bb Ui: 500 V bb Pushbutton: bb Degree of pollution: level 3 vv manual control: opening/closing vv choice of operating "modes" bb Longer product service life thanks to: vv good overvoltage withstand capacity: products designed to provide a high industrial performance level (degree of pollution, rated impulse withstand voltage and insulation voltage), vv high limitation performances, vv fast closure independent of the speed of resetting of the operating handle. Legend Ti24 interface +24VDC Y3 auto/OFF O/C 0 V V DC power supply Remote control by latched order Circuit-breaker state information Control circuit state information (open/closed) V DC power supply Y1 Y2 N P O/C 11 12 14 auto/OFF 21 22 24 Latched order control Control by impulse-type 230 V AC power supply Control circuit state indication contact Circuit-breaker tripping indication contact 6/3 DB123517 Control, remote control Integrated control circuit breakers bb Operating state indicator lamp bb Pushbutton for: vv "mode" selection vv opening/closing manual control DB124370 Reflex iC60H (curves B, C, D) (cont.) Remote control is possible by 3 operating modes to be set using the pushbutton on the front panel. Three types of control: Y1, Y2, Y3 NP Centralized control (PLC) 24V Y3 auto/ OFF O/C 0V 24 V 24V Y3 Ti24 Reflex iC60 auto/ OFF O/C 0V Ti24 Reflex iC60 Y1 Y2 NP auto/OFF O/C 21 22 24 11 12 14 Y1 Y2 NP Y2 Y1 auto/OFF O/C 21 22 24 11 12 14 Y2 Y1 230 V Zone 1 Zone 2 Operating modes Reflex iC60 with Ti24 interface DB124372 Mode 1: Reflex iC60 opening/closing, Mode 1 PLC locally or centrally controlled Mode 2 Mode 3 Out In In bb The opening/closing orders come from various control 24 V c 6 points, and they are taken into account in their order of arrival vv Y1: latched order local control vv Y2: impulse-type local control NP auto/ 0 V 24V Y3 OFF O/C 0V vv Y3: latched order centralized control Ti24 Mode 2: Reflex iC60 opening/closing, possible inhibition of local impulse-type control bb Y1 is used to inhibit Y2 vv Y1: local opening/Y2 inhibition latched order control vv Y2: impulse-type local opening/closing control vv Y3: latched order centralized opening/closing control Mode 3: Reflex iC60 opening/closing, possible inhibition of centralised latched order control 230 V Y1 Y2 NP Reflex iC60 auto/OFF O/C 21 22 24 11 12 14 Y2 Y1 bb Y1 is used to inhibit Y3 vv Y3 inhibition local latched order control vv Y2: impulse-type local opening/closing control vv Y3: latched order centralized opening/closing control Table of modes Reflex iC60 with interface Ti24 Mode 1 bb Possible mode Mode 2 bb Possible mode Mode 3 bb Default mode Technical Section 11 6/4 Dimensions Section 12 DB123561 DB123562 Control, remote control Reflex iC60H Integrated control circuit (curves B, C, D) (cont.) breakers Power connection Without accessories With accessories 14 mm Terminal Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or with ferrule Al terminal 50 mm² Screw-on connection for ring terminal Multi-cable terminal Rigid Flexible cables cables DB122945 DB122946 DB122935 DB118789 DB118787 Power 6.5 mm PZ2 10 to 25 A 2 N.m 40 to 63 A 3.5 N.m 1 to 25 mm2 1 to 16 mm2 1 to 35 mm2 1 to 25 mm2 50 mm2 Ø 5 mm - - 3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 Control connection Terminal Without accessories Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible Flexible with ferrule DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 10 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 Power supply (N/P) 1 N.m Inputs (Y1/Y2) 1 to 10 mm2 Outputs (O/C, auto/OFF) 0.7 N.m 1 to 2.5 mm2 1 to 6 mm2 1 to 2.5 mm2 1 to 4 mm2 1 to 1.5 mm2 6 8 mm 3.5 mm Ti24 interface 10 mm 3.5 mm Springloaded terminals 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 DB123563 DB123580 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 6/5 DB123310 Control, remote control Integrated control circuit breakers Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. DB123312 Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 DB123314 6 Technical Section 11 6/6 Dimensions Section 12 Reflex iC60H (curves B, C, D) (cont.) Technical data Control circuit Supply voltage (Ue) (N/P) Control voltage (Uc) Inputs (Y1/Y2) Input (Y3) Min. duration of control impulse (Y2) Response time (Y2) Consumption Inrush consumption Length of control wires Inputs (Y1/Y2) Inrush current at 230 V - 50 Hz Input (Y3) 2P 3P 4P 230 V AC - 50 Hz 230 V AC - 5 mA (24...48 V AC/DC, with iMDU auxiliary) 24 V DC - 5.5 mA u 250 ms y 200 ms y 1 W < 1000 VA Cable: 100 m Wires in a sheath: 500 m 500 m 4.2  8.2  16.2  Power circuit Max. working voltage (Ue) Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Thermal tripping Set to Disconnected Set to Ready Reference temperature 400 V AC 500 V 6 kV 4 kV 50°C Magnetic tripping Curve B Curve C Curve D Overvoltage category (IEC 60364) Temperature derating 4 In ± 20 % 8 In ± 20 % 12 In ± 20 % IV See module CA908007 Indication / Remote control Potential-free changeover Min. contact outputs (O/C, auto/OFF) Max 24 V DC - 100 mA 230 V AC - 1 A Ti24 interface (as per IEC 61131) Outputs (O/C, auto/OFF) Ti24 interface 24 V DC - 100 mA max Endurance (O-C) Electrical Mechanical AC1 - AC7a AC5a - AC5b AC7c Up to 50,000 cycles (1) Up to15,000 cycles (1) Up to 20,000 cycles (1) 50,000 cycles Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Degree of pollution Device only Device in a modular enclosure IP20 IP40 Insulation class II 3 Operating temperature -25°C to +60°C Storage temperature Tropicalization -40°C to +85°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 93 % at 40°C) Immunity to voltage dips Immunity to power supply frequency variations Immunity to harmonics Immunity to electrostatic discharges Air Contacts Immunity to stray magnetic fields Immunity to fast transients Immunity to shock waves Immunity to power frequency magnetic fields Immunity to grid frequency magnetic fields Conducted emissions IEC 61000-4-11 class III IEC 61000-4-28 and IACS E10 IEC 61000-4-13 class 2 8 kV, IEC 61 000-4-2 4 kV, IEC 61 000-4-2 10 V/m up to 3 GHz, IEC 61000-4-3 4 kV from 5 to 100 kHz, IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 61000-4-5 10 V from 150 kHz to 80 MHz, IEC 61000-4-6 Level 4 30 A/m to IEC 61000-4-8 and IEC 61000-4-9 CISPR 11/22 Radiated emissions CISPR 11/22 (1) See the derating table according to the load types and ratings PB106256-40 Control Remote control ARA iC60 ARA automatic reclosers For iC60 circuit breakers and iID residual current circuit breakers The ARA reclosing auxiliary can: bb Perform automatic reclosing of the associated protection device, after tripping. bb Increase the availability of installations without supervision, isolated, hard of access and demanding very great availability (mobile telephony systems, motorways, pumping stations, airports, railways, meteorological stations, service stations, automatic teller machines, public lighting, tunnels, etc.), by restoring them to operation without intervention by personnel in the event of a transient fault (atmospheric disturbances, industrial overvoltages, etc.). bb For the ARA iC60, the operator can choose predefined reclosing program which allows the safety and availability of facilities to be reconciled taking into account the facility's environment. bb The circuit is placed in safety configuration by the padlocking device. PB106257-40 ARA iID Diagram 230 V 2122 24 1112 14 iC60 or iID ARA Locked OF Y1 Y2 NP Catalogue numbers ARA iC60 For circuit breaker Width in 9 mm modules 1P, 1P+N, 2P Number of programs Voltage 4 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz A9C70132 7 3P, 4P 4 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz A9C70134 7 ARA iID For residual current circuit breaker 2P Number of Voltage programs Width in 9 mm modules 6 1 4P 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz A9C70342 7 1 Auxiliaries 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz A9C70344 7 See module CA907000 and CA907002 DB124065 DB124060 DB123583 Technical Section 11 DB406179 DB123582 ARA iC60 ARA iID Dimensions Section 12 DB124061 Legend Type 12 Application Choice of program (ARA iC60) 43 Y1 Y2 N P Locked OF Indicator lamp 21 22 24 11 12 14 Flashing green Flashing red Fixed red Flashing orange "Remote" inhibition of automatic reclosing Remote control of final reclosing 230 V power supply Automatic recloser inhibition indication contact Indicates the state of the circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker (opened or closed) ARA automatic recloser operational Reclosing cycle in progress ARA automatic recloser locked at end of reclosing cycle: circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker tripped (open) ARA automatic recloser not operational 6/7 Control Remote control 6 DB124064 DB124063 DB124062 DB124061 ARA automatic reclosers (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers and iID residual current circuit breakers Operating principle The ARA automatic recloser makes a number of attempts at reclosing depending on the program chosen by the user. The program includes the following settings: bb A time delay before reclosing (TA). bb A reinitialization time delay (TB). bb A maximum number of reclosing attempts. If, following these attempts, the fault is still present, the device places itself in waiting for manual reclosing, or final remote reclosing (Y2). ARA iC60 Program 12 43 12 43 12 43 12 43 Number of reclosing attempts Delay before reclosing TA 1 60 s Check time Final reclosing Y2 TB 6 min. Once after inhibition 3 60 s 2 min. 3 min. 6 min. 3 min. 6 min. 5 60 s 2 min. 3 min. 6 min. 3 min. 6 min. 3 min. 6 min. 3 min. 6 min. 5 60 s 2 min. 3 min. 6 min. 4 min. 8 min. 5 min. 10 min. 6 min. 12 min. ARA iID Number of reclosing attempts Only 1 program 15 available Delay before reclosing TA 20 s 40 s 3 min. 3 min. ... Check time Final reclosing Y2 TB 30 min. 30 min. ... Once per cycle Technical Section 11 6/8 Dimensions Section 12 Control Remote control ARA automatic reclosers (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers and iID residual current circuit breakers DB404539 ARA iC60 operating diagram NORMAL auto V Tripping OFF On site intervention and reinitialization Time delay TA R Final reclosing Y2 Reclosing Immediate tripping End of time delay Time delay TB Not reached Inhibition R Number of reclosing operations authorized Exceeded 6 ARA iID operating diagram NORMAL auto V Tripping Time delay TA R OFF On site intervention and reinitialization Final reclosing Y2 DB404538 Reclosing End of time delay Time delay TB Immediate tripping Not reached Inhibition R Number of reclosing operations authorized Exceeded Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 6/9 Control Remote control bb Indication of ARA operating states ARA automatic reclosers (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers and iID residual current circuit breakers bb Sealable cover bb Placing in safety configuration by integrated padlocking device (Ø 3 to 6 mm) PB106055-104 ARA iC60 bb 4 predefined programs 6 bb Manual remote control of final reclosing (after inhibition of automatic recloser) (Y2) bb Remote inhibition of remote reclosing (Y1) bb Manual control of the circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker always overrides automatic control bb Inhibition of automatic recloser (auto - OFF) and resetting (Reset) bb Bistable operation: does not change state in the event of electrical power outage Technical Section 11 6/10 Dimensions Section 12 DB123565 Control Remote control ARA automatic reclosers (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers and iID residual current circuit breakers Connection Terminal Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible Flexible with ferrule DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 10 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 Power supply (N/P) Inputs (Y1/Y2) Outputs (OF/Locked) 8 mm 3.5 mm 1 N.m 0.7 N.m 0.5 to 10 mm2 0.5 to 6 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 DB123566 DB123310 DB123312 DB123314 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 Weight (g) Automatic reclosers Type For 1P, 1P+N, 2P circuit breakers or iID residual current circuit breaker For 3P, 4P circuit breakers Technical data IP40 Control circuit Supply voltage (Ue) (N/P) 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz Control voltage (Uc) Type 1 inputs (Y1/Y2) 230 V AC (as per IEC 61131-2) Min. duration of control order (Y2) u 200 ms Response time (Y2) < 500 ms Consumption < 2 W Endurance (O-C) (ARA combined with a circuit breaker) Electrical 5000 cycles Indication / Remote control Potential-free changeover Min. contact output (OF/Locked) Max. 24 V AC/DC, 10 mA 230 V AC, 1 A Input (Y1/Y2) 230 V AC 5 mA Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Insulation voltage (Ui) Device only Device in a modular enclosure IP20 IP40 Insulation class II 400 V Degree of pollution (IEC 60947) 3 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV Operating temperature -25°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 93 % at +40°C) 6 ARA 440 470 DB123567 Dimensions (mm) 4P 3P 2P (1P+N) 1P 135 117 99 81 63 3 5.5 2 70 44.5 85 45 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 6 80 97 6/11 DB123573 DB123813 PB106251-40 PB106253-40 Control Remote control 6 Without Ti24 interface DB123572 RCA remote controls For iC60 circuit breakers The RCA remote control system allows: bb Remote electrical control (opening and closing) of circuit breakers with or without Vigi add-on RCD, with or without auxiliary. bb Circuit-breaker resetting after tripping, in accordance with safety principles and the regulations in force. bb Local control by operating handle. bb Circuit placing in safety configuration by padlocking. 2 choices of operation after tripping: bb A: Enabling of remote circuit-breaker resetting; bb B: Inhibition of remote resetting. The version with Ti24 interface allows: bb Direct interfacing of remote control with a programmable logic controller (PLC), a supervision system and any other communication device, having inputs/ outputs in 24 V DC (control, OF and SD indications). bb Fast, reliable connection of the remote control to the Acti 9 Smartlink thanks to the prefabricated cables. bb Remote indication by "OF" potential-free contact. bb Provision of 2 operating modes, "1 and 3". The iMDU auxiliary allows RCA control in 24/48 V AC/DC. Catalogue numbers RCA remote control Type For circuit breakers 1P, 1P+N, 2P Voltage Without Ti24 interface 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz With Ti24 interface 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz For 3P, 4P circuit breakers Without Ti24 interface 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz With Ti24 interface 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz Auxiliaries Width in 9 mm modules A9C70112 7 A9C70122 7 A9C70114 7 A9C70124 7 See module CA907000 and CA907002 Legend Type OFF auto A B Green indicator lamp Orange indicator lamp 1 (Ti24) 3 (Ti24) Y1 Y2 Y3 Application All remote control inhibited Circuit breaker remote reclosing after tripping allowed Circuit breaker remote reclosing after tripping inhibited Remote control possible Remote control impossible Mode 1 Mode 3 Latched order local control Impulse-type or latched order local control (depending on mode) Latched order centralized control Technical Section 11 6/12 Dimensions Section 12 DB123396 Control Remote control RCA remote controls (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers Standard RCA bb The orders received on terminals Y1 and Y2 are taken into account progressively in their order of arrival. iC60 RCA N P Y2 Y1 DB123743 RCA Ti24 Y3 Ti24 Centralized control (PLC) 24 V DC RCA OF Y1/Y2 230 V Zone 1 Local control Y3 Ti24 RCA OF Y1/Y2 230 V Zone 2 Local control RCA Ti24 mode 1 DB123761 Mode 1: Locally or centrally controlled circuit-breaker opening/closing 230 V AC bb The orders come from various control points, and they are 0 V OF taken into account in their order of arrival SD bb Y1: Latched order local control bb Y2: Impulse-type local control bb Y3: Latched order centralized control Y3 24 V c 6 Ti24 RCA OF N P Y2 Y1 11 12 14 Mode 3: Centrally controlled opening/closing + local override bb 3 positions allowing a choice between override and centralized control: bb Y1: Latched order local control bb Y2: Latched order local control bb Y3: Latched order centralized control DB123762 RCA Ti24 mode 3 230 V AC 0 V OF SD Y3 24 V c Ti24 RCA OF N P Y2 Y1 11 12 14 Y2 Y1 OFF ON Centralized control (Y3) Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 6/13 DB123576 Control Remote control bb Lead sealing of operating modes bb Ti24 interface for link to PLC and Acti 9 Smartlink bb Operating state indicator lamp RCA remote controls (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers bb Locking device capable of neutralizing remote control and padlocking (Ø 3 to 6 mm) in open position DB123578 bb Compatible with the circuit breaker's electrical auxiliaries bb Operating state indicator lamp 6 Indication auxiliaries DB123579 DB123763 bb Selector switch for inhibition of all electrical controls bb Latched order or impulse-type control bb Bistable operation: does not change state in the event of electrical power outage Legend Type +24VDC Y3 SD OF 0 V Application V DC power supply Latched order centralized control Circuit-breaker tripping information Control circuit state information (open/closed) V DC power supply Y1 Y2 N P OF 11 12 14 Latched order local control Impulse-type or latched order local control (depending on mode) 230 V AC power supply Circuit-breaker state indication contact (open/closed) Tripping auxiliaries RCA remote control iC60 circuit Vigi iC60 breaker add-on RCD PB104474-25 PB104475-25 PB104496-25 PB106253-25 PB104437-25 PB104437-25 + No 1 iOF +++ + 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF or iOF+SD24) 1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF) 1 (iMX or iMN) max. No Technical Section 11 6/14 Dimensions Section 12 RCA iC60 Vigi iC60 DB123565 Control Remote control RCA remote controls (cont.) For iC60 circuit breakers Connection Terminal Tightening torque Without accessories Copper cables Rigid Flexible Flexible with ferrule DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 10 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 Power supply (N/P) Inputs (Y1/Y2) 1 N.m Outputs (OF) 0.7 N.m 8 mm 3.5 mm 0.5 to 10 mm2 0.5 to 6 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2 DB123568 DB123764 Ti24 interface Spring-loaded 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 - terminals 10 mm 3.5 mm 6 DB123310 DB123312 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 DB123314 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Technical data Control circuit Supply voltage (Ue) (N/P) 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz Control voltage (Uc) Type 1 inputs (Y1/Y2) 230 V AC (as per IEC 61131-2) Min. duration of control order (Y2) u 200 ms Response time (Y2) < 500 ms Consumption y 1 W Thermal self-protection with automatic Reset against overheating of the control circuit due to an abnormal number of operations Endurance (O-C) (RCA combined with a circuit breaker) Electrical/Mechanical 10,000 cycles Indication / Remote control Potential free changeover Min. contact output (OF) Max. 24 V AC/DC, 10 mA 230 V AC ,1 A Input (Y1/Y2) 230 V AC 5 mA Ti24 interface (as per IEC 61131) Type 1 input (Y3) 24 V DC 5.5 mA Output (OF and SD) 24 V DC In max.: 100 mA Additional characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Insulation voltage (Ui) Device only Device in a modular enclosure IP20 IP40 Insulation class II 400 V Degree of pollution (IEC 60947) 3 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV Operating temperature -25°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 93 % at +40°C) 6/15 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink indication IEC/EN 61131-2 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave and Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet are used to transfer data from Acti 9 devices to a PLC or monitoring system via the communication system: bb Modbus serial line for Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave bb Modbus Ethernet TCP/IP or http for Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet. Functions Data transmission between the network and Acti 9 devices bb Circuit breakers, residual current circuit breakers, residual current devices: PB107797-47 vv open/closed state vv tripped state vv number of opening/closing cycles vv number of tripping actions. bb Contactors, impulse relays: vv opening control vv closing control vv open/closed state vv number of opening/closing cycles vv total period of operation of the load (device closed). bb Remote controlled circuit breaker/Reflex iC60: vv opening control vv closing control vv open/closed state vv tripped state DB404502 vv number of opening/closing cycles vv total period of operation of the load. bb Power meters: vv number of pulses recorded vv pulse value setting (e.g. kWh) 6 vv total consumption recorded vv estimate of power consumption. bb Analog sensors only for Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet: vv temperature sensor vv humidity sensor, vv CO2 detector, vv optical detector vv ... DB405140 Acti 9 Smart Test software bb Electrical continuity test bb Functional testing of the devices bb Report printing bb Printing of a simplified diagram bb Project archiving bb Compatible with Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows 8 bb To be download on: Schneider Electric web sites: vv schneider-electric.com or vv schneider-electric country web site All the data are stored in memory: number of cycles, consumption, period of operation, even in the event of a power failure. Acti 9 Smartlink can also exchange data with any device having 24 V DC digital inputs/outputs. No configuration of the connected products is required. When Acti 9 Smartlink is switched on, communication automatically adjusts to the Modbus Master or Ethernet (PLC, control station) communication parameters. Installation bb Mounting in switchboards: vv width 24 modules per row vv minimum spacing between rails 150 mm. bb Mounting on vv DIN rail, with mounting kit A9XMFA04 vv Linergy FM 80 A, with locking clips supplied vv Linergy FM 200 A, wtih mounting kit A9XM2B04. DB406513 Test bb The communication and cabling test for the connected devices can be performed using Acti 9 Smart Test software 6/16 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication PB107753-68 PB113286-68 DB404941 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet iOF+SD24 24V SD OF 0V A9XCAU06 PB107756-7 PB107755-5 PB107754-12 Catalogue numbers Acti 9 Smartlink Type Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Supplied with Modbus connector 24 V DC power supply connector Locking clips for mounting on Linergy FM 80 Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet Supplied with Connector for 4-point analog output Modbus connector 24 V DC power supply connector Accessories Locking clips for mounting on Linergy FM 80 USB cable link / Modbus for Acti 9 Smartlink test Prefabricated cables With 2 connectors Short: 100 mm Medium-sized: 160 mm Long: 870 mm With 1 connector Long: 870 mm Set of 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 A9XMSB11 A9XMEA08 1 A9XCATM1 6 A9XCAS06 6 A9XCAM06 6 A9XCAL06 6 A9XCAU06 Connectors Mounting kit Spare parts 5-pin connectors (Ti24) 12 A9XC2412 DIN rail (4 feet, 4 straps, 4 adapters) 1 Linergy FM 200 A (4 adapters) 1 Lock for Linergy FM 80 A (2 clips) 1 A9XMFA04 A9XM2B04 A9XMLA02 6 Connectable devices With Ti24 interface Type Reference Description iACT24 A9C15924 Low-level control and indication auxiliary for iCT contactors iATL24 A9C15424 Low-level control and indication auxiliary for iTL impulse relays iOF+SD24 OF+SD24 A9A26897 A9N26899 RCA Reflex iC60 See module CA904011 See module CA904012 Low-level indication auxiliary for iC60, iID, ARA, RCA, iSW-NA Low-level indication auxiliary for C60, C120, DPN, RCCB/ID, C60H-DC Remote control with Ti24 interface Reflex iC60 with Ti24 interface Without Ti24 interface Power meters with pulse output, e.g. IEM2000T Impulse meters complying with the IEC 62053-21 standard 24 V DC indicator lamps, Harmony XVL range All loads not exceeding 100 mA, 24 V DC Light sensitive switches: example IC2000 Timers, thermostats, time switches, load shedding devices All 24 V DC auxiliary contacts, IEC 61131-2 type 1 With analog outputs Temperature and humidity sensors, with a 0-10 V or 4-20 mA output CO2 and optical detectors, with a 0-10 V or 4-20 mA output PB107804-43 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 6/17 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication Example of an installation Ethernet link bb 10/100 MB Ethernet, Modbus TCP server PB113600-94 DB406505 DB406544 DB406506 DB406508 6 Prefabricated cables bb Simplified cabling bb Fast and safe DB406507 1 analog input channel bb Example: temperature sensor connection Modbus Communication bb Up to 8 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave or others slaves Modbus connected Connection to the Ethernet network Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet has an embedded web server that can be used to configure the connection to the Ethernet network Web page DB406473 Technical Section 11 6/18 Dimensions Section 12 bbWeb Page available, to configure Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet communication Ethernet parameter, to visualize or control data PB113286-175 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication Ti24 connector 7 input/output channels Protected at input against voltage reversals Protected at output by current limiting bb Pin 1: 0 V bb Pin 2: I1 Input 1 bb Pin 3: I2 Input 2 bb Pin 4: Q Output bb Pin 5: +24 V DC Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet 24 V DC power supply connector Protected against voltage reversals bb Pin 1: 0 V bb Pin 2:+24 V DC Ethernet connector 100 base T - RJ45 Analog connector 2 configurable input points, either 0-10 V or 4-20 mA bb Pin 1: 0 V bb Pin 2: AI1 Input 1 bb Pin 3: AI2 Input 2 bb Pin 4: +24 V DC Signalisation bb Indication of operation of the communication system and the state of Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet Serial port connector Modbus RS485 (Master) bb Pin 1: D1 Modbus bb Pin 2: D0 Modbus bb Pin 3: shielding bb Pin 4: common/0V 6 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Ti24 connector 11 input/output channels Protected at input against voltage reversals Protected at output by current limiting bb Pin 1: 0 V bb Pin 2: I1 Input 1 bb Pin 3: I2 Input 2 bb Pin 4: Q Output bb Pin 5: +24 V DC 24 V DC power supply connector Protected against voltage reversals bb Pin 1: 0 V bb Pin 2:+24 V DC Serial port connector RS485 Modbus (Slave) bb Pin 1: D1 Modbus bb Pin 2: D0 Modbus bb Pin 3: shielding bb Pin 4: common/0 V PB107753-175 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Signalisation bb Indication of operation of the communication system and the state of Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Thumbwheels bb Definition of the address in the Modbus network 6/19 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication Common technical characteristics Power supply Rated Maximum input current Maximum inrush current Meter Capacity Input characteristics Number of channels Type of input Maximum cable length Rated voltage Voltage limits Rated current Maximum current Filtering time Isolation Negative sequence voltage protection Output characteristics Number of output channels Type of output Maximum cable length Rated voltage 6 Filtering time Voltage drop (voltage in state 1) Maximum inrush current Leakage current Overvoltage protection Environmental characteristics Temperature Tropicalization Resistance to voltage dips Degree of protection Pollution degree Altitude Vibration resistance Shock resistance Immunity to electrostatic discharge Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet In state 1 In state 0 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet Voltage Maximum current In state 1 In state 0 Operating Storage Operating As per IEC 60068.2.6 As per IEC 60068.2.2 7 As per IEC 61000-4-2 Immunity to radiated magnetic fields Immunity to fast transients As per IEC 61000-4-3 As per IEC 61000-4-4 Immunity to conducted magnetic fields Immunity to magnetic fields at mains frequency Resistance to corrosive atmospheres Fire resistance Salt spray test Environment Additional characteristics Duration of saving memory Prefabricated cables characteristics Dielectric resistance Minimum draw-out resistance As per IEC 61000-4-6 As per IEC 61000-4-8 As per IEC 60721-3-3 For live parts For other parts As per IEC 60068.2.52 24 V DC ± 20 % 1.5 A 3 A 232 pulses per input 11 of 2-input channels 7 of 2-input channels Current collector Type 1 IEC 61131-2 500 m 24 V DC 24 V DC ± 20 % 2.5 mA 5 mA 2 ms 2 ms No isolation between channels Yes 11 7 24 V DC 0.1 A current source 500 m 24 V DC 100 mA 2 ms 2 ms 1 V max 500 mA 0.1 mA 33 V DC -25°C ... +60°C (if vertical mounting, limited to 50°C) -40°C...+80°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 93% at 40°C) 10 ms, class 3 as per IEC 61000-4-29 IP20 3 0 ... 2000 m 1 g / ± 3.5 mm - 5 Hz to 300 Hz - 10 cycles 15 g / 11 ms Air: 8 kV Contact: 4 kV 10 V/m - 80 MHz to 3 GHz 1 kV for inputs/outputs and Modbus communication. 2 kV for 24 DC power supply - 5 kHz - 100 kHz 10 V from 150 kHz to 80 MHz 30 A/m Level 3C2 on H2S / SO2/ NO2 / Cl2 At 960°C 30 s / 30 s as per IEC 60 695-2-10 and IEC 60 695-2-11 At 650°C 30 s / 30 s as per IEC 60 695-2-10 and IEC 60 695-2-11 Severity 2 In compliance with the RoHS directive 10 years 1 kV / 5 min 20 N Technical Section 11 6/20 Dimensions Section 12 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave technical characteristics Characteristics of the Modbus link Link Transmission Protocol Type of device Modbus addressing range Maximum length of the bus Type of bus connector Transfer rate Medium Modbus, RTU, RS485 serial connection 9600 baud ... 19200 baud, self-adaptable Shielded cable, double twisted pair Master/Slave Slave 1 to 99 1000 m 4-pin connector Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet technical characteristics Characteristics of the Ethernet link Link Protocol Address mode Characteristics of Gateway Protocol Modbus slave number Modbus addressing range Characteristics of the Modbus Master link Link Transmission Transfer rate Support Maximum length of the bus Type of bus connector Characteristics of the analog inputs Number Type Measuring accuracy Resolution Acquisition time Isolation Power supply Type of cable Maximum cable length Protection 10/100 MB Ethernet Modbus TCP server http (Web pages) Static and dynamic (supplied, by default, in dynamic mode) Modbus TCP/IP -> Modbus SL 8 1 to 247 Modbus serial connection, RTU, RS485 9600 baud ... 19200 baud, self-adaptable Shielded cable, double twisted pair 1000 m 4-pin connector 2 Separate configuration for each input, either 0-10 V or 4-20 mA 1/100 full scale 12 bits 500 ms No isolation between channels 0-24 V DC Shielded cable, double twisted pair 30 m Short-circuit protection 6 Dimensions (mm) 359 Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave 359 42 22.5 42 Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Weight (g) Acti 9 Smartlink Type Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus Slave 195 Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet 180 22.5 6/21 DB124330 DB406390 Control, remote control, Acti 9 smartlink (cont.) indication DB123580 Connection Terminal Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid 10 mm 0.4 x 2,5 mm Connector cat. no: A9XC2412 24 V 0 V AI2 AI1 Ti24 interface Spring loaded 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 terminal Analog connector 0.8 N.m 0.1 to 1.5 mm2 7 mm 0.6 x 3,5 mm Flexible 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 0.1 to 1.5 mm2 DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 Flexible with ferrule 0.1 to 1.5 mm2 DB406517 DB124331 6 DB405141 0 V 24 V 7 mm 0.6 x 3,5 mm Power supply 0.8 N.m connector 0.2 to 1.5 mm2 D0 = A' / Rx-, A / TxD1 = B' / Rx+, B / Tx+ Modbus connector 0.8 N.m 0.25 mm2 0 V 3 7 mm 0.6 x 3,5 mm 4 0.2 to 1.5 mm2 0.25 mm2 0.2 to 1.5 mm2 0.25 mm2 DB405142 y 50 mm 1 y 20 mm 2 Technical Section 11 6/22 Dimensions Section 12 Contents Control and command iCT contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/2 to 7/13 iCT contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/2 to 7/9 Electrical auxiliaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/10 to 7/12 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/13 Impulse relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/14 to 7/28 iTL impulse relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/14 to 7/21 iTLc, iTLm, iTLs with built-in auxiliary function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/19 Electrical auxiliaries for iTL impulse relays . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/22 to 7/25 Accessories for iTL impulse relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/26 iTL+ high-performance impulse relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/27 to 7/28 iIL indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/29 iPB pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/30 iSW switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/31 to 7/37 iSSW linear switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/38 iTR transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/39 to 7/40 iSO bells and iRO buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/41 STI isolatable fuse carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/42 to 7/45 SBI fuse holder with indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/46 to 7/47 DIN rail selector switches iCMB, iCMD, iCME, iCMC, iCMV and iCMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/48 to 7/50 XBdevice holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/51 Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/52 to 7/60 Time delay relays iRTA, iRTB, iRTC, iRTH, iRTL and iRTMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/54 to 7/55 Interface relays iRBN and iRTBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/56 iRLI changeover and iERL extension relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/57 7 iRCP phase control, iRCI current control, iRCU voltage control and iRCC compressor control relays . . . . . . . . pages 7/58 to 7/59 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/61 to 7/65 MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/61 to 7/65 Time switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/66 to 7/76 IHP, IH, IHH and ITA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/66 to 7/69 IHP and ITA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/70 to 7/71 IH and IHH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/72 to 7/73 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/74 to 7/75 Practical advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/76 to 7/78 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/79 Twilight switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/81 to 7/86 IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro . . . . . pages 7/81 to 7/83 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/84 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/86 AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/87 Kilowatt-hour meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/88 to 7/89 Energy Meter Series iEM3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/90 to 7/92 Power Meter Series PM3200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/93 to 7/99 Functions and characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/93 to 7/96 Installation and connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/97 to 7/99 CT current transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 7/100 to 7/108 CH/CI counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/109 7/1 Control Remote control iCT contactors EN 61095, IEC 1095 iCT contactors are available in two versions: bb Contactors without manually-operated bb Contactors with manually-operated. The breadth of the iCT contactor range satisfies most application cases. iCT contactors can be combined with auxiliary control, protection and indication functions. Contactors iCT 2P PB106120-34 PB106124-34 PB106123-34 PB107751-34 PB106115-35 PB106105-35 manual control iCT 4P 7 bb iCT contactors can be used to remote control applications in alternative networks: vv lighting, heating, ventilation, roller blinds, sanitary hot water vv mechanical ventilation systems, etc vv load-shedding of non-priority circuits PB106125-34 Indication iACTs bb This auxiliary allows indication or control of the "open" or "closed" position of the contactor power contacts Interference filtering iACTp bb This auxiliary is an interference suppressor which limits overvoltages on the control circuit Dual control iACTc bb Used to control a contactor in impulse-type mode or to combine latched or impulse-type control orders Time delay iATEt bb This auxiliary is used to time delay for iCT and iTL. According to cabling, there are 5 possible time delay types: vv 1 for iTL vv 4 for iCT Control and indication 24 V DC iACT24 bb Allows control and indication of a 230 Vac contactor from the Acti 9 Smartlink or by a PLC, by 24 V DC signals bb Also allows control by a maintained signal Function type A: late closing Delay energizing of contactor Function type B: time delay bb Energize the contactor by closing a push button bb The time delay starts as soon as the control contacts are closed Function type C: late opening bb Energize the contactor by closing a push button bb The time delay starts when the control contacts are opened Function type H: fixed time operation bb Operate the contactor for a pre-determined time from the moment of energizing Contactors Contactors auxiliaries Choice of 50 Hz contactors Type Contactor Rating A 16 20 25 40 63 100 Auxiliaries iACTs indication auxiliary Yes Yes Yes iACTp protection By No No Yes auxiliary yellow clips iACTc, iATEt By No No Yes control auxiliary yellow clips iACT24 control auxiliary No No Yes (for contactors 230 V - 50 Hz) Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/2 Manually-operated contactors 16 25 40 63 Contactors that can be equipped with auxiliaries Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes (for contactors 230 V - 50 Hz) PB106115-39 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) Yellow clip bb Clip-on system for electrical and mechanical connections between contactors u 25 A and their auxiliaries bb Large circuit labeling area bb Consistent with the entire Acti 9 offer and with all types of lighting bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Minimum noise bb Mechanical contact position indicator bb Manually-operated contactors have a 4-position 7 selector switch on their front face: vv automatic operating mode vv temporary "ON" override vv permanent "ON" override: used to lock the contactor in the ON position during installation maintenance vv shutdown Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/3 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) 7 DB122918 DB103381-18 DB122917 DB122916 DB103378-14 DB103375-10 DB103377-11 DB122915 DB103373-5 Catalogue numbers iCT contactors - 50 Hz Type 1P A1 1 Rating (In) AC7a 16 A AC7b 6 A A2 2 2P A1 R1 R3 25 A 8.5 A 16 A 6 A A2 R2 R4 A1 1 R1 A2 2 R2 A1 1 3 20 A - 25 A 8.5 A A2 2 4 3P A1 1 3 5 A2 2 4 6 4P A1 R1 R3 R5 R7 A2 R2 R4 R6 R8 A1 1 3 R1 R3 40 A 63 A 100 A 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 15 A 20 A - 6 A 8.5 A 15 A 20 A 16 A 6 A 20 A - 25 A 8.5 A A2 2 4 R2 R4 A1 1 3 5 7 A2 2 4 6 8 A1 1 3 5 R1 A2 2 4 6 R2 40 A 15 A 63 A 20 A 100 A - Control voltage (V AC) (50 Hz) 12 24 48 220 230...240 220 230...240 12 24 48 220 230...240 12 24 220 230...240 230...240 24 48 220 230...240 220 230...240 220...240 24 220...240 220...240 220...240 220...240 220...240 220...240 24 220...240 220...240 220 ...240 24 220...240 24 220...240 220...240 220...240 220...240 24 220...240 24 220...240 220...240 220...240 220...240 Contact 1NO 1NO 1NO 1NO 1NO 1NO 1NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NC 2NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 3NO 3NO 3NO 3NO 4NO 4NO 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NO 4NO 4NC 4NC 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NC 4NO 4NO 4NC 4NC 2NO+2NC 3NO+1NC 4NO A9C22011 A9C22111 A9C22211 A9C22511 A9C22711 A9C20531 A9C20731 A9C22012 A9C22112 A9C22212 A9C22512 A9C22712 A9C22015 A9C22115 A9C22515 A9C22715 A9C22722 A9C20132 A9C20232 A9C20532 A9C20732 A9C20536 A9C20736 A9C20842 A9C20162 A9C20862 A9C20882 A9C22813 A9C20833 A9C20843 A9C20863 A9C22114 A9C22814 A9C22818 A9C22824 A9C20134 A9C20834 A9C20137 A9C20837 A9C20838 A9C20844 A9C20847 A9C20164 A9C20864 A9C20167 A9C20867 A9C20868 A9C20869 A9C20884 Technical Section 11 7/4 Dimensions Section 12 Width in 9 mm modules 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 6 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 DB106317-24 DB106318-27 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) Catalogue numbers iCT manual control contactor 50 Hz Type 2P IP auto O A1 1 3 A2 2 4 IP auto O A1 1 R1 A2 2 R2 Rating (In) AC7a AC7b 16 A 6 A 25 A 8.5 A 40 A 63 A 15 A 20 A 3P IP auto O A1 1 3 5 A2 2 4 6 4P IP auto O A1 1 3 5 7 A2 2 4 6 8 25 A 40 A 8.5 A 15 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 8.5 A 15 A 20 A Control voltage (V AC) (50/60 Hz) 220 230...240 220 230...240 24 220 230...240 24 220...240 24 220...240 220...240 220...240 24 220...240 24 220...240 24 220...240 Contact 2NO 2NO 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 3NO 3NO 4NO 4NO 4NO 4NO 4NO 4NO A9C23512 A9C23712 A9C23515 A9C23715 A9C21132 A9C21532 A9C21732 A9C21142 A9C21842 A9C21162 A9C21862 A9C21833 A9C21843 A9C21134 A9C21834 A9C21144 A9C21844 A9C21164 A9C21864 Width in 9 mm modules 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 4 4 6 6 6 6 7 DB106319-27 DB106320-31 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/5 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) Operation (Manual control contactor) Position: O Position: auto Position: I Position: I + P DB123607 Automatic return to "auto" position 7 Technical Section 11 7/6 Dimensions Section 12 DB123606 Control Remote control Connection Type iCT contactors (cont.) Rating Lenght tripping Circuit Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB122946 DB124308 9 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 iCT PZ1: 4 mm 16 - 100 A 9 mm Control PZ2: 6 mm iACTs, iACTp, PZ1: 4 mm iACTc, iATEt 16 and 25 A 40 A - 63 A 14 mm 100 A - 9 mm Power - Type Terminals Tightening torque 0.8 N.m 3.5 N.m 0.8 N.m 1.5 to 2.5 mm: 1.5 to 2.5 mm: 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 1.5 to 6 mm2 1 to 4 mm2 6 to 25 mm2 6 to 16 mm2 6 to 35 mm2 6 to 35 mm2 1.5 to 2.5 mm: 1.5 to 2.5 mm: 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 Copper cables Rigid Flexible Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 iACT24 Power supply (N/P) Input (Y1/Y2) 1 N.m 0.5 to 10 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 6 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 Ti24 connector connection Spring-loaded terminals Type Catalogue numbers Copper cables Rigid Flexible DB122945 DB123553 10 mm 7 0.4 x 2.5 mm Ti24 Interface A9XC2412 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 DB123580 PB107754-10 Ti24 prefabricated cables connection Type Catalogue numbers Connection for Acti 9 Smartlink 6 short prefabricated A9XCAS06 6 medium-sized prefabricated A9XCAM06 6 long prefabricated A9XCAL06 Connection for PLC type terminals 6 long prefabricated on a single side A9XCAU06 PB107755-14 DB404857 Technical Section 11 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V Dimensions Section 12 Length 100 mm 160 mm 870 mm 870 mm 7/7 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) DB123309 DB123300 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. ± 30° vertical. IP20 IP40 Technical data Power circuit Voltage rating (Ue) 1P, 2P 250 V AC 3P, 4P 400 V AC Frequency 50 Hz Type of load See technical section Endurance (O-C) Electrical 100,000 cycles Maximum number of switching operation a day 100 Additional characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC Pollution degree 2 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 2.5 kV (4 kV for 12/24/48 V AC) Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Operating temperature Device only Device in modular enclosure IP20 IP40 -5°C to +60°C (1) Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) ELSV compliance (Extra Low Safety Voltage) for 12/24/48 V AC versions The product control conforms to the SELV (safety extra low voltage) requirements (1) In the case of contactor mounting in a enclosure for which the interior temperature is in range between 50°C and 60°C, it is necessary to use a spacer, cat. no. A9A27062, between each contactor DB123311 DB123331 7 Spacer cat. no. A9A27062 Technical Section 11 7/8 Dimensions Section 12 Control Remote control iCT contactors (cont.) DB124309 Mounting accessories 7 Sealable screw shields for top and bottom 3P, 4P 25 A A9A15921 2P 40/63 A A9A15922 8 9 mm spacer 3P, 4P 40/63 A A9A15923 A9A27062 10 9 Yellow clips A9C15415 10 Clip-on terminal markers see module CA907001 Auxiliaries Indication 2 iACTs 1NO + 1NC A9C15914 1CO A9C15915 2NO A9C15916 Double control inputs 3 iACTc 230 V AC A9C18308 24 V AC A9C18309 Coil suppression blocs 4 iACTp 12...48 V AC A9C15919 48...127 V AC A9C15918 220...240 V AC A9C15920 Time delay 5 iATEt 24...240 V AC A9C15419 Control and indication 6 iACT24 230 V AC A9C15924 iCT < 25 A iCT u 25 A 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/9 Control Remote control iCT contactors Electrical auxiliaries for iCT Auxiliaries Type Indication iACTs Indication With Open/Close auxiliary contact Protection iACTp Interference filtering 2 protection circuits Control iACTc Impulse/latched control PB106120-34 PB106124-34 PB106123-34 Function Wiring diagrams bb This auxiliary allows indication of the "open" or "closed" position of the contactor power contacts bb This auxiliary is an interference suppressor which limits overvoltages on the control circuit bb This auxiliary, combined with contactors, enables them to be controlled by 2 order types: vv impulse order for local control (input T) vv latched order for centralised control (input X) vv the last order received takes priority DB123777 DB123778 DB123779 DB123316 DB123315 23 11 24 12 13 12 14 13 23 14 24 31 42 T X 7 Mounting Use bb Mounted to the right of iCT Catalogue numbers A9C15914 A9C15915 A9C15916 Technical specifications Control voltage (Ue) Control voltage frequency V AC 24...240 V DC 24...130 Hz 50/60 Width in 9 mm modules 1 Auxiliary contact (breaking capacity) bb Mininimum: 10 mA at 24 V DC/AC - cos = 1 bb Maximum: vv 5 A at 240 V AC - cos = 1 vv 1 A at 130 V DC Number of contacts 1NO + 1NC 1CO 2NO Operating temperature °C -5°C to +50°C Storage temperature °C -40°C to +70°C Consumption (1) Electrical and mechanical link. (2) Maximum consumption of all contactors controlled. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/10 bb Mounted to the left of iCT by yellow clips (1) bb By wires bb Mounted to the left of iCT by yellow clips (1) bb The iACTp has 2 separate and identical circuits, allowing it to be combined with 2 different one on the iCT the other by wires bb Mains power outages: vv < 70 ms: keeps its initial status vv > 80 ms: reset vv put back into operation by manual operation on input X or T. bb Minimum impulse duration: 250 ms A9C15918 A9C15919 A9C15920 A9C18308 A9C18309 48 ...127 50/60 12 ...48 2 220 ...240 230...240 50/60 2 24...48 OFF load: 3 VA Inrush (2): 2 VA Holding (2): 0.2 VA Control Remote control Control (cont.) iATEt Time delay iCT contactors Electrical auxiliaries for iCT (cont.) PB106125-34 DB123321 DB124104 DB123323 DB123324 bb This auxiliary is used to time delay for iCT and iTL. According to cabling, there are 5 possible time delay types: vv 1 for iTL vv 4 for iCT. Function type A: late closing bb Delay energizing of contactor. Function type B: time delay bb Energize the contactor by closing a push button. bb The time delay starts as soon as the control contacts are closed. Function type C: late opening bb Energize the contactor by closing a push button. bb The time delay starts when the control contacts are opened. Function type H: fixed time operation bb Operate the contactor for a pre-determined time from the moment of energizing. U 1 0 A1 1 iCT A2 0 T U 1 0 A1 1 iCT t A2 0 T bb Mounted to the left of iCT by yellow clips (1) _ A9C15419 24...240 24...110 50/60 2 -20°C to +50°C -40°C to +80°C Off-load: 5 VA Inrush (2): 3 A Holding (2): 0.2 A Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 U 1 0 A1 1 iCT t A2 0 T U 1 0 A1 iCT 1 t A2 0 T t 7 7/11 Control Remote control iCT contactors Electrical auxiliaries for iCT (cont.) Auxiliary Type Control and indication iACT24 Control and indication 24 V DC With Ti24 connector PB107751-34 Function Wiring diagrams DB124313 bb This auxiliary allows a contactor to be interfaced with the Acti 9 Smartlink interface or a programmable logic controller (PLC) in 24 V DC (control, O/C indication) bb 230 V AC control Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC 24 V DC 0 V P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V Ti24 iACT24 DB124441 Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC 24 V DC 0 V P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V Ti24 iACT24 P P OFF ON Auto 7 Wiring with exclusive selector 230 V AC control (Y1 = 0) / 24 V DC control (Y1 = 1) Wiring for non-exclusive 230 V AC and 24 V DC controls Mounting bb To the left of the iCT contactor using the yellow clips (1). bb When an iACT24 is used, the A1/A2 terminals of the contactors should not be wired. Only the yellow clips integral with the iACT24 should be used for connection to the coil. Utilization bb 230 V AC interface: vv Y1: enabling of 24 V DC control (Y1 = 1) or inhibition of 24 V DC control (Y1 = 0). vv Y2: 230 V pulse control bb "Ti24" 24 V DC interface: vv Y3: 24 V DC control of iCT closing on rising edge and opening on falling edge vv reading of the contactor status (opened or closed) from the position of the integrated O/C auxiliary contact vv monitoring of connection of the "Ti24" terminal block by the upstream system (PLC, supervision system) via the 24 V terminal (in the centre of the Ti24 terminal block) Catalogue numbers A9C15924 Technical specifications Control voltage (Ue) V AC 230, +10 %, -15 % (Y2) V DC 24, ± 20 % (Y3) Control voltage Hz frequency 50/60 Insulation voltage V AC (Ui) Rated impulse kV withstand voltage (Uimp) Pollution degree Degree of protection Width in 9 mm modules Auxiliary contact (O/C) Ti24 Contact Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature Consumption 250 8 (OVC IV) 3 IP20B device only IP40 device in modular enclosure 2 24 V DC protected output, min. 2 mA, max. 100 mA 1 O/C operating category AC 14 -25°C to +60°C -40°C to +80°C <1 W Standard IEC/EN 60947-5-1 (1) Mechanical and electrical link. Technical Section 11 7/12 Dimensions Section 12 Control Remote control iCT contactors Accessories for iCT Accessories Security Sealable screw shields Yellow clips Spacer PB104485-15 PB104486-15 PB104487-15 PB106143-10 PB104483-40 Function Use Catalogue numbers bb Designed to cover terminals to avoid contact with device screws. bb Allow sealing bb For iCT: 3P, 4P - 25 A bb For iCT: 2P - 40/63 A bb For iCT: 3P, 4P - 40/63 A bb Bag of 10 upstream/10 downstream A9A15921 A9A15922 A9A15923 bb Ensure the mechanical and/or electrical link between contactors and their auxiliaries. bb For iCT: 25 A bb Required to reduce temperature rise of modular devices installed side by side. bb Recommended to separate electronic devices (thermostat, programmable clock, etc.) from electromechanical devices (relays, contactors). bb Bag of 10 A9C15415 bb Bag of 5 A9A27062 Technical specifications Width in 9 mm modules 4 4 6 1 Number of poles 3P, 4P 2P 3P 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/13 Remote control Impulse relays Remote indication 7 Centralised control Latched control PB106132-34 PB106130-34 PB106133-34 PB106126-34 PB106128-34 iTL impulse relays IEC/EN 60669-2-2 iTLs: IEC/EN 60947-5-1 iTL bb The impulse relays are used to control, by means of pushbuttons, lighting circuits consisting of: vv incandescent lamps, low-voltage halogen lamps, etc. (resistive loads) vv fluorescent lamps, discharge lamps, etc. (inductive loads) iTLs bb Allows remote indication of its operating state (open/closed) PB106139-34 Indication iATLs bb Allows remote indication of the associated impulse relay iTLc bb Allows centralised control of a group of TLc impulse relays, whilst at the same time retaining local impulse-type control iTLm bb Operated by latched orders from a changeover contact (switch, time switch, thermostat). Manual control does not work PB106138-34 PB106137-34 Centralised control iATLc bb Used for centralised control, thanks to a "pilot line", of a group of impulse relays controlling separate circuit, while at the same time maintaining local individual control of each impulse relay Latched control iATLm bb Controls the associated impulse relay by latched orders from a changeover contact Technical Section 11 7/14 Dimensions Section 12 Impulse relays PB106140-34 Remote control iTL impulse relays (cont.) Impulse relays are used: bb Closing of the impulse relay pole(s) is triggered by an impulse on the coil. bb Having two stable mechanical positions, the pole(s) will be opened by the next impulse. Each impulse received by the coil reverses the position of the pole(s). bb Can be controlled by an unlimited number of pushbuttons. bb Zero energy consumption. PB106131-34 Changeover contact iTLi bb This impulse relay has a changeover contact PB106134-34 Extensions iETL bb Used to increase the number of impulse relay poles bb Can be installed on the iTL, iTLi, iTLc, iTLm and iTLs += Centralised control + indication iATLc+s bb Used for centralised control, thanks to a "pilot line", of a group of impulse relays controlling separate circuit, while at the same time maintaining local individual control of each impulse relay bb Remote indication of the mechanical status of each relay PB107752-34 Multi-level centralised control iATLc+c bb Allows centralised control of a group of iTLc or "iTL + ATLc" impulse relays Control and indication 24 V DC iATL24 bb Allows control and indication of a 230 V AC impulse relay from the Acti 9 Smartlink or by a PLC, by 24 V DC signals bb Also allows control by a pulsed signal PB106142-63 PB106141-34 PB106125-34 Time delay iATEt bb Combined with an impulse relay, it automatically disconnects the circuit after a preset time Control iATLz bb Must be used when installing several 7 illuminated PBs in parallel to control an impulse relay (prevents operating malfunctions) Step by step control iATL4 bb Allows step-by-step control of two circuits via a single pushbutton PB106136-34 Impulse relays auxiliaries Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Specific auxiliaries 7/15 Remote control iTL impulse relays (cont.) DB123631 Mounting accessories 11 Yellow clips 12 9 mm spacer 13 Clip-on terminal markers see module A9C15415 A9A27062 CA907001 iTLm iETL Auxiliaries Centralised control 2 iATLc (1), (3) 24...240 V AC A9C15404 Indication 3 iATLs (1) 24...240 V AC A9C15405 Centralised control + indication 4 iATLc+s (3) 24...240 V AC A9C15409 Multi-level centralised control 7 5 iATLc+c (2), (3) Step by step control 24...240 V AC A9C15410 6 iATL4 230 V AC A9C15412 Control by illuminated push-buttons 7 iATLz 130...240 V AC A9C15413 Latched control 8 iATLm (1) 12...240 V AC A9C15414 Time delay control 9 iATEt (4) 24...240 V AC A9C15419 Control and indication 10 iATL24 230 V AC A9C15424 (1) The iATLc, iATLs and iATLm 9 mm auxiliaries are used by themselves to the right of an impulse relay. (2) Connection by traditional cabling. The iATLc+c must be mounted to the right of an iATLc+s or an iATLc. (3) The centralised control functions (iTLc, iATLc, iATLc+s, iATLc+c) only operate on AC voltage networks. (4) iATEt: control voltage: 24...240 V AC, 24...110 V DC. iTL (4P) iTL (1P - 2P) iTLI iTLs iTLc Mechanical and electrical link Electrical link Technical Section 11 7/16 Dimensions Section 12 Remote control iTL impulse relays (cont.) PB106126-41 Yellow clip bb A simple clip-on system for flexible auxiliaries combination and improved robustness bb For electrical and mechanical connections bb Large circuit labeling area bb Consistent with the entire Acti 9 offer and with all types of lighting bb Manual controls on front face: direct and priority manual control by O-l toggle bb Mechanical contact position indicator bb Insulated terminals IP20 bb Built-in or optional auxiliary function: state indication, centralised control, latched control, control for illuminated pushbutton, step-by-step control, time delay bb Disconnection of remote control by selector switch (except for 4P singlepiece iTL) for maintenance operation Type Choice impulse relays auxiliaries Standard iTL Changeover iTLI Rating A Control voltage V AC Auxiliaries V DC 16 32 16 230/ 130 48 24 12 230/ 230/ 130 48 24 12 240 240 240 110 48 24 12 6 110 110 48 24 12 6 Extension iETL bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb Centralised control + indication iATLc+s bb bb bb bb - bb bb bb bb - - Centralised control iATLc bb bb bb bb - bb bb bb bb - - Indication iATLs bb bb bb bb - bb bb bb bb bb bb Multi-level centralised control iATLc+c bb bb bb bb - bb bb bb bb - - Latched control iATLm bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb Control for illuminated Pushbutton iATLz bb bb - - - bb bb bb - - - Step by step control iATL4 bb - - - - bb bb - - - - Time delay control iATEt bb bb bb (*) bb - bb bb bb bb bb (*) - Control and indication iATL24 bb - - - - bb bb - - - - (*) iATEt : does not operate on 12 V DC. iTLc centralised control 16 230/ 48 24 240 - iTLm control on latched order 16 230/ 240 - iTLs remote indication 16 230/ 48 24 240 110 24 12 bb bb bb b b - -- - - -- - bb bb bb b b bb bb bb - - -- - bb bb - - bb - - - bb bb bb - bb - - - bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb bb - bb bb bb (*) bb - - 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/17 Remote control iTL impulse relays (cont.) Catalogue numbers iTL impulse relays Type 1P Rating (In) Control voltage (Uc) (V AC) (50/60 Hz) 16 A 12 24 48 130 230...240 32 A 230...240 Width in 9 mm modules (V DC) 6 12 24 48 110 110 1 NO A9C30011 A9C30111 A9C30211 A9C30311 A9C30811 A9C30831 2 iTLI impulse relays Type 2P DB123628 7 Rating (In) Control voltage (Uc) (V AC) (V DC) (50/60 Hz) 16 A 12 6 24 12 48 24 130 48 230...240 110 Width in 9 mm modules 1NO + 1NC A9C30015 A9C30115 A9C30215 A9C30315 A9C30815 2 Technical Section 11 7/18 Dimensions Section 12 DB123630 DB123629 DB123624 DB123625 DB123626 + DB123630 DB123627 2P 2 NO 3P 4P + 1 NO + 1NO/NC + 1NO 4 NO A9C30012 A9C30112 A9C30212 A9C30312 A9C30812 A9C30831 + A9C32836 2 A9C30011 + A9C32016 A9C30111 + A9C32116 A9C30211 + A9C32216 A9C30311 + A9C32316 A9C30811 + A9C32816 A9C30831 + 2 x A9C32836 4 A9C30012 + A9C32016 A9C30114 A9C30212 + A9C32216 A9C30312 + A9C32316 A9C30814 A9C30831 + 3 x A9C32836 4 iETL extensions for iTL and iTLI Type 1P Rating (In) Control voltage (Uc) 32 A (V AC) (50/60 Hz) 230...240 (V DC) 110 Width in 9 mm modules A9C32836 2 1NO 2P 1NO/NC + 1NO 16 A 12 6 24 12 48 24 130 48 230...240 110 A9C32016 2 A9C32116 2 A9C32216 2 A9C32316 2 A9C32816 2 Remote control iTLc, iTLm, iTLs with built-in auxiliary function Catalogue numbers (cont.) iTLc impulse relay with centralised control Type 1P DB123617 DB123618 3P 59 6 8 10 Rating (In) 16 A Width in 9 mm modules Control voltage (Uc) (V AC) (50/60 Hz) 24 48 230...240 iTLm impulse relay with latched control Type 1NO A9C33111 A9C33211 A9C33811 2 1P 3P A9C33111 + A9C32116 A9C33211 + A9C32216 A9C33811 + A9C32816 4 3P DB123986 DB123987 Rating (In) 16 A Width in 9 mm modules Control voltage (Uc) (V AC) (50/60 Hz) 230...240 1NO A9C34811 2 iTLs impulse relay with remote indication* Type 1P 1NO Rating (In) Control voltage (Uc) (V AC) (V DC) (50/60 Hz) 16 A 24 12 A9C32111 48 24 A9C32211 230...240 110 A9C32811 Width in 9 mm modules 2 (*) Short circuit protection device for indication contacts : 6 A gG fuse. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 DB123621 DB123622 3P A9C34811 + A9C32816 4 3P 59 6 8 10 3P A9C32111 + A9C32116 A9C32211 + A9C32216 A9C32811 + A9C32816 4 7 7/19 Remote control iTL impulse relays DB123132 Connection 11 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 9 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 Type Rating Circuit Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid or ferrule Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB123553 iTL, iTLi, iTLc, iTLm, iTLs, iETL iTL, iETL 16 A 32 A iATLs, iATLc, iATLc+s, iATLc+c, iATLm, iATEt, iATL4, iATLz Control Power Control Power 1 N.m 1.2 N.m 1 N.m 0.5 to 4 mm2 1.5 to 4 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 1.5 to 10 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 Type Terminals Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible 1 to 4 mm2 1.5 to 4 mm2 1 to 4 mm2 1.5 to 10 mm2 1 to 4 mm2 Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB123553 DB123554 iATL24 Power supply (N/P) Input (Y1/Y2) 1 N.m 0.5 to 10 mm2 0.5 to 6 mm2 0.5 to 4 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2 DB124308 DB123580 Ti24 connector connection Spring-loaded Type terminals 10 mm 7 0.4 x 2.5 mm Ti24 interface DB122945 DB123553 Catalogue Copper cables numbers Rigid A9XC2412 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 Flexible 1 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 PB107754-10 Ti24 prefabricated cables connection Type Catalogue numbers Connection for Acti 9 Smartlink 6 short prefabricated A9XCAS06 6 medium-sized prefabricated A9XCAM06 6 long prefabricated A9XCAL06 Connection for PLC type terminals 6 long prefabricated on a single side A9XCAU06 Length 100 mm 160 mm 870 mm 870 mm PB107755-14 DB404857 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V Technical Section 11 7/20 Dimensions Section 12 Remote control iTL impulse relays (cont.) Operation Switch set to auto Switch set to OFF DB123623 DB123309 DB123311 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 Technical data Control circuit iTL and iTLI 16 A iTLc, iTLm, iTLs, iETL 16 A iTL 32 A, iETL 32 A Dissipated power (during the impulse) 1, 2, 3P: 19 VA 19 VA Illuminated PB control Operating threshold Duration of the control order 4P: 38 VA Max. current 3 mA (if > use an ATLz) Min. 85 % of Un in conformance with IEC/EN60669-2-2 50 ms to 1 s (200 ms recommended) Response time 50 ms Power circuit Voltage rating (Ue) 1P, 2P 3P, 4P 24 ...250 V AC 24....415 V AC Frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz Maximum number of operations per minute 5 Maximum number of switching operation a day 100 Additional characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 Insulation voltage (Ui) 440 V AC Pollution degree 3 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV Endurance (O-C) Electrical to IEC/EN 60947-3 200,000 cycles (AC21) 50,000 cycles (AC21) 100,000 cycles (AC22) 20,000 cycles (AC22) Overvoltage category IV Other characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Operating temperature Device only IP20 Device in modular IP40 enclosure Insulation class II -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/21 DB123313 Remote control Auxiliaries Type Indication iATLs Indication iTL impulse relays Electrical auxiliaries for iTL impulse relays Control iATLc Centralised control iATLc+s Centralised control + indication iATLc+c Multi-level centralised control PB106139-34 PB106137-34 PB106140-34 PB106136-34 Function Wiring diagrams bb Allows remote indication of bb Used for centralised control, thanks to a "pilot line", of a the associated impulse relay group of impulse relays controlling separate networks, while at the same time maintaining local individual control of each impulse relay bb And for remote indication of the mechanical status of each relay bb Used to control the centralised controls of a number of impulse relay groups, while at the same time maintaining local individual control and centralised control by level DB123233 DB123232 DB123231 DB123235 7 Mounting Catalogue numbers bb Each group, made up of iTLc or (iTL or iTLl or iTLs) + iATLc+s, must only contain a single iATLc+c bb Maximum number of impulse relays that can be controlled: vv 230 V AC: 24 vv 130 V AC: 12 vv 48 V AC: 5 bb Mounted to the right of iTL bb Mounted to the right of iTL bb Mounted to the right of iTL bb Without mechanical link with by yellow clips by yellow clips by yellow clips impulse relays and auxiliaries A9C15405 A9C15404 A9C15409 A9C15410 Technical specifications Control voltage (Ue) V AC V DC Control voltage Hz frequency Width in 9 mm modules Auxiliary contact (breaking capacity) Number of contacts Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature 24...240 24...240 50/60 24...240 50/60 1 1 bb Mininimum: 10 mA at 24 V AC/DC bb Maximum (IEC 60947-5-1): vv 12...240 V AC 6 A vv 12...24 V DC 6 A vv 15...240 V AC 2 A vv 13...24 V DC 2 A -20°C to +50°C -40°C to +70°C Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/22 24...240 50/60 24 ...240 50/60 2 2 bb Mininimum: 10 mA at 24 V AC/DC bb Maximum (IEC 60947-5-1): vv 12...240 V AC 6 A vv 12...24 V DC 6 A vv 15...240 V AC 2 A vv 13...24 V DC 2 A Remote control iATLm Latched control iATEt Time delay iTL impulse relays Electrical auxiliaries for iTL impulse relays (cont.) iATL4 Step by step control iATLz Control by illuminated push-buttons PB106138-34 PB106125-34 PB106142-63 PB106141-34 DB123234 DB123237 DB123552 DB123230 bb Combined with an impulse relay, it operates on latched orders bb Combined with an impulse bb Allows the step by step sequence relay, it automatically disconnects over 2 circuits the circuit after a preset time bb Used to control impulse relays by illuminated push-buttons, without operating risks iTL1 iTL2 7 bb Mounted to the right of iTL by yellow clips A9C15414 12...240 6...110 50/60 1 bb 5 time setting ranges: vv 1 to 10 s vv 6 to 60 s vv 2 to 10 min vv 6 to 60 min vv 2 to 10 h bb Mounted to the left of iTL by yellow clips A9C15419 bb The cycle is as follows: vv 1st impulse - iTL 1 closed, iTL 2 open vv 2nd impulse - iTL 1 open, iTL 2 closed vv 3rd impulse - iTL 1 and 2 closed vv 4th impulse - iTL 1 and 2 open vv 5th impulse - iTL 1 closed, iTL 2 open, etc bb Provide an iATLz when the current drawn up by the illuminated push-buttons is higher than 3 mA (this current is sufficient to keep the coils energised). Above this value, fit one extra iATLz per 3 mA. bb For example: for 7 mA, fit 2 iATLz bb Assembled between 2 impulse relays: bb Mounted to the left of iTL according to the auxiliarisation table by yellow clips by yellow clips A9C15412 A9C15413 24...240 24...110 50/60 2 230 50/60 4 130...240 50/60 2 -20°C to +50°C -40°C to +70°C Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/23 Remote control iTL impulse relays Electrical auxiliaries for iTL impulse relays (cont.) Auxiliaire Type Control and indication iATL24 Control and indication 24 V DC With Ti24 connector PB107752-34 Function Wiring diagrams DB124319 bb This auxiliary allows a impulse relay to be interfaced with the Acti 9 Smartlink interface or a programmable logic controller (PLC) in 24 V DC (control, O/C indication) bb 230 V AC control DB124445 Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V 24 V DC 0 V Ti24 iATL24 P Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V 24 V DC 0 V Ti24 iATL24 P 7 Wiring with exclusive selector 230 V AC and 24 V DC controls Wiring for non-exclusive 230 V AC and 24 V DC controls Mounting bb To the left of the iTL impulse relay using the yellow clips (1). bb When an iATL24 is used, the A1/A2 terminals of the impulse relay should not be wired. Only the yellow clips integral with the iATL24 should be used for connection to the coil. Utilization bb 230 V AC interface: vv Y1: enabling of 24 V DC control (Y1 = 1) or inhibition of 24 V DC control (Y1 = 0). vv Y2: 230 V pulse control bb "TI24" 24 V DC interface: vv Y3: 24 V DC control of iTL closing on rising edge and opening on falling edge vv reading of the impulse relay status (opened or closed) from the position of the integrated O/C auxiliary contact vv monitoring of connection of the "Ti24" terminal block by the upstream system (PLC, supervision system) via the 24 V terminal (in the centre of the Ti24 terminal block) Catalogue numbers A9C15424 Technical specifications Control voltage (Ue) V AC 230, +10 %, -15 % (Y2) V DC 24, ± 20 % (Y3) Control voltage Hz 50/60 frequency Insulation voltage V AC (Ui) Rated impulse kV withstand voltage (Uimp) Pollution degree Degree of protection Width in 9 mm modules Auxiliary contact (O/C) Ti24 Contact 250 8 (OVC IV) 3 IP20B device only IP40 device in modular enclosure 2 24 V DC protected output, min. 2 mA, max. 100 mA 1 O/C operating category AC 14 Operating temperature Storage temperature Consumption °C -25°C to +60°C °C -40°C to +80°C <1 W Standard IEC/EN 60947-5-1 (1) Mechanical and electrical connection. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/24 Remote control DB124314 iTL impulse relays Electrical auxiliaries for iTL impulse relays (cont.) Operation of the iATL24 O/C 24 V DC output iTL contacts O/C 24 V DC output T T Parameter T Time delay between iATL24 closing and indication Min Max 100 ms 200 ms bb Minimum duration of 230 V AC pulse (Y2): 200 ms. bb 30 iATL24 closing or opening actuations are authorized per minute: Minimum time delay between 2 actuations on the iATL24 via Y1,Y2, Y3 (closing or opening of the iTL coil): 440 ms. bb 10 closing or opening actuations spaced 440 milliseconds apart are authorized following no loading of the iATL24 during a period of 20 seconds. Wiring with exclusive selector 230 V AC and 24 V DC controls Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V 24 V DC 0 V Ti24 iATL24 P DB124447 Wiring for non-exclusive 230 V AC and 24 V DC controls Out In In Acti 9 Smartlink or PLC P 24V Y3 24V O/C 0V 24 V DC 0 V Ti24 iATL24 P 7 DB124449 Y1 230 V AC Y2 230 V AC Y3 24 V DC iTL status Y1 230 V AC Y2 230 V AC Y3 24 V DC iTL status DB124446 DB124448 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/25 Remote control iTL impulse relays Accessories Security Yellow clips Spacer PB106143-10 PB104483 Function Catalogue numbers bb Ensure the mechanical and/or electrical link between impulse relays and their auxiliaries (set of 10). A9C15415 bb Required to reduce temperature rise of modular devices installed side by side. bb Recommended to separate electronic devices (thermostat, programmable clock, etc.) from electromechanical devices (relays, contactors). A9A27062 Technical specifications Width in 9 mm modules 1 Dimensions (mm) 18 36 71 67 49 5.5 23.5 DB123375 86 81 45 7 iTL 1P iTL+iETL iTLc iTL 4P iTLm iTLs iTLi iETL DB123383 18 36 4 71 67 49 5.5 23.5 69 49 9 5.5 23.5 DB123380 60 44 18 5 86 81 45 81 45 81 45 DB124316 iATLc+s iATLc+c iATLz iATL4 18 5.5 4 68 49 81 45 iATL24 Technical Section 11 7/26 Dimensions Section 12 iATLc iATLs iATLm iATEt PB107132-35 Remote control iTL+ high-performance impulse relays EN 60669-2-2 The iTL+ high-performance impulse relay allows remote control of single-phase circuits. It is designed for demanding applications. The iTL+ high-performance impulse relay is used for push-button control of lighting circuits consisting of: bb incandescent lamps, low-voltage halogen lamps, etc. (resistive loads) bb fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps, etc. (inductive loads). PB104483-35 iTL+ Type 1P+N NL A1 1 3 Rating 16 A A9C15032 Width in 9 mm modules 2+1 (1) DB106156 iTL+ iTL+ Spacer cat. no. A9N27062 L N A1 1 3 A2 2 4 A2 2 4 (1) Supplied with a 9 mm spacer (cat. no. A9N27062): to be used for mounting the iTL+ alongside a circuit breaker, contactor, impulse relay, etc., in order to maintain optimal operation. d It is compulsory: - to connect the neutral - to keep the same control circuit connection "A1: phase", "A2: neutral" - to use the same phase for connection of the power and control functions. Operation Green indicator 7 Indicator extinguished DB124139 DB123966 DB124160 DB123655 DB123656 DB123657 Connection Type 10 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 Technical Section 11 iTL+ Dimensions Section 12 Rating 16 A Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid or flexible with ferrule Rigid or flexible without ferrule 1 N.m 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 1 x 4 mm2 7/27 Remote control iTL+ high-performance impulse relays (cont.) They combine the benefits of static switching and electromechanical technology: small size, little temperature rise. bb Silent bb Large number of switching operations bb Green indicator on the front panel: vv fixed green: ON/OFF control by push button vv flashing green: forced starting vv extinguished: forced stoppage PB107132-40 bb Operating mode selection push button: vv ON/OFF control by push button vv forced starting vv forced stoppage bb Equivalent performances with all types of lamps bb Orange indicator: output contact closed DB123309 7 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. DB123311 Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 DB123313 Technical Section 11 7/28 Dimensions Section 12 Following a mains failure, the iTL+ returns to 0 position (forced stoppage) irrespective of its initial state. Technical data Control circuit Coil voltage (Uc) 230 V AC Frequency 50 Hz Inrush power 11 VA Holding power 1.1 VA Control by luminous push button Max. current 5 mA Control order duration 50 ms to 1 s (recommended 200 ms) Power circuit Voltage rating (Ue) 230 V AC Frequency 50 Hz Electrical load Minimum 20 W Maximum 3600 W Max. number of switching operations per minute 6 Other characteristics Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Device only Device in modular enclosure IP20 IP40 Insulation class II Endurance (O-C) Electrical 5.000.000 cycles (AC21 - AC22) Noise level at activation < 30 dBA Operating temperature -5°C to +55°C Storage temperature -40°C to +60°C Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 95 % at 55°C) Weight (g) High-performance impulse relays Type iTL+ 1P+N 70 Monitor Indication Catalogue numbers iIL indicator lights Type Single iIL indicator lights IEC 60947-5-1 bb iIL indicator lights light up to indicate that a voltage is present. Double Flashing light Three-phase voltage presence indicator light PB105257-40 PB105256-40 PB105258-40 PB105256-40 DB122564 DB122565 DB122566 DB122563 Diagram Colour Cat. no. 12...48 V AC/DC 110...230 V AC 230...400 V AC (3 phases) Width in 9 mm modules Red Green White Blue Yellow Green/red White/white Red A9E18330 A9E18320 - A9E18331 A9E18321 - A9E18332 A9E18322 - A9E18333 A9E18323 - A9E18334 A9E18324 - A9E18335 A9E18325 - A9E18328 - A9E18326 - 2 2 2 Red/red/red A9E18327 2 Connection Tightening Copper cables 7 torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB123137 DB122945 DB122946 9 mm 4 mm PZ1 1 N.m 0.5 mm2 min. 0.5 mm2 min. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. Dimensions (mm) Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 bb Phase-separated wall that can be divided to allow the teeth of all types of comb busbar to pass through. bb Staggered terminals to simplify connection. Technical data Main characteristics Pollution degree Power circuit Operating frequency Flashing frequency Additional characteristics Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization LED indicator light 3 50...60 Hz 2 Hz -35°C... +70°C -40°C... +80°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) Consumption per indicator light: 0.3 W Service life: 100,000 hours of constant lighting efficiency Maintenance-free indicator light (non-interchangeable LEDs) 7/29 DB122833 Control Local control Catalogue numbers iPB pushbuttons Type Single iPB pushbuttons IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 bb iPB pushbuttons are used to control electric circuits by means of pulses. Double Single + indicator light PB105259-40 PB105260-40 PB105261-40 Diagram Pushbutton Colour Grey Indicator Power - light supply Colour - Cat. no. A9E18030 Width in 9 mm modules 2 Red - A9E18031 Grey - A9E18032 Grey - A9E18033 Green/red - Grey/grey - Grey Grey 110...230 V AC Grey Grey 12...48 V AC/DC A9E18034 2 A9E18035 Green A9E18036 2 Red A9E18037 Green A9E18038 Red A9E18039 DB122832 DB123133 DB122945 DB122946 Connection 7 Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule 9 mm 4 mm PZ1 1 N.m 0.5 mm2 min. 0.5 mm2 min. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. bb Phase-separated wall that can be divided to allow the teeth of all types of comb busbar to pass through. bb Staggered terminals to simplify connection. Dimensions (mm) Technical Section 11 7/30 Dimensions Section 12 Technical data Main characteristics Pollution degree Power circuit Voltage rating (Ue) Current rating (Ie) Additional characteristics Endurance (O-C) Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization LED indicator light 3 250 V AC 20 A 30,000 operations AC22 (cos j = 0.8) -35°C... +70°C -40°C... +80°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) Consumption: 0.3 W Service life: 100,000 hours of constant lighting efficiency Maintenance-free indicator light (non-interchangeable LEDs) PB110909 PB110910 Control Local control RCM 1P 2P 3P 4P DB119001 DB119000 DB118999 DB118998 iSW switches IEC/EN 60947-3 BSEN 60947-3 AS/NZS 60947-3 The switch-disconnectors combine the following functions: bb Control (opening and closing of circuits under load). iOF auxiliary bb Mounted on the left, it indicates the "open" or "closed" position of the switch and has a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) contact. Catalogue numbers 40 to 125 A iSW switch-disconnectors Type 1P Rating Voltage (Ue) 1 40 A 240 V AC 63 A 240 V AC 100 A 240 V AC 2 125 A 240 V AC A9S66140 A9S66163 A9S66191 A9S66192 Width in 9 mm modules 2 2P 13 40 A 415 V AC A9S66240 4 63 A 415 V AC A9S66263 100 A 415 V AC A9S66291 125 A 415 V AC A9S66292 24 3P 135 246 40 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 415 V AC 415 V AC 415 V AC 415 V AC A9S66340 6 A9S66363 A9S66391 A9S66392 4P 1357 2468 40 A 63 A 100 A 125 A Operating frequency Accessories 415 V AC 415 V AC 415 V AC 415 V AC A9S66440 8 A9S66463 A9S66491 A9S66492 50/60 Hz Module CA907000 and CA907001 7 PB110911 PB110912 PB104474-35 DB118810 Auxiliary Type iOF Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Voltage (Ue) 240...415 V AC 24...130 V DC A9A26924 Width in 9 mm modules 1 7/31 Control Local control bb Large circuit labelling area iSW switches (cont.) bb Insulated terminals IP20 DB406153 DB404560 bb Clip for dismounting 7 Dimensions (mm) 4 72 3 54 2 36 5.5 1 18 78.5 69.5 50 1 85 45 iSW 69 5.5 Positive contact indication bb Suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2 standard. bb The presence of the green strip guarantees physical opening of the contacts and allows operations to be performed on the downstream circuit in complete safety 9 5.5 67.5 63.5 44 86 45 iOF Technical Section 11 7/32 Dimensions Section 12 Control Local control Connection 9 mm 6.5 mm PZ2 Type iSW iSW switches (cont.) Rating Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or with ferrule DB122945 DB122946 40 to 125 A 3.5 N.m y 50 mm2 y 35 mm2 DB123136 DB123061 DB123313 10 mm Type 4 mm PZ1 iOF Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible Multi-cables terminal Rigid cables Cables with ferrule DB122945 DB123007 DB123011 DB123008 1 N.m 1 to 4 mm2 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 IP20 Technical Section 11 IP40 Dimensions Section 12 Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) Pollution degree Power circuit Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Operating category Permissible rated short-time withstand current (Icw) Conditional rated short-circuit current (Inc) Rated short-circuit closing current (Icm) Additional characteristics Degree of protection Endurance (O-C) Device only Device in modular enclosure Mechanical Electrical Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization 1P: 250 V AC 2P, 3P, 4P: 500 V AC 3 6 kV AC - 22 A 1500 A 10 kA according to IEC 60947-3 5 kA IP20 IP40 Insulation class II 20,000 cycles 40 A - 63 A 15,000 cycles 80 A - 100 A 10,000 cycles 125 A 2 500 cycles -25°C to +60°C -40°C to +85°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) iOF characteristics Rated voltage (Ue) Operating frequency Operating current Number of contacts Operating temperature Storage temperature 240...415 V AC 24...130 V DC 50/60 Hz 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 130 V DC 240 V AC 415 V AC 1 NO/NC -35°C to +70°C -40°C to +85°C 6 A 2 A 1.5 A 1 A 6 A 3 A 7 7/33 PB105264-40 DB122818 PB105266-40 Control Local control Position contact indication bb Suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-3 standard. bb The presence of the green strip guarantees physical opening of the contacts and allows operations to be performed on the downstream circuit in complete safety. 7 Control switches PB105265-40 DB119001 DB119000 DB118999 DB118998 iSW switches (cont.) iSW control switches (20, 32 A) IEC/EN 60669-1, iSW switch with indicator light. IEC/EN 60669-2-4, iSW switch without indicator light. These switches are used for: bb Control (opening and closing of circuits under load). The 1P and 2P switches are available with or without indicator light. bb Disconnection, for switches without indicator light IEC/EN 60669-2-4. iSW switch-disconnectors (40 to 125 A) IEC 60947-3 The switch-disconnectors combine the following functions: bb Control (opening and closing of circuits under load). OF iSW auxiliary bb Mounted on the left, it indicates the "open" or "closed" position of the switch and has a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) contact. Catalogue numbers 20, 32 A iSW control switches Type 1P Rating Voltage (Ue) 1 20 A 250 V AC 32 A 250 V AC A9S60120 A9S60132 Width in 9 mm modules 2 2 2P 13 20 A 24 3P 135 32 A 20 A 32 A 250 V AC - 2 415 V AC A9S60220 250 V AC - 415 V AC A9S60232 415 V AC A9S60320 4 415 V AC A9S60332 246 4P 1357 20 A 32 A 415 V AC A9S60420 4 415 V AC A9S60432 2468 Operating frequency Accessories 50/60 Hz Module CA907012 Technical Section 11 7/34 Dimensions Section 12 PB105264-40 Control Local control Control switches with indicator light DB122820 DB122819 iSW switches (cont.) Catalogue numbers (cont.) 20, 32 A iSW control switches with indicator light Type Width in 9 mm modules 1P 1 3 Rating 20 A 32 A 230 V indicator light A9S61120 2 A9S61132 2 2P 1 3 20 A 32 A A9S61220 2 A9S61232 2 4 Operating frequency Accessories 50/60 Hz Module CA907012 Spare indicator lights for 20, 32 A iSW switches Type Neon Voltage (Ue) Supplied with a red diffuser (Pack of 10) 230 V AC 15111 Incandescent bulb (P=1.2 W) Supplied with a red diffuser (Pack of 10) 12 V DC/AC 24 V DC/AC 15112 15113 48 V DC/AC 15114 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/35 DB123597 PB105264-40 Control Local control OF iSW IP40 7 DB122821 iSW switches (cont.) Catalogue numbers (cont.) Auxiliary Type OF iSW 11 Rating 3 A 6 A Voltage (Ue) 415 V AC 250 V AC 14 12 A9A15096 Width in 9 mm modules 2 Technical data Main characteristics 20, 32 A iSW Insulation voltage (Ui) Without indicator light bb 1P: 250 V AC bb 2P, 3P, 4P: 500 V AC With indicator light 250 V AC Pollution degree 2 Power circuit Rated impulse withstand voltage 4 kV (Uimp) Operating category AC - 22 A Permissible rated short-time - withstand current (Icw) Conditional rated short-circuit current 3 kA to IEC/EN 60669-2-4 (Inc) Rated short-circuit closing current (Icm) Using direct current 48 V (110 V with 2 poles in series) Additional characteristics Degree of protection IP40 on the front panel Endurance (O-C) Mechanical 300,000 cycles Electrical 30,000 cycles Operating temperature -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C Tropicalization Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) Technical Section 11 7/36 Dimensions Section 12 DB123135 Control Local control Connection 9 mm 5 mm PZ1 20, 32 A iSW DB122824 DB122822 iSW switches (cont.) Type Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB122946 iSW OF iSW 20, 32 A - 1.2 N.m 1.2 N.m 10 mm2 10 mm2 10 mm2 10 mm2 Dimensions (mm) 1P, 2P 3P, 4P 20, 32 A iSW 7 OF iSW Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/37 Control Local control Catalogue numbers iSSW linear switches Type 2 positions iSSW linear switches IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 bb iSSW linear switches are used for the manual control of electric circuits. 3 positions PB105262-40 PB105263-40 Contact Diagram 1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches 1 NO + 1NC 1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches Cat. no. Width in 9 mm modules A9E18070 2 A9E18071 4 A9E18072 2 A9E18073 2 A9E18074 4 DB 122834 DB123134 DB122945 DB122946 7 Dimensions (mm) Technical Section 11 7/38 Dimensions Section 12 Connection Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule 9 mm 4 mm PZ1 1 N.m 0.5 mm2 min. 0.5 mm2 min. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max. bb Phase-separated wall that can be divided to allow the teeth of all types of comb busbar to pass through. bb Staggered terminals to simplify connection. Technical data Main characteristics Pollution degree Power circuit Voltage rating (Ue) Current rating (Ie) Additional characteristics Endurance (O-C) Operating temperature Storage temperature Tropicalization 3 250 V AC 20 A 30,000 cycles AC22 (cos j = 0.8) -20°C... +50°C -40°C... +70°C Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55°C) PB107156-35 PB107158-35 Measurement indication Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 DB124155 DB124154 DB124153 E56761 E56760 E56759 iTR transformers Bell transformers: NF EN 60742, EN/IEC 61558-2-8. Safety transformers: NF EN 60742, EN/IEC 61558-2-6. Bell transformers and safety transformers allow for a very low voltage (ELV 8 V, 12V or 24 V) to be obtained from a low voltage network (LV 230 V). All Schneider Electric transformers are: bb safe: primary and secondary circuits are perfectly insulated by each other bb resistant to short-circuit currents thanks to the built-in device. Catalogue numbers Bell transformer Type 1 230 V 7 Power 4 VA Secondary voltage 8 V AC A9A15214 Width in 9 mm modules 4 4 8 V 8 1 230 V 7 4 6 8V 8 12 V 1 230 V 7 4 VA 8 VA 16 VA 25 VA 8-12 V AC 8-12 V AC 8-12 V AC A9A15213 4 A9A15216 4 A9A15212 4 12-24 V AC A9A15215 6 4 6 12 V 8 24 V Safety transformer Type Power 1 230 V 11 16 VA 25 VA 8 10 12 V 12 24 V 1 230 V 11 40 VA 63 VA Width in 9 mm 7 modules Secondary voltage 12-24 V AC A9A15218 10 12-24 V AC A9A15219 10 12-24 V AC A9A15220 10 12-24 V AC A9A15222 10 68 10 12 24 V 1 230 V 11 68 10 12 12 V Operating frequency Terminal shield Type 50/60 Hz 15228 15229 Width in 9 mm modules 4 6 7/39 Measurement indication DB123310 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. DB123312 7 Bell transformer: indifferent position of installation. Safety transformer: vertical position. IP20 DB123957 Weight (g) iTR Type Bell Safety Cat. no. A9A15212 A9A15213 A9A15214 A9A15215 A9A15216 A9A15218 A9A15219 A9A15220 A9A15222 Weight 384 240 237 633 275 1082 1125 1190 1309 Technical Section 11 7/40 Dimensions Section 12 DB123215 DB123272 DB122945 DB122946 iTR transformers (cont.) Connection 6 mm 6 mm Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or with ferrule 0.5 N.m < 2.5 mm2 PZ1 < 2.5 mm2 Technical data Main characteristics Primary voltage Secondary voltage on load 230 V AC ±10 % For bell transformers 8-12-24 V AC ±15 % For safety transformers 12-24 V AC ±5 % Transformer catalogue numbers Rated secondary voltage Off load voltage A9A15214 A9A15213 A9A15216 A9A15212 A9A15215 A9A15218 A9A15219 A9A15220 A9A15222 8 V 12 V 8 V 12 V 12 V 16 V 8 V 13 V 12 V 18 V 8 V 13 V 12 V 18 V 12 V 16 V 24 V 32 V 12 V 14 V 24 V 28 V 12 V 14 V 24 V 28 V 12 V 14 V 24 V 28 V 12 V 14 V 24 V 28 V Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only (IEC 60529) Operating temperature Storage temperature IP20 with terminal shield -20°C to +55°C -25°C to +80°C Note: Transformers have an off load operating voltage that is higher than the rated voltage. Forloads that are sensitive to overloads (electro-magnetic circuits), the transformer must be made to operate at ln. After operation of the protection device upon an overload, cut-off the power supply and let the transformer cool down before restart. Dimensions (mm) 36 54 90 5 39 16 89 45 A9A15212 A9A15213 A9A15214 A9A15216 A9A15215 A9A15218 A9A15219 A9A15220 A9A15222 DB123309 Measurement indication PB107163-35 PB111551-35 iSO iRO DB123271 DB123821 DB123820 iSO bells and iRO buzzers iSO and iRO Audible indication in housing and the tertiary sector. Catalogue numbers Bell and buzzer Type iSO bell Width in 9 mm modules Voltage (Ue) 230 V AC A9A15320 2 8...12 V AC A9A15321 2 iRO buzzer 230 V AC A9A15322 2 8...12 V AC A9A15323 2 Operating frequency 50...60 Hz Connection Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule DB122945 DB122946 12 mm 3.5 mm PZ1 1.3 N.m < 4 mm2 < 4 mm2 DB123311 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 IP40 DB123313 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 DB123147 Technical data Main characteristics iSO Consumption 8...12 V AC 3.6 VA 220...240 V AC 5 VA Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only IP40 (IEC 60529) Device in modular IP20 enclosure Operating temperature -10°C to +40°C Storage temperature -25°C to +60°C Sound level (at a distance of 60 cm) 80 dBA Weight (g) Bell and buzzer Type iSO 77 iRO 64 Dimensions (mm) 18 6 44 22 81 45 iSO bell and iRO buzzer iRO 70 dBA 7 7/41 Control and circuit protection 7 STI isolatable fuse carriers Function STI The isolatable fuse-carriers provide overload and short-circuit protection and are used in the tertiary and industrial sectors. Fuse-links aM, gG (gl, gL) types for STI. Indicator light 230 V neon indicator adaptable on STI. Description STI n Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P, 3P, and 3P + N versions during factory assembly n Positive contact indication n To be equiped with aM or gG (gL - gl) type fuse-links, with or without fuse blowing indicator Rating (A) 0.5 to 20 1 to 20 25 to 32 Size (mm) 8.5 x 31.5 10.3 x 38 10.3 x 38 aM fuse n gG fuse n n n Fuse-carrier: Captive, additional housing is provided for a spare fuse n Optional indication by indicator lights (see accessories) n Connection by tunnel terminals for rigid cables up to 10 mm2 and flexible cables up to 6 mm2 n Complies with standard IEC 947.3 Fuse-links n aM, gG (gL - gl) types n Fuse-link without striker pin n Breaking capacity as in the standards Dimensions Rating Operating Breaking capacity (ø x L) (A) voltage (kA) (mm) (VAC) aM gG 8.5 x 31.5 All 380 20 20 10 x 38 <10 500 80 80 25 660 80 80 n Complies with standards NF C 60 200 and NFC63 210 n Véritas and Lloyds approved Indicator light (option) Technical data 230VAC neon (400V ACmaximum) Allows indication of fuse blowing (lift after blowing) Specific characteristics STI 1P+N and 3P+N n Disconnection of the phase and neutral in the normal dimensions of the phase (2 modules of 9 mm) n Phase opening causes compulsory opening of the neutral n The phase opens before the neutral on isolation and closes after the neutral on circuit closing Technical Section 11 7/42 Dimensions Section 12 PB110043-40 PB110044-40 Control and circuit protection STI isolatable fuse carriers (cont.) STI IEC/EN 60947-3, IEC/EN 60269-2 Cartridges IEC 60269-1, IEC 60269-2, NF C 60-200-2 bb The STI isolatable fuse-carriers provide overload and short-circuit protection. bb They are used for industrial applications requiring a high breaking capacity. bb They perform the isolation function and must not be used as switches. bb To be equiped with aM or gG (gL - gl) type fuse cartridge without striker, with or without fuse blowing indicator. bb Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P, 3P, and 3P+N versions during factory assembly. The general purpose fuse (gG fuse) provides overload and short-circuit protection. The fuse for motor application (aM fuse) only provides short-circuit protection. It is used for protection of loads with a high peak current (motors, transformer primaries, etc.). PB110045-40 PB110046-40 PB110047-28 PB102098-20 Catalogue numbers Fuse cartridge (Type F) Type Rating Voltage Short-circuit current rating (Ue) (Isc) aM gG aM gG 7 STI fuse holder Network type 1P 1P+N (1) 2P 1 N1 13 3P 135 3P+N (1) N1 3 5 DB112797 DB112798 DB112799 DB112800 DB110801 8.5 x 31.5 mm 10.3 x 38 mm 2 A 4 A 6 A 8 A 10 A 2 A 4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC 400 V AC 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA DF2BA0200 DF2BA0400 DF2BA0600 DF2BA0800 DF2BA1000 DF2CA02 DF2CA04 DF2CA06 DF2CA10 DF2CA16 DF2CA20 DF2CA25 DF2BN0200 DF2BN0400 DF2BN0600 DF2BN0800 DF2BN1000 DF2CN02 DF2CN04 DF2CN06 DF2CN10 DF2CN16 DF2CN20 DF2CN25 2 A9N15635 A9N15636 2 A9N15645 A9N15646 24 A9N15650 246 A9N15655 246 A9N15657 A9N15651 A9N15656 A9N15658 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 (1) The neutral pole comes equipped with a locked tube. 7/43 PB110050-50 Control and circuit protection 230 V neon indicator light (Option) bb Indicates fuse blowing (off in normal operation and lit red after fuse blowing) bb 400 V maxi 1P+N, 3P+N bb Phase opening causes compulsory opening of the neutral bb The phase opens before the neutral on isolation and closes after the neutral on circuit closing bb Small dimensions vv 1P+N in 18 mm vv 3P+N in 54 mm Clip-on markers STI isolatable fuse carriers (cont.) Padlocking device bb Locks the toggle in the "open" or "closed" position. Used with an 8 mm max. diameter padlock (not supplied): vv only one padlock for 1P, 1P+N and 2P products(on the left pole) vv and two padlock on the 3P and 3P+N products (on every extremity) Fuse-carrier bb Captive bb Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse DB123241 Connection 12 mm 5.5 mm 7 PZ2 Without accessory Type Rating Tightening Copper cables torque Rigid Flexible or ferrule With accessories Screw-on connection for ring terminal DB122946 DB118789 DB122945 STI All 2 N.m 0.75 to 10 mm2 0.5 to 6 mm2 Ø 5 mm 2 x 0.75 mm2 to 2 x 4 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 to 2 x 4 mm2 DB123325 1 Screw-on connection for ring terminal 27053 2 1 Mounting accessories 2 Comb busbar See section 10 3 Padlocking device 15669 4 Neon indicator light 1 piece blister 15668 3 4 5 5 Clip-on terminal markers Use AB1 range Technical Section 11 7/44 Dimensions Section 12 DB123391 DB123309 Control and circuit protection Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. IP40 DB122934 DB122933 STI isolatable fuse carriers (cont.) Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V Breaking capacity according to IEC 60269-2 y 400 V 50 kA Pollution degree 3 Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device in modular enclosure IP40 Insulation classe II Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +80°C Maximum dissipated power per pole of STI isolatable fuse-carriers Fuse cartridge type Ith Pmax 8.5 x 31 mm aM 10 A 2.5 W gG 20 A 2.5 W 10.3 x 38 mm aM 16 A 3 W gG 25 A 3 W Maximum dissipated power per fuse cartridges Fuse cartridge type Ith Pmax 8.5 x 31 mm aM 2 to 10 A 0.9 W gG 2 to 10 A 2.5 W 10.3 x 38 mm aM 2 to 25 A 1.2 W gG 2 to 25 A 3 W Dimensions (mm) 3P / 3P+N 2P 1P / 1P+N 54 36 18 5.5 44 16 7 STI A C B aM, gG 81 35 45 aM, gG fuse cartridge Type A B C 8.5 x 31.5 mm 8.5 31.5 10.3 10.3 x 38 mm 10.3 38 10.5 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/45 PB102092_SE PB102097_SE Local control selector switches MGN15707 MGN15712 SBI fuse holder with indicator light IEC EN 60947-3 bb SBI fuse holders provide overload and short-circuit protection. bb They are used for industrial applications requiring a high breaking capacity. bb They perform the isolation function and must not be used as switches. bb They are equipped with an indicator light indicating blowing of the fuse cartridge: to be equipped with aM or gG (gL-gl) type fuse cartridge without striker. The general purpose fuse (gG fuse) provides overload and short-circuit protection. The fuse for motor application (aM fuse) only provides short-circuit protection. It is used for protection of loads with a high peak current (motors, transformer primaries, etc.). PB102100_SE PB102104_SE MGN15714 MGN15718 Catalogue numbers Fuse cartridge SBI fuse holder Type Network type Rating Voltage Short-circuit rating (Ue) current (Isc) 7 aM gG aM gG N 1P N 1 1P+N (1) N1 2P 13 3P 135 3P+N (1) N1 3 5 PB102098-20 DB112796 DB112797 DB112798 DB112799 DB112800 DB110801 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm 10 A 12 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 500 V CA 500 V CA 400 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 690 V CA 400 V CA 400 V CA 2 2 24 246 246 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA10 120 kA - DF2EA12 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA16 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA20 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA25 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA32 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA40 120 kA 120 kA DF2EA50 80 kA 80 kA DF2FA32 80 kA 80 kA DF2FA40 80 kA 80 kA DF2FA50 80 kA 80 kA DF2FA63 80 kA 80 kA DF2FA80 120 kA 120 kA DF2FA100 120 kA - DF2FA125 DF2EN10 DF2EN16 DF2EN20 DF2EN25 DF2EN32 DF2EN40 DF2EN50 DF2FN32 DF2FN40 DF2FN50 DF2FN63 DF2FN80 DF2FN100 - MGN15708 MGN15707 MGN15709 3 modules 3 modules 6 modules of 9 mm of 9 mm of 9 mm MGN15714 MGN15713 MGN15715 4 modules 4 modules 8 modules of 9 mm of 9 mm of 9 mm Operating frequency: 50/60 Hz MGN15710 6 modules of 9 mm MGN15716 8 modules of 9 mm MGN15711 9 modules of 9 mm MGN15717 12 modules of 9 mm MGN15712 12 modules of 9 mm MGN15718 16 modules of 9 mm (1) The neutral pole comes equipped with a locked tube. Technical Section 11 7/46 Dimensions Section 12 DB123264 DB123310 Local control selector switches SBI fuse holder with indicator light (cont.) Connection 14 x 51: 10 mm 22 x 58: 12 mm 14 x 51: 5 mm 22 x 58: 6 mm PZ2 Type of Tightening fuse cartridge torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or ferrule Multi-cables terminal Rigid cables Flexible cables DB122945 DB122946 DB118787 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm 3.5 N.m 3.5 N.m 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 35 mm2 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 35 mm2 2.5 to 10 mm2 2.5 to 25 mm2 2.5 to 10 mm2 2.5 to 16 mm2 Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. Indifferent position of installation. IP20 Dimensions (mm) IP40 Technical data Main characteristics Insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V Utilization category AC20B isolation by switching the drawer, must not be operated under load Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only IP20 Device in modular enclosure IP40 Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C Storage temperature -40°C to +80°C Cartridge blowing signalling By indicator light ON (neon) Maximum permissible characteristics of the fuse cartridges: Fuse cartridge type Ith Pmax* 14 x 51 mm aM 50 A 3 W gG 50 A 5 W 22 x 58 mm aM 125 A 9.5 W gG 100 A *Pmax: maximum dissipated power per fuse cartridge. 9.5 W 7 DB123312 DB123314 DB123006 DB122938 14 x 51 mm Technical Section 11 22 x 58 mm A DB122934 C aM, gG fuse cartridge Type B A B C 14 x 51 mm 14.3 51 13.8 22 x 58 mm 22.2 58 16.2 Dimensions Section 12 aM, gG 7/47 Panel indicators DIN rail selector switches iCMB, iCMD, iCME, iCMC, iCMV and iCMA Selector switches Type Control iCMB Two-pole with zero setting In compliance with standards IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL iCMD 4-way IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL iCME 2-way for electronic circuits IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL PB107120-38 PB107121-38 PB107122-38 Function Wiring diagrams bb This two-pole selector switch with zero setting allows manual control of a circuit with 2-way operation with a stop position Key type Ronis 455 bb This 4-way selector switch allows control of a circuit with operating priorities bb This 2-way selector switch is used specially for the control of electronic circuits of low voltage and current level 1 35 7 1 35 7 1 3 DB123860 DB123861 DB123862 10 2 0 1 234 12 Use 7 Catalogue numbers Technical specifications Rated voltage (Ue) V AC Maximum V operating voltage Rating A Operating Hz frequency Width in 9-mm modules Breaking capacity (resistive load) Operating °C temperature Storage °C temperature 2 6 2 24 Example: electrically controlled metal screen: bb position 1 = raising bb position 0 = stop bb position 2 = lowering A9E15120 Example: fan control: bb Voltage range from 30 mV to 600 V AC bb position 0 = stop bb position 1 = override operation, slow speed bb position 2 = override operation, high speed bb position 3 = remote control bb position 4 = automatic operation A9E15121 A9E15122 415 440 10 50/60 4 -20...+55 -25...+80 415 440 10 50/60 4 -20...+55 -25...+80 See following table 440 See following table 50/60 4 1 V 12 V 24 V 48 V 110 V 240 V 300 V 440 V -20...+55 -25...+80 V AC 5 A 1.2 A 0.7 A 0.45 A 0.25 A 0.15 A 0.13 A 0.1 A V DC 3 A 0.7 A 0.4 A 0.25 A 0.13 A 0.08 A 0.07 A 0.05 A Technical Section 11 7/48 Dimensions Section 12 Panel indicators DIN rail selector switches iCMB, iCMD, iCME, iCMC, iCMV and iCMA (cont.) iCMC 2-way key-actuated IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL iCMV 7-position voltmeter IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL iCMA 4-position ammeter IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 part. 107 UL PB107119-38 PB107123-38 PB107118-38 DB123869 DB123146 bb 2-way key-actuated selector switch with locking in one or the other position bb This 7-position voltmeter selector switch makes it possible, with a single voltmeter, to measure in succession the voltages (phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral) of a three-phase circuit bb This 4-position ammeter selector switch makes it possible, with a single ammeter (using current transformers), to measure in succession the currents of a three-phase circuit DB123145 1 3 12 24 iCMV iCMA A9E15123 415 440 10 50/60 4 15125 415 440 10 50/60 4 15126 415 440 10 4 7 -20...+55 -25...+80 -20...+55 -25...+80 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 -20...+55 -25...+80 7/49 DB123310 DB123270 DB122945 Panel indicators Clip on DIN rail 35 mm. 7 DB123857 DIN rail selector switches iCMB, iCMD, iCME, iCMC, iCMV and iCMA (cont.) Connection PH1 Tightening Copper cables torque Flexible or rigid with ferrule 0.35 N.m < 1.5 mm2 bb Connection by jumper terminals with captive screws. Technical data Additional characteristics Degree of protection Device only Endurance (O-C) Electrical Mechanical IP20 1,000,000 switching operations 2,000,000 switching operations (AC21A-3 x 440 V) Weight (g) Selector switches Type iCMA 58 iCMB 58 iCMC 70 iCMD 58 iCME 44 iCMV 58 Dimensions (mm) 71 36 4 60 60 Technical Section 11 7/50 Dimensions Section 12 Local control XBdevice holder Application The device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting of pushbuttons, indicators or other devices. Technical data Button holder For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or plastic flange Ø 22 of the Telemecanique XB4 / XB5 type Depth under rail: 60mm (same as products in the Acti 9 range) Drilling diameter: Ø 22.3 Self-extinguishing insulating material Colour: White RAL 9003 Universal holder For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes (LED), potentiometers Easy drilling To be adapted depending on use Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) Self extinguishing insulating material Colour: Light grey RAL 7035 Type 22mm button holder Universal holder Width in 18mm ways 3 3 Part number A9A15151 A9A15152 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/51 Monitoring Control Remote control Time delay relays are used in service sector and industrial buildings for small automatic control systems: ventilation, heating, animation, roller blind servo controls, escalators, pumps, lighting, signalling, monitoring, etc. Time delay relays iRBN and iRTBT relays can interface automatic control system inputs/outputs with low-voltage devices. PB111581-35 PB111582-35 PB111583-35 Relays iRTA bb Delays energizing of a load iRTB bb Delays de-energizing of a load upon closing of an auxiliary contact (push button) iRTC bb Delays de-energizing of a load upon opening of an auxiliary contact (push button) Time delay PB107144-35 PB107164-35 Interface relays 7 Control relays monitor electrical parameters and indicate when they are exceeded iRBN Low level relay bb Actuation of low-amperage electronic circuits upon receiving an LV electrical order iRTBT Extra low voltage relay bb Actuation of LV circuits based on an extra low voltage order Control PB107124-35 PB107125-35 Control relays iRCP Phase control bb Monitors the order and asymmetry of phases and the presence of voltage on the 3 phases of a three-phase circuit (power supply of a motor, etc.) Technical Section 11 7/52 Dimensions Section 12 Monitoring iRCI Current control bb Monitors the current flowing in a circuit and indicates any crossing of the set threshold Monitoring Control Remote control Relays (cont.) PB111584-35 PB111585-35 PB111586-35 iRTH bb Applies a time delay to de-energizing of a load iRTL bb Applies a time delay to energizing and de-energizing of a load during different times, repeatedly (flasher) iRTMF bb Allows one of the four types of time delay to be selected: A, B, C or H iRLI and iERL relays are used to relay ON or OFF information to the auxiliary circuits and actuate low-power loads PB107108-35 PB107109-35 Changeover relays iRLI iERL extension Changeover bb Relays ON or OFF information to the auxiliary circuits 7 bb Actuates low-power loads Relaying and control PB107126-35 PB107127-35 iRCU Voltage control bb Monitors the potential difference of a circuit and indicates any crossing of the set threshold iRCC Compressor control bb Monitors the compressor power supply and prevents its immediate restarting upon detection of a power cut or voltage dip Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/53 Monitoring Control Remote control Type Time delay relays iRTA, iRTB, iRTC, iRTH, iRTL and iRTMF Time delay relays iRTA iRTB iRTC PB111581-35 PB111582-35 PB111583-35 Function Wiring diagrams Use DB123675 bb Delays energizing of a load N L A1 15 DB123676 bb Delays de-energizing of a load upon closing of an auxiliary contact (push button) bb Delays de-energizing of a load upon opening of an auxiliary contact (push button) N N L L DB123677 A1 15 Y1 A1 15 Y1 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 DB123683 DB123682 DB123681 7 Catalogue numbers bb The single time delay cycle starts at switching on of the iRTA relay power supply bb The load is energized at the end of time delay T A9E16065 bb The single time delay cycle starts at closing of an auxiliary contact (push button) bb The load is de-energized at the end of time delay T A9E16066 bb The single time delay cycle starts only upon release of an auxiliary contact (push button) bb The load is de-energized at the end of time delay T A9E16067 Technical specifications Control and power supply voltage (Uc) V AC V DC 24...240, ±10 % 24, ±10 % Operating frequency Hz 50/60 Time delay range 0.1 s to 100 h Precision ±10 % of full scale Minimum duration of control impulse 100 ms Insensitive to brownouts y 20ms Max. resetting time per voltage interruption 100 ms Accuracy of repetition ±0.5 % at constant parameters Changeover contact (cadmium free) Mini Maxi Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC Endurance Mechanical > 5 x 106 switching operations Electrical > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Display of contact status by green indicator Flashing during time delay lamp Degree of protection Device only IP20 Connection by tunnel terminals Without ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand With ferrule 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand Width in 9-mm modules 2 Operating temperature °C -5 ... +55 Storage temperature °C -40 ... +70 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/54 24...240, ±10 % 24, ±10 % 50/60 0.1 s to 100 h ±10 % of full scale 100 ms y 20ms 100 ms ±0.5 % at constant parameters Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC > 5 x 106 switching operations > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Flashing during time delay IP20 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 24...240, ±10 % 24, ±10 % 50/60 0.1 s to 100 h ±10 % of full scale 100 ms y 20ms 100 ms ±0.5 % at constant parameters Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC > 5 x 106 switching operations > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Flashing during time delay IP20 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 Monitoring Control Remote control iRTH Time delay relays iRTA, iRTB, iRTC, iRTH, iRTL and iRTMF (cont.) iRTL iRTMF PB111586-35 PB111585-35 PB111584-35 DB123678 DB123684 bb Applies a time delay to de-energizing of a load bb Applies a time delay to energizing and de-energizing bb Allows one of the four types of time delay to be of a load during different times, repeatedly (flasher) selected: A, B, C or H DB123680 DB123679 N L A1 15 N L A1 15 N L A1 15 N L A1 15 Y1 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 DB123685 bb The single time delay cycle starts at switching on of the iRTH relay power supply bb The load is de-energized at the end of time delay T A9E16068 bb The time delay cycle starts at energizing bb The load is energized during an adjustable time T1 and then de-energized during an adjustable time T2. This cycle is reproduced until de-energizing of the iRTL relay power supply A9E16069 bb Depending on the choice, the iRTMF generates time delay cycles for the iRTA, iRTB, iRTC or iRTH relays A9E16070 7 24...240, ±10 % 24, ±10 % 50/60 0.1 s to 100 h ±10 % of full scale 100 ms y 20ms 100 ms ±0.5 % at constant parameters Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC > 5 x 106 switching operations > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Flashing during time delay IP20 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 24...240, ±10 % 24, ±10 % 50/60 0.1 s to 100 h ±10 % of full scale 100 ms y 20ms 100 ms ±0.5 % at constant parameters Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC > 5 x 106 switching operations > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Flashing during time delay IP20 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 12...240, ±10 % 12...240, ±10 % 50/60 0.1 s to 100 h ±10 % of full scale 100 ms y 20ms 100 ms ±0.5 % at constant parameters Rating 10 mA/5 V DC Rating 8 A/250 V AC/DC > 5 x 106 switching operations > 105 switching operations (utilization category AC1) Flashing during time delay IP20 2 x 2.5 mm2 single-strand 2 x 1.5 mm2 multi-strand 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 7/55 Monitoring Control Remote control Type Interface relays iRBN and iRTBT Interface relays iRBN Low level iRTBT Extra low voltage PB107164-35 PB107144-35 Standard Function Wiring diagrams IEC 255 100 and IEC 529 IEC 255 100 and IEC 529 bb Actuation of low-amperage electronic circuits upon receiving an LV electrical order bb Actuation of LV circuits based on an extra low voltage order A1 11 A1 11 DB123686 DB123686 7 Use Catalogue numbers A2 12 14 A2 12 14 bb Inputs of programmable logic controllers, of measuring bb ELV orders can be issued by a programmable logic or supervision circuits, etc. controller (24 V DC static outputs), a central fire detection unit, a regulation system, etc. A9A15393 A9A15416 Technical specifications Input control voltage (Uc) V AC 230, ±10 % V DC - Output contact rating Mini 5 mA/5 V DC (DC12) 5 mA/5 V AC Maxi 1 A/24 V DC (DC12) 5 A/250 V AC Operating frequency Hz 50/60 Strengthened insulation between ELV/LV 4 kV circuits Consumption At inrush 5 VA At holding 2.5 VA Endurance Electrical 100,000 switching operations Display of voltage presence on the control circuit By green indicator lamp Degree of protection Device only IP20 Connection by tunnel terminals 0.5 x 6 mm2 Width in 9-mm modules 2 Operating temperature °C -5 ... +55 Storage temperature °C -40 ... +70 12...24, -15 to +10 % 12...24, ±20 % 10 mA/10 V DC (DC12) 10 mA/10 V AC 1 A/24 V DC (DC12) 5 A/250 V AC 0...60 4 kV 0.22 W 0.11 W 100,000 switching operations By green indicator lamp IP20 0.5 x 6 mm2 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 Technical Section 11 7/56 Dimensions Section 12 Monitoring Control Remote control Type iRLI changeover and iERL extension relays Changeover and extension relays iRLI Changeover relay iERL Extension for RLI PB107109-35 PB107108-35 Standard Function Wiring diagrams IEC 255 and NF C 45-250 bb Relaying of ON or OFF information to the auxiliary circuits and actuation of low-power loads IEC 255 and NF C 45-250 bb Extension allowing additional contacts to be added to the iRLI changeover relays A1 15 15 DB123688 DB123687 Use Catalogue numbers A2 2 4 6 2 46 bb The iRLI relay contains 1 changeover contact (O-C) and 1 normally open contact (N/O) A9E15535 A9E15536 A9E15537 A9E15538 bb The iERL extension (max. 3 iERLs for 1 iRLI) contains 1 changeover contact (O-C) and 1 normally open contact (N/O) bb Can be mounted without any tool and without additional cabling using a yellow clip which performs mechanical assembly and electrical connection between the coils A9E15539 A9E15540 A9E15541 A9E15542 Technical specifications Control voltage (Uc) V AC 230...240 48 24 12 Voltage rating (Ue) V AC 230 Insulation voltage (Ui) V AC 250 Rating (In) A 10, cos = 1 Operating frequency Hz 50/60 Inrush and holding power 4 VA Endurance Electrical 100,000 cycles AC21 (cos = 1) Operation on front face Power By push button Coil By selector switch (disconnection) Position indicator Mechanical indicator Marking Clip-on markers on the front panel Degree of protection Device only IP20 Connection by tunnel terminals 0.5 x 6 mm2 Width in 9-mm modules 2 Operating temperature °C -5 ... +55 Storage temperature °C -40 ... +70 230...240 48 24 12 230 250 10, cos = 1 50/60 iRLI + iERL : 8 VA 100,000 cycles AC21 (cos = 1) By push button By selector switch (disconnection) Mechanical indicator Clip-on markers on the front panel IP20 0.5 x 6 mm2 2 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +70 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/57 Monitoring Control Remote control Type iRCP phase control, iRCI current control, iRCU voltage control and iRCC compressor control relays Control relays iRCI Current control iRCU Voltage control PB107126-35 PB107125-35 Function Wiring diagrams DB405266 bb Monitors the current (Ir) flowing in an AC or DC circuit bb Monitors the voltage variation (Ur) of an AC or DC and indicates any crossing of the set threshold circuit and indicates any crossing of the set threshold DB405266 N N L L 0.15 A y Ir y 1.5 A AC/DC 1 A y Ir y 10 A AC/DC 13 57 13 57 N N L L 10 V y Ur y 100 V 50 V y Ur y 500 V 13 57 13 57 7 Catalogue numbers 2 468 A9E21181 2 468 2 468 A9E21182 2 468 Common technical specifications Supply voltage (Uc) V AC Frequency Hz Parameter setting Precision of display Output by changeover contact Indications by LED Green Red Consumption VA Dissipated power W Degree of protection Device only Connection by tunnel terminals Rigid cable Width in 9-mm modules Operating temperature °C Storage temperature °C Particular technical specifications 230, -15 % to +10 % 50/60 bb On the front panel, by direct scale, using a screwdriver ±10 % of full scale 8 A under 250 V AC (cos = 1) Voltage presence Fault 3 2 IP20 1.5 x 6 mm2 4 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +80 Threshold adjustable from 10 % to 100 % of Ir Threshold adjustable from 10 % to 100 % of Ur Hysteresis adjustable from 5 % to 50 % of Ir Hysteresis adjustable from 5 % to 50 % of Ur Monitoring of overcurrent and undercurrent (selection by selector switch) Fail-safe contact De-energized Energized with fault Energized without fault 2 468 2 468 Time delay on crossing threshold: 0.1 s to 10 s Possibility of memorizing fault with resetting Compatible with current transformers (CTs) of ratio X/5 bb Automatic recognition of alternating or direct current. bb 2 measuring ranges selected by cabling: vv 0.15 A to 1.5 A vv 1 A to 10 A bb Automatic recognition of AC voltage or DC voltage. bb 2 measuring ranges selected by cabling: vv 10 V to 50 V vv 50 V to 500 V Technical Section 11 7/58 Dimensions Section 12 Monitoring Control Remote control iRCP Phase control iRCP phase control, iRCI current control, iRCU voltage control and iRCC compressor control relays (cont.) iRCC Compressor control PB107127-35 PB107124-35 DB405265 bb Monitors phases and the presence of voltage on the 3 phases of a three-phase circuit (power supply of a motor, etc.). It indicates any phase loss or inversion bb Monitors the compressor's power supply and prevents its immediate restarting upon detection of a power cut or voltage dip DB405267 L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 50 Hz 60 Hz 13 57 13 57 N N L L t = 6 min. t = 3 min. 13 57 13 57 2468 A9E21180 2468 400, ±15 % 50/60 bb On the front panel, by direct scale, using a screwdriver ±10 % of full scale 8 A under 250 V AC (cos = 1) Voltage presence Fault 3 3 (total on the 3 phases) IP20 1.5 x 6 mm2 4 -5 ... +55 -40 ... +80 Setting of phase asymmetry threshold: 5 % to 2 5% of 400 V Hysteresis: fixed, 5 % of asymmetry threshold Monitoring of direction of phase rotation Monitoring of presence of the 3 phases Fail-safe contact De-energized Energized with fault 2 468 Energized without fault Time delay on tripping: 0.3 s 2 468 2 468 A9E21183 2 468 230, -15 % to +10 % 2 Threshold setting: ±5 % to ±15 % of 230 V Fail-safe contact De-energized Energized with fault Energized without fault 2 468 2 468 Time delay on overshoot: 3 or 6 minutes (selection by cabling) 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/59 Monitoring Control Remote control DB406019 Dimensions (mm) 72 50 29 18 5.5 90 45 67.5 3 7 iRTA, iRTB, iRTC, iRTH, iRTL, iRTMF DB406021 DB406020 Relays Technical data Weight (g) Relays Type iRTA, iRTB, iRTC, iRTH, iRBN 65 iRTL 66 iRTMF 68 iRTBT 63 iRLI, iERL 112 iRCP, iRCC 210 iRCI, iRCU 215 65.5 50 29 18 5.5 65.5 50 29 5.5 4.5 2.2 iERL 81 45 68 83 45 68 5 iRBN, iRTBT 65 50 36 5 87.5 5 iRLI, iERL 2 45 0.6 iRCP, iRCI, iRCU, iRCC Technical Section 11 7/60 Dimensions Section 12 Timers MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt Timers Electromechanical timer P111648 P111642 P111643 P111644 MIN Adjustable time delay from 1 to 7 min. Silent electronic timers MINs MINp MINt Adjustable time delay from 0.5 to 20 min. Adjustable time delay from 0.5 to 20 min. with switch-off warning. Adjustable time delay from 0.5 to 20 min. with switch-off warning and impulse relay function. 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/61 Timers Selection table Type MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt (cont.) MIN Electromechanical timer MINs Silent electronic timer P111642 P111648 Function Wiring diagrams P106867 These timers allow closing and then opening of a contact in a determined time Control circuit: connected standard or luminous push-buttons. Timer inoperative via self-protection if consumption above 50 mA maximum P106869 4 wires 4 wires 7 Mounting L 3 N4 R or 3 wires L 3 N4 R or 3 wires Two operating modes triggered by switch on front face: bb Automatic mode: vv operation in timing mode vv time delay adjustable from 1 to 7 min. vv setting in steps of 15 s using knob vv pressing a push-button renews the time delay bb Manual override mode: constant lighting Two operating modes triggered by switch on front face: bb Timer mode: time delay adjustable from 0.5 to 20 min. bb Permanent mode: constant lighting Catalogue numbers 15363 Technical specifications Voltage rating (Ue) (+10 %, -15 %) 230 V AC, 50 Hz Consumption 1 VA Output contact current Cos j = 1 16 A Degree of protection IP20B Operating temperature -10°C to +50°C Width (9 mm modules) 2 Consumption of connected luminous push-buttons 50 mA maxi Adjustable time delay 1 to 7 min. Long time delay Insulation class 1 screw connection per pole for cables up to 6 mm2 b b Selection of the type of connection (3 or 4 wires) Selector switch Mechanical compatibility with electrical distribution comb busbar Switch-off warning function Impulse relay function Technical Section 11 7/62 Dimensions Section 12 CCT15232 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz < 6 VA 16 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C 2 150 mA maxi 0.5 to 20 min. Class II b b Automatic b b Timers MINp Silent electronic timer MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt (cont.) MINt Accessory Wall mount accessory P135159 P111644 P111643 P106871 The MINp timer allows closing and then opening of a contact in a determined time, and it also provides warning that the lighting is about to be switched off by flickering of the lamplight (switch-off warning) The MINt timer is the same as MINp with an "impulse relay" additional function P106871 4 wires 4 wires The MIN timers can be mounted on a wall by using 15359 reference. The protection cover is sealable. The 15359 accessory can be also used to mount others 18 mm DIN rail devices (for example: time switches, circuit breakers...). L 3 N4 R or 3 wires L 3 N4 R or 3 wires bb Time delay adjustable from 0.5 to 20 min. bb Three operating modes triggered by switch on front face: vv timer mode with "switch-off warning" function built into the device. The lamp blinks 40 and 30 s before the end of the time delay vv timer mode mode without "switch-off warning" function vv permanent mode : constant lighting bb Timer mode operation: vv pressing a push-button for longer than 2 s: lighting will last for 1 h. Pressing again a push-button for less than 2 s relaunch the time delay of 1 h and pressing again a push-button for more than 2 s switches off the light vv pressing a push-button for less than 2 s launch the pre-set time delay, pressing again a push-button for less than 2 s relaunch the pre-set time delay bb Timer mode operation: vv pressing a push-button for longer than 2 s: lighting will last for 1 h. Pressing again a push-button for less than 2 s relaunch vv the time delay of 1 h and pressing again a push-button for more than 2 s switches off the light vv pressing a push-button for less than 2 s launch the pre-set time delay, pressing again a push-button for less than 2 s, switches off the light (impulse relay mode) CCT15233 CCT15234 15359 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz < 6 VA 16 A IP20B -25°C to +50°C 2 150 mA maxi 0.5 to 20 min. 1 h Class II b b Automatic b b b b Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz < 6 VA 16 A IP20B -25°C to +50°C 2 150 mA maxi 0.5 to 20 min. 1 h Class II b b Automatic b b b b b b See § dimensions 7 7/63 Timers MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt (cont.) Load table Products MIN Type of lighting Maximum power 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W Non-corrected / serial-corrected / dual mounted fluorescent tubes with conventional ballast 2300 VA Fluocompact lamps with conventional ballast 2000 VA Parallel-corrected fluorescent tubes with conventional ballast 1300 VA (70 F) Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast 300 VA Fluocompact lamps with electronic ballast 9 x 7 W, 6 x 11 W, 5 x 15 W, 5 x 20 W (1) The "switch-off warning" function is not available for these types of loads. MINs 2300 W 2300 VA 1500 VA 400 VA (42 F) 300 VA 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15W, 7 x 20 W, 7 x 23 W MINp, MINt 3600 W 3600 VA (1) 1500 VA (1) 1200 VA (120 F) (1) 1000 VA 34 x 7 W, 27 x 11 W, 24 x 15 W, 22 x 23 W Connection 8 mm 5 mm Type Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or with ferrule MIN, MINs, MINp, MINt 1.2 N.m PZ1 y 6 mm2 y 6 mm2 7 DB123947 DB122945 DB122946 Technical Section 11 7/64 Dimensions Section 12 Timers 15359_dimensions DB124571 MIN, MINs, MINp and MINt (cont.) Weight (g) Time switches MIN 84 MINs 75 MINp 103 MINt 76 Dimensions (mm) 5 63 18 38 DB124572 6 18 60 44 24 83 83 45 85 89 45 72 MIN 34 56 18 45 7 128 113 Wall mount accessory MINs, MINp, MINt 30 Ø8 Ø4 10 Ø8 40 Ø4 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/65 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA Time switches The 45 mm digital time switches P140626 P140627 P111624 P111626 IHP 1c IHP 2c IHP+1c IHP+2c Automatically switch On and Off loads according to the program entered by the user with 4 keys and a display, they operate on a weekly cycle: the same program is repeated week after week. The 18 mm digital time switches P131535 P131536 7 IHP 1c/+ 1c Automatically switch On and Off loads according to the program entered by the user with 4 keys and a display, they operate on a weekly cycle: the same program is repeated week after week. Technical Section 11 7/66 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) The 54 mm mechanical time switches The 18 mm mechanical time switches P111614 P111613 P116860 P116862 P116616 P116619 P116863 IH 60mn 1c SRM IH 24h 1c SRM/ ARM IH 24h 2c ARM IH 24h 1c SRM/ ARM IHH 7j 1c ARM Automatically switch On and Off loads according to the program entered by the user they operate daily on a weekly cycle. IH 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM IH 7j 1c ARM Automatically switch On and Off loads according to the program entered by the user they operate on an hourly, daily or weekly cycle: the same program is repeated hour after hour (IH 60mn), day after day (IH 24h) or week after week (IH 7j). The digital yearly time switches 7 P140490 P140489 ITA 1C ITA 4C They operate on an daily, weekly or yearly program (ITA 1c: 1 channel, ITA 4c: 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels - 2 external inputs). Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/67 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Selection table The time switches control opening and closing of one or more separate circuits according to a programming pre-set by the user: bb by memorisation of On and Off switching operations for the IHP and ITA digital time switches bb by positioning of jumpers or captive segments on a programming dial for the IH mechanical time switches. An IHP, IH or ITA time switch is chosen according to the following criteria: Designation Number Cycle of period channels (d: day) Minimum Number Saving Width Override time between of switching on mains (modules controls 2 switching operations cut off of 9 mm) On / Off operations Output contact changeover switch (cos j =1) Time changeover (summer / winter) 7 The 45 mm digital time switches IHP 1c IHP + 1c IHP 2c 1 24 h and/or 7 d 1 24 h and/or 7 d 2 24 h and/or 7 d IHP + 2c 2 24 h and/or 7 d The 18 mm digital time switches IHP 1c 18 mm 1 IHP + 1c 18 mm 1 24 h and/or 7 d 24 h and/or 7 d 1 min. 1 s 1 min. 1 s 1 min. 1 min. The 36 or 72 mm digital yearly time switches ITA 1c 1 24 h, 1 min. 7 d, year ITA 4c 4 24 h, 1 min. 7 d, year The 54 mm mechanical time switches IH 60mn 1c SRM 1 60 min. 37.5 s IH 24h 1c SRM 1 24 h 15 min. IH 24h 1c ARM 1 24 h 15 min. IH 24h 2c ARM 2 24 h 30 min. IH 7j 1c ARM 1 7 days 2 h IH 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM 1+1 24 h 45 min. + 7 days + 12 h The 18 mm mechanical time switches IHH 7j 1c ARM 1 7 days 2 h IH 24h 1c ARM 1 24 h 15 min. IH 24h 1c SRM 1 24 h 15 min. (1) 10 h for 100 V CA supply voltage. 56 6 years 5 84 6 years 5 56 6 years 5 84 6 years 5 56 10 years 2 84 10 years 2 300 10 years 4 300 10 years 8 48 On - 48 Off none 6 48 On - 48 Off none 6 48 On - 48 Off 200 h (1) 6 24 On - 24 Off 150 h 6 42 On - 42 Off 200 h (1) 6 16 On -16 Off 150 h 6 + 7 On -7 Off 42 On - 42 Off 100 h 2 48 On - 48 Off 100 h 2 48 On - 48 Off none 2 On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On/Off 16 A On/Off 10 A On / Off 10 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On 16 A On / Off 16 A On 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A On / Off 16 A Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Manual / Auto Manual / Auto Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Technical Section 11 7/68 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Back-lit display, "Absence random function for and pulse holidays" programming function Screwless connection Mechanical Input for compatibility external with electrical control distribution comb busbars Instruction manual holder on front face Memory key supplied with the product Cat. no. b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b 1 input bb b b 2 inputs bb CCT15720 (4) b b CCT15721 (4) CCT15722 (4) b b CCT15723 (4) b b b b + Cycle b b b b programming Back-lit display, (3) pulse and cycle programming Back-lit display, (3) pulse and cycle programming b b b b b b b b 1 input 2 inputs (5) CCT15854 (4) b b CCT15838 (4) (6) CCT15910 (6) CCT15940 CCT15338 CCT16364 CCT15365 15337 CCT15367 15366 15331 15336 15335 (2) French, English, Italian, Spanish, German, Portuguese languages. (3) Function included and can be realized through special program entry. (4) French, English, Italian, Spanish, German, Portuguese, Dutch languages. (5) Memory key (CCT15861) is not supplied with IHP 1c 18mm (CCT15854) but this memory key and the programming kit (CCT15860) can be used and operate on IHP 1c 18mm (see "Accessories selection table"). (6) Memory key (CCT15955) is not supplied with ITA 1c /4c but this memory key and the programming kit (CCT15950) can be used and operate on ITA 1c/4c (see "Accessories selection table"). 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/69 Time switches IHP and ITA Selection table Programmable time switches IHP 1c IHP2c IHP+1c IHP+2c P140626 P140627 P111624 P111626 Function Wiring diagrams bb These time switches automatically switch on and off loads according to the program entered by the user bb They operate on weekly cycle: the same program is repeated week after week bb They offer automatic summer/winter time change and allow to adjust it according to where you are located bb The program can be overriden temporary or permanently by pressing 2 keys on the product bb They also offer holidays program, by configuring the starting and ending dates of the absence. bb A memory key and a programming kit can be used to duplicate on another IHP+ or to save the program created by the contractor (see "Accessories selection table") bb Override control with switch or push-button via external input ( 1 external input for IHP+1c and 2 externals inputs for IHP+ 2c) L1 3 5 Ext1&2 7 N24 6 LN Catalogue numbers Technical specifications Voltage rating (Ue) Consumption CCT15720 CCT15722 CCT15721 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 4 VA 7 VA 4 VA Output contact Cos j = 1 current (250 V AC) Cos j = 0.6 Degree of protection Operating temperature Time accuracy 16 A 10 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ± 1 s per day at 20°C 16 A 10 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ± 1 s per day at 20°C 16 A 10 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ± 1 s per day at 20°C Program saving and time by lithium battery Lifetime 6 years Back-up time, 6 years cumulated mains cut off 6 years 6 years 6 years 6 years CCT15723 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 7 VA 16 A 10 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ± 1 s per day at 20°C 6 years 6 years Technical Section 11 7/70 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IHP and ITA (cont.) IHP 1c 18 mm IHP+1c 18 mm Yearly programmable time switches ITA 1c ITA 4c P111630 P131535 P140490 P140489 bb Weekly or yearly time programming to be distributed over 1 channel bb Weekly or yearly time programming to be distributed over 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels bb Override control with switch or push-button via external inputs bb A memory key and a programming bb A memory key and a programming kit can be used to duplicate on another ITA kit can be used to duplicate on another IHP or to save the program created by the or to save the program created by the user (see "Accessories selection table"). contractor (see "Accessories selection table") DCF antenna or GPS antenna 56 L DCF antenna or GPS antenna -+ 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1718 Ext2 C D 123 N A B Ext1 1 2 3 LN 6 7 8 9 7 CCT15854 230 V AC, +10 %, -15 %, 50/60 Hz 2.3 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -25°C to +55°C ± 0.5 s per day at 25°C 10 years 10 years CCT15838 230 V AC, +10 %, -15 %, 50/60 Hz 2.3 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -25°C to +55°C ± 0.5 s per day at 25°C 10 years 10 years CCT15910 CCT15940 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1.4 - 1.9 W (depending on the switching status) 16 A 6 A IP20 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1.2 - 3,2 W (depending on the switching status) 10 A 6 A IP20 -30 °C to +55 °C -30 °C to +55 °C Without antenna: ± 0.5 s per day at 20 °C Without antenna: ± 0.5 s per day at 20 °C With antenna: 1 s on 1 million years With antenna: 1 s on 1 million years 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/71 Time switches IH and IHH Selection table Mechanical time switches IH 60mn 1c SRM IH 24h 1c SRM IH 24h 1c ARM IH 24h 2c ARM P116860 P116861 P116862 P116616 Function Wiring diagrams bb They operate on hourly, daily or weekly cycle: the same program is repeated hour after hour (IH 60mn), day after day (IH 24h) or week after week (IH 7j, (IHH 7j) bb The program can be overriden On 1 2 3L N 1 23LN 7 Catalogue numbers CCT15338 Technical specifications Voltage rating (Ue) 230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 50 Hz Consumption 1 VA Output contact Cos j = 1 current under 250 VAC Cos j = 0.6 Degree of protection 10 A 4 A IP20B Operating temperature -20°C to +55°C Time accuracy ±1 s per day at 20°C Saving of program and time by lithium battery Programming by: Lifetime Back-up time, cumulated mains cut off Jumpers (supplied) Captive 96 segments CCT16364 230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -20°C to +55°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 96 CCT15365 15337 110-230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -20°C to +55°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 6 years 200 h with 230 V AC 100 h with 100 V AC 230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -20°C to +55°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 6 years 150 h 4 red + 4 green + 2 white 96 Technical Section 11 7/72 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IH and IHH (cont.) IH 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM IH 7j 1c ARM IH24h 1c SRM 18 mm IH 24h 1c ARM 18 mm IHH 7j 1c ARM 18 mm P111619 P116863 P111614 P111615 P111613 15366 230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 50 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -20°C to +55°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 6 years 150 h 6 yellow (24 h), 12 blue + 2 red (7 days) CCT15367 15335 110-230 V AC +10 %, -15%, 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 16 A 16 A 4 A 4 A IP20B IP20B -20°C to +55°C -10°C to +50°C ±1 s per day at 20°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 6 years 200 h with 230 V AC 100 h with 110 V AC 10 years 84 96 15336 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 10 years 100 h 96 15331 230 V AC, ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 2.5 VA 16 A 4 A IP20B -10°C to +50°C ±1 s per day at 20°C 10 years 100 h 84 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/73 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA Accessories selection table Programming kits for PC IHP+ ITA Memory keys IHP+ ITA P93580 P140493 P93581 P140494 Function Mounting Consists of a programming device, a memory key, a CDROM and a 2 m USB cable For IHP+ 1c/2c, IHP 1c 18 mm, IHP+ 1c 18 mm Consists of a programming device, a CDROM and a 1.5 m USB cable For ITA 1c and ITA 4c Saving and duplicating programs For IHP+ 1c/2c, IHP 1c 18 mm, IHP+ 1c 18 mm For ITA 1c and ITA 4c Located on front face Catalogue numbers Technical spécifications Degree of protection Operating temperature CCT15860 CCT15950 CCT15861 CCT15955 7 Specific technical data IHP+ 1c, IHP+ 2c Manual functions Temporary cancellation of programming for holidays, public holidays, etc. by configuration of the 2 dates start and end of absence Simulation of presence thanks to random operation during On periods Pulse functions Programming of pulses adjustable from 1 to 59 s (pulse takes priority over switching) Back-lighting of the screen External input (only for IHP+ 1c, IHP+ 2c) External inputs for external control with a standard switch or a push-button 1 input for IHP+ 1c 2 inputs for IHP+ 2c Voltage rating (Ue) 230 V AC, +10 %, -15 % Frequency 50/60 Hz Input current y 1.2 mA Consumption y 0.3 mW Cable length y 100 m Technical Section 11 7/74 Dimensions Section 12 P140491 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Antenna GPS antenna for ITA Additional jumpers IH jumpers Antenna for ITA 1c and ITA 4c They are used to program a larger number of sequences for: bb IH 24h 2c ARM (15337) bb IH 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM (15366) bb 10 ITA maximum per antenna, maximum distance between the ITA and the antenna: 200 m bb Outside the electrical switchboard, outdoors, under shelter CCT15970 (1) 1 bag containing: bb 5 red bb 5 green bb 5 white bb 5 yellow 15341 IP54 -30 °C to +55 °C (1) external 12-30 V DC power supply needed ITA 1c, ITA 4c Switching functions Pulse lenght pulse function (switching time) Pulse lenght timer (manual switching) Pulse/pause length cycle Minimum interval External inputs (only for ITA 4c) External inputs for external control with a standard switch or a push-button Antennas Power supply Output Receiver Operation indicator On, Off, pulse, cycle, yearly program 1 s to 59 min 59s 1 s to 9 h 59 min 59 s 1 s to 9 h 59 min 59 s 1 min 2 inputs : bb Ext1 input: supplied with 230 V AC, ±10%- 50/60 Hz bb Ext2 input Ext2: potential free GPS- ITA External 12 - 30 VDC DCF time telegraph (no weather data) Flashing LED on receiving 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/75 Time switches 7 IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Practical advice Programming principle bb For the digital time switches, this consists of memorising the days and times of the required switching operations. bb For the mechanical time switches, this is performed by positioning captive segments or jumpers on a switching dial. Example bb Controlling an air conditionner in a hairdressing salon: Monday (1) Tuesday On n° 1 08 h 30 Off n° 1 12 h 00 On n° 2 13 h 30 Off n° 2 20 h 00 (1) Closed on Mondays (2) Non-stop Wednesday Thursday (2) Etc. 08 h 30 08 h 30 12 h 00 13 h 30 20 h 00 20 h 00 Switch on Switch off Switch on Switch off Programming by copying or blocks Whenever identical switching operations are found at the same times, several days in the week, this function lets you program these operations once only. In this case a single switching operation is used. If this function is used wisely, the number of possible switching operations can be greatly increased. Example On n°1 Off n°1 Monday 10 h 00 Tuesday 18 h 00 Wednesday Thursday Friday 10 h 00 18 h 00 18 h 00 Switch on Switch off 1 switching operation 1 switching operation Number of switching operations Designation IHP 1c IHP + 1c IHP 2c IHP + 2c IHP 1c 18 mm IHP + 1c 18 mm ITA 1c, ITA 4c IH 24h 1c ARM IH 24h 1c SRM IH 60mn 1c SRM IH 24h 1c SRM IH 24h 1c ARM IH 24h 2c ARM IH 7j 1c ARM IH 24 h + 7j 1+1c ARM Number of switching operations 56 84 56 84 56 84 300 48 On - 48 Off 48 On - 48 Off 48 On - 48 Off 48 On - 48 Off 48 On - 48 Off 24 On - 24 Off 42 On - 42 Off 16 On - 16 Off + 7 On - 7 Off Saving on mains cut off For digital switches equipped with this function, a lithium battery is used for saving. The program, date and time are preserved. Switching operations are not performed. Technical Section 11 7/76 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Practical advice Lets you control starting and stopping of a group of loads according to a cycle that is repeated every 60 minutes. 60 min. time programming Example Controlling automatic watering On n° 1 2 min. 30 s Off n° 1 5 min. On n° 2 25 min. Off n° 2 37 min. 30 s Relevant time switches IH 60mn 1c SRM. Lets you control starting and stopping of one or two groups of loads according to a daily cycle that is repeated, in identical manner, every day of the week. 24 h daily programming Example bb Controlling a door of a block of flats: vv from 8 am to 7.30 pm: contact on "On", free access, vv from 7.30 pm to 8 am the next day: contact on "Off", access by confidential code every day of the week: From Monday to Sunday On n° 1 Off n° 1 8 am 7.30 pm Relevant time switches bb IH 24h 1c SRM/ARM. bb IH 24h 2c ARM. bb IHP 1c 18 mm. bb IHP + 1c 18 mm. bb IHP 1c, IHP + 1c. bb IHP 2c, IHP + 2c. bb ITA 1c, ITA 4c. Lets you control starting and stopping of one 7 days weekly programming to 4 groups of loads according to a weekly cycle, that can be different each day, repeated each week. Example bb Controlling an air conditionner in a hairdressing salon: Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 7 On n° 1 09 h 00 09 h 00 09 h 00 Off n° 1 12 h 00 12 h 00 On n° 2 14 h 00 14 h 00 Off n° 2 20 h 00 20 h 00 20 h 00 On n° 3 8 h 30 8 h 30 Off n° 3 12 h 30 12 h 30 On n° 4 14 h 30 14 h 30 Off n° 4 21 h 00 21 h 00 Relevant time switches bb IH 7j 1c ARM. bb IHP 1c, IHP + 1c. bb IHP 2c, IHP + 2c. bb IHP 1c 18 mm. bb IHP + 1c 18 mm. bb ITA 1c, ITA 4c. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/77 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Lets you control by pulses (adjustable from 1 to 59 s) one to four groups of loads (pulse relays, bells, etc.). Lets you create special programs for dated days. 7 Pulse programming Example bb Automatic controlling of bells, lighting and distribution of food: bells sounding the resumption and finish of work (channel 1), lighting of premises (channel 2), feeding fish in the aquarium (channel 3): Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Channel 1: bell (20 s pulse order) On 08 h 00 08 h 00 08 h 00 Duration 20 s 20 s 20 s On 12 h 00 12 h 00 12 h 00 Duration 20 s 20 s 20 s On 14 h 00 14 h 00 14 h 00 Duration 20 s 20 s 20 s On 18 h 00 18 h 00 18 h 00 Duration 20 s 20 s 20 s Channel 2: lighting (latched order) On 07 h 30 07 h 30 07 h 30 Off 18 h 30 18 h 30 18 h 30 Channel 3: aquarium (15 s pulse order) On 10 h 00 10 h 00 Duration 15 s 15 s 08 h 00 20 s 12 h 00 20 s 14 h 00 20 s 18 h 00 20 s 07 h 30 18 h 30 07 h 00 09 h 00 20 s 20 s 11 h 00 13 h 00 20 s 20 s 13 h 00 20 s 16 h 00 20 s 06 h 30 08 h 30 17 h 00 13 h 30 10 h 00 15 s 10 h 00 15 s Programming bb Programming of a pulse takes up 2 memory spaces. bb Combination of the two order types (pulse and latched) is possible on the same channel. Relevant time switches bb IHP + 1c. bb IHP + 1c 18 mm. bb IHP + 2c. bb ITA 1c, ITA 4c. Programming special days. Example bb Controlling lighting and heating in a school: vv basic programming: program lighting (channel 1) and heating (channel 2): Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Channel 1: lighting On 07 h 00 07 h 00 07 h 00 07 h 00 07 h 00 Off 20 h 00 20 h 00 16 h 00 20 h 00 16 h 00 Channel 2: heating On 06 h 00 06 h 00 06 h 00 06 h 00 06 h 00 Off 18 h 00 18 h 00 12 h 00 18 h 00 12 h 00 vv dated programming: periods of non-operation, school holidays, etc. Just memorise an Off at the start and another Off at the end of each period of absence: Channel 1: lighting Off Date Time Off Date Time Channel 2: heating Off Date Time Off Date Time Holidays Winter Spring Summer Autumn End of year 20 feb. 12 h 00 08-march 01 h 00 17-apr 17 h 00 03-may 01 h 00 07-july 12 h 00 9 sept. 01 h 00 23 oct. 17 h 00 2 nov. 01 h 00 18 dec. 12 h 00 4 jan. 01 h 00 20 feb. 12 h 00 08-march 01 h 00 17-apr 17 h 00 03-may 01 h 00 23 oct. 17 h 00 2 nov. 01 h 00 18 dec. 12 h 00 4 jan. 01 h 00 Relevant time switches bb ITA 1c, ITA 4c. Technical Section 11 7/78 Dimensions Section 12 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Connection 8 mm 5 mm Type Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid IHP 1c, 2c, +1c, +2c 2 screwless / pole 2 x 2.5 mm2 PZ1 IHP 18 mm 1c, +1c 2 screwless / pole 2 x 2.5 mm2 IH 60mn 1c SRM 2 screwless / pole 2 x 2.5 mm2 24h 1c SRM, ARM 2 screwless / pole 2 x 2.5 mm2 24h 2c ARM 1.2 N.m 6 mm2 7j 1c ARM 2 screwless / pole 2 x 2.5 mm2 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM 1.2 N.m 6 mm2 IH 18 mm 24h 1c SRM/ ARM 1.2 N.m 6 mm2 IHH 18 mm 7j 1c ARM 1.2 N.m 6 mm2 ITA 1c, ITA 4c 1.2 N.m 6 mm2 IHP 1c/2c, IHP+ 1c/2c are mechanical compatible with electrical distribution comb busbar. Weight (g) Time switches IHP IHP+ IHP 18 mm IHP DCF IH 54 mm IH 18 mm IHH 18 mm ITA 1c ITA 4c 1c / 2c 1c / 2c 1c / +1c 60mn 1c SRM 24h 1c SRM/ARM 24h 2c ARM 7j 1c ARM 24h + 7j 1+1c ARM 24h 1c SRM / ARM 7j 1c ARM Flexible or with ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 6 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 6 mm2 170/ 205 190/ 211 90 244 208 212 / 119 216 119 223 97 101 152 303 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/79 Time switches IHP, IH, IHH and ITA (cont.) Dimensions (mm) IHP time switches 18 45 6 60 44 6 60 44 85 82/85* 85 45 82 45 5.5 18 60 44 19 90 45 69 2P (18 mm) 5P: IHP DCF 2P (18 mm) *5P: IHP 1C/2C/+1C/+2C 5 P: IHP 1C/2C/+1C/+2C ANT DCF antenna 56 70 54 5P : IHP DCF 2P (18 mm) IHP 1C /+ 80 93 84 93 32.5 6.5 2xø4 IH, IHH time switches 6 60 18 44 6 60 54 38 22 7 90 45 82 45 2P (18 mm) ITA yearly time switches 35.8 714.45 44 6P (IH 24h 2c ARM, IH 24h +7j 1+1c ARM) 71.5 44 66 28 54 22 16 90 45 6P (IH 60m 1c RM, IH 24h 1c RM ARM IH 7j 1c ARM) 9900 45 45 90 58 58 4P 63 63 8P DCF antenna and GPS antenna for ITA 65 75 52 45 58 63 89.5 38 Technical Section 11 7/80 11 28.3 11 31 22.8 55 Dimensions Section 12 Twilight switches Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro P111637 P83237 P83237 P111639 P116858 P106856 IC100 Adjustable from 2 to 100 lux. It comes with a wall-mounted cell. IC2000 Adjustable from 2 to 2000 lux. It comes with a standard wall-mounted or switchboard cell. P111640 P83237 P116867 P116853 P116856 P116858 P116859 IC2000P+ It has 3 customisable pre-set programs and 3 setting ranges from 2 to 2100 lux. Its 4 keys and large screen facilitate its programming. It comes with a wall-mounted cell. IC Astro It operates without photoelectric cell and calculates sunrise and sunset times according to its geographic position. It can be customised by using its programmation function. 7 IC 100k Adjustable from 2 to 99000 lux. Its 4 keys and large screen facilitate its programming. It comes with a digital wall-mounted or a switchboard cell. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/81 Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro (cont.) Selection table IC100 IC2000 IC2000P+ P111640 + P83237 P111637 + P83237 P111639 + P116858 + P106856 Function Wiring diagrams P106857 P106858 The IC100 controls closing of a contact when brightness decreases and drops below the selected threshold. It controls opening of a contact when brightness increases and rises above the selected threshold The IC2000 control closing of a contact when brightness decreases and drops below the selected threshold. They control opening of a contact when brightness increases and rises above the selected threshold The IC2000P+ controls lighting according to brightness and time. If brightness drops below the set threshold (twilight function: IC) and if the time program allows relay closing (time switch function), then the lighting circuit is activated L 34 L L 35 P106859 L * L1 3 5 Catalogue numbers 1 2 NL N 15482 N 2 46 N CCT15284 CCT15368 N 2 46 N 15483 (1) 7 Technical specifications Delivered with Optional accessories Wall-mounted cell Wall-mounted cell (CCT15268) Adjustable brightness threshold 2 to 100 lx Voltage rating (Ue) (+10 %, -15 %) 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz Consumption 6 VA Operating temperature -20°C to +50°C Width (9 mm modules) 2 Insulation class Class II Degree of protection IP20B Output contact rating cos j = 1 (under 250 VAC) cos j = 0.6 16 A 10 A Time delays (On and Off) 20 s (On) 80 s (Off) Operating accuracy Monitoring indicator light, not time delayed, Red lit when brightness is less than the threshold Contact switching indicator light Green LCD liquid crystal display Program saving by lithium battery Operating reserve Location for instruction manual on front face Cabling test function with a push-button on front face Number of channels 1 Control by brightness detection b b Coupling with weekly programming Switchboard cell (CCT15281) Switchboard cell (CCT15281) Wall-mounted cell (CCT15268) 2 to 2000 lx Wall-mounted cell (CCT15268) Wall-mounted cell (CCT15268) Switchboard cell (CCT15281) 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 VA -25°C to +50°C 5 Class II IP20B 16 A 10 A u 60 s Red Green b b b b 1 b b Wall-mounted cell Wall-mounted cell (CCT15268) Range 1: 2 to 50 lx Range 2: 60 to 300 lx Range 3: 350 to 2100 lx 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 3 VA -20°C to +50°C 5 Class II IP20B 16 A 10 A Adjustable from 20 to 140 s (80 s by default) < ±1 s / day at 20 °C. Back-lit b b 5-6 years b b 1 b b 42 switching times Minimum switching: 1 min Switching accuracy: 1 s Control by calculation of sunrise/sunset times Languages: (1) English, french, spanish, italian, german, portuguese, swedish, dutch, finnish, norwegian/danish. (2) English, french, spanish, portuguese, hungarian, polish romanian, Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/82 Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro (cont.) IC100kp+ IC100kp+ 1C IC100kp+ 2C IC Astro IC Astro 1C IC Astro 2C P116855 + P116858 P116856 + P116858 P116866 P116867 The IC100kp+ 1C/2C control lighting according to brightness and time. If brightness drops below the set threshold (twilight function: IC) and if the time program allows relay closing (time switch function), then the lighting circuit is activated The IC Astro astronomic programmable twilight switch is used to start and stop an electric load (e.g. lighting) according to sunrise and sunset times, without a brightness detector.Sunrise and sunset times are calculated automatically by the IC Astro according to the geographic parameters configured by the user P106862 P106863 P106860 P106861 L Ext LN + 123 N CCT15490 (2) CCT15491 (3) L 45 6 LN C2 + Ext1/ Ext1 Ext2 Ext2 C1 1 23 N CCT15492 (2) CCT15493 (3) Digital wall-mounted cell (CCT15260) Memory key (alone) (CCT15861) Digital wall-mounted cell (CCT15260) Digital switchboard cell (CCT15261) Programming kit for PC (CCT15860) Memory key (alone) (CCT15861) 1 to 99000 lx L L N 24 Ext1 C1 6 N CCT15223 (2) CCT15224 (3) L L 13 5 C2 N 24 Ext1/ Ext2 C1 6 N CCT15243 (2) CCT15244 (3) Programming kit for PC (CCT15860) Memory key (alone) (CCT15861) Memory key (alone) (CCT15861) According to sunrise/sunset times 7 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 3 VA -30°C to +50°C 4 Class II IP20C 16 A 10 A Adjustable from 0 to 59.59 min. 100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 3 VA 6 VA -25°C to +45°C 5 Class II IP20B 16 A 10 A Difference in sunset and/or sunrise times adjustable separately by ±120 min. Back-lit Back-lit b b 10 years 1 2 b b 6 years b b 1 2 b b 84 switching times Operating accuracy: < ±1 s / day at 20°C Minimum switching: 1 min Switching accuracy: 1 s 84 switching times (not including sunrise/sunset) Minimum time between 2 switching operations: 1 min. Switching accuracy: 1 s Time accuracy: ±1 s /day b b czech, slovak, bulgarian, greek, slovene, serbian, croatian. (3) English, french, italian, german, swedish,dutch, finnish, danish, russian, ukrainian, latvian, lituanien, estonian. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/83 Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro (cont.) Accessories selection table Wall-mounted cell Switchboard cell Programming kit for PC Memory Digital wall- key mounted cell Digital switchboard cell P83237 P116858 P106856 P93580 P93581 P116858 P116859 Function Wall-mounted photoelectric cell Switchboard photoelectric cell Consists of a Saving and Digital wall-mounted Digital wall-mounted programming device, duplicating photoelectric cell photoelectric cell a memory key, a CDROM programs and a 2 m USB cable Mounting bb Delivered with its Delivered fixing device for IC100 with 1 m cable and IC200P+ and its fixing bb Replaced by device CCT15268 for spare part use bb Cell connection: by double insulation 2-conductor cable, not to be laid next to mains cables or water ducts, maximum length: 25 m bb Delivered with its fixing device bb Cell connection: by double insulation 2-conductor cable, not to be laid next to mains cables or water ducts, maximum length: 100 m bb Delivered with its fixing device. bb Cell connection: vv by double insulation 2-conductor cable: - 0.5 - 2.5 mm2 for CCT15260 - 0.25 - 1.5 mm2 for CCT15261 vv Not to be laid next to mains cables or water ducts, maximum length: - 100 m (2 x 1.5 mm2) - 50 m (2 x 0.75 mm2) Catalogue no. CCT15268 15281 CCT15860 CCT15861 CCT15260 CCT15261 7 Technical spécifications Degree of protection Operating temperature Horizontally orientable IP54 IK05 -40°C to +70°C IP65 IP54 IK05 -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C 90° IP55 IP66 -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C 90° 90° Load table Type of lighting (230 V AC) Incandescent and halogen lamps Non-corrected / serial-corrected / dual mounted fluorescent tubes with conventional ballast Parallel corrected fluorescent tubes with conventional ballast Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast Dual-mounted fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast Fluocompact lamps with electronic ballast Fluocompact lamps with conventional ballast Parallel-corrected mercury and sodium vapour lamps Non-corrected/ serial-corrected mercury and sodium vapour lamps Motor Max. power (for higher power, relay with a contactor) IC100 IC2000 IC2000P+ IC Astro 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 2300 VA 400 VA 300 VA 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W, 7 x 23 W 1500 VA 2300 VA 400 VA 300 VA 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W, 7 x 23 W 1500 VA 26 x 36 W, 20 x 58 W, 10 x 100 W 10 x 36 W, 6 x 58 W, 2 x 100 W 9 x 36 W, 6 x 58 W 5 x (2 x 36 W), 3 x (2 x 58 W) 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W 26 x 36 W, 20 x 58 W, 10 x 100 W 10 x 36 W, 6 x 58 W, 2 x 100 W 9 x 36 W, 6 x 58 W 5 x (2 x 36 W), 3 x (2 x 58 W) 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W 400 VA 1000 VA 400 VA 1000 VA 250 VA 250 VA IC 100k 2600 W 26 x 36 W, 20 x 58 W, 10 x 100 W 10 x 36 W, 6 x 58 W, 2 x 100 W 650 VA max. 22 x 7 W, 18 x 11 W, 16 x 15 W, 16 x 20 W, 14 x 23 W 800 VA max. (80uF) 2300 VA max. Technical Section 11 7/84 Dimensions Section 12 Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro (cont.) Specific technical data IC2000P+ External input Voltage rating (Ue) 230 V AC, +10 %, -15 % Frequency 50/60 Hz Input current y 2.5 mA Consumption y 0.4 mW Cable length y 100 m IC Astro Programming longitude -180° (East) to +180° (West) in steps of 1° Programming latitude External inputs for external control with a standard switch or a push-button Programming accessories -90° (South) to +90° (North) in steps of 1° bb 1 input "Ext1" for IC Astro 1C bb 2 inputs "Ext1" and "Ext2" for IC Astro 2C vv consumption: < 0.5 mA vv cable length: y 100 m bb Programming kit for PC consists of a programming device, a memory key, a CDROM and a 2 m USB cable bb Memory key for saving and duplicating programs IC 100k, IC Astro Programming accessories bb Programming kit for PC consists of a programming device, a memory key, a CDROM and a 2 m USB cable bb Memory key for saving and duplicating programs Memory key delivered on front face for IC100kp+ 1C, IC100kp+ 2C and IC Astro External inputs External inputs for external control with a standard switch or a push-button Voltage rating (Ue) bb 1 input "Ext" for 1 channel versions bb 2 inputs "Ext1" and "Ext2"for 2 channels versions bb 230 V AC, +10 %, -15 % for 1 channel versions bb 100-240 V AC +10 %, -15 % for 2 channels versions Frequency 50/60 Hz Input current y 0.5 mA Consumption y 130 mW Cable length y 100 m 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/85 Twilight switches IC100, 1C2000, IC2000P+, IC100k, abd IC Astro (cont.) DB123132 DB122945 DB123553 Connection 8 mm 5 mm Type Tightening torque Copper cables Rigid Flexible or with ferrule IC100, IC2000P+ PZ1 1.2 N.m IC2000, IC Astro, IC 100k 2 screwless / pole IC100, IC Astro are mechanical compatible with electrical distribution comb busbar. Weight (g) y 6 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 y 6 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2 Dimensions (mm) 5 63 18 38 DB124543 Twilight switches IC100 IC2000 IC2000P+ IC Astro IC 100k+/kp+ 1C / IC 100k+/kp+ 2C 173 280 323 132 183/ 352 60 45 5 44 60 45 5 44 16 DB124544 45 83 45 85 45 80 83.5 DB124541 IC100 P106864 60 7 45 5 44 45 85 P106865 IC2000 36 IC2000P+ 64 54 5 44 45 90 DB124545 IC Astro 1C/2C IC 100k+ 1C/2C, IC100kp+ 1C/2C Cells 38 max. 8 ø15.2 DB124546 38 ø15.2 1 13 20 ø20 ø13.5 P106866 < 9 ø 20 63 8-9 10 max. ø 5-10 DB124555 Standard switchboard cell (15281) Fixed externally in vertical position by 2 ø 4 mm screws Digital switchboard cell (CCT15261) DB124548 DB124547 116 25 27.2 9.5 84.3 ø18 ø5 27.2 1.5 R5.5 ø4 94 ø9 ø9 ø9 25 20 61 Wall-mounted cell (delivered with IC100, IC2000P+ ) Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 36 43.5 Standard and digital wall-mounted cell (CCT15268, CCT15260) 7/86 Metering and measurement AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters Application The meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency. Technical data Supply voltage: Operating frequency: Display by red LED: Accuracy at full scale: Consumption: Connection: EMC electromagnetic compatibility: Safety: 230Vac 50 - 60Hz 3 digits 0.5% ± 1 digital 0.3VA Tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cables IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2 IEC EN 61010-1 Specific technical data AMP 10A Minimum value measured: 4% of rating Measurement input 1VA consumption: AMP Multirange Ratings: Minimum value measured: Measurement input consumption: In direct reading: 5A By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60, 100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A 4% of rating 0.55VA VLT Direct measurement: 0 - 600Vac Input impedance: 2 M Minimum value measured: 4% of rating FRE 7 Minimum value measured: 20Hz Maximum value measured: 100Hz Full scale display: 99.9Hz Type Scale Connection with CT Amp with direct connection 0 - 10A Direct AMP with multirating 0 - 5000A As per rating VLT 0 - 600V As per rating FRE 20 - 100Hz As per rating Width in 18mm ways 2 2 2 2 Part number 15202 15209 15201 15208 L N LN 230V 123 4 L N 230V 123 4 0-800V L N 230V 123 4 20-600V Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/87 Basic energy meters Kilowatt-hour meters DB115816 DB118760_i iME1_IMAGE.eps PB108400 PB108401 PB110836 iEM2000T iEM2000 7 iME1zr. iEM2010 Technical Section 11 7/88 iEM2010 iME1zr. Dimensions Section 12 Function Digital kilowatt-hour meters designed for sub-metering of active energy (rms) consumed by a single-phase or three-phase electric circuit with or without distributed neutral. iEM2000T 40 A single-phase kilowatt-hour meter without display, with remote transfer of metering impulses (static output). iEM2000 40 A single-phase kilowatt-hour meter. iEM2010 40 A single-phase kilowatt-hour meter with remote transfer of metering impulses (static output). iME1 Single-phase kilowatt-hour meter. iME1z Single-phase kilowatt-hour meter with partial meter. iME1zr Single-phase kilowatt-hour meter with partial meter and remote transfer of metering impulses (relay output). Catalogue numbers Type Rating (A) Single-phase circuit (1L + N) iEM2000 40 iEM2010 40 iEM2000T 40 iME1 63 iME1z 63 iME1zr 63 Voltage (V AC) 230 230 230 230 230 230 Tolerance Width in Cat. no. (V AC) mod. of 9 mm ±20 2 ±20 2 ±20 2 ±20 4 ±20 4 ±20 4 A9MEM2000 A9MEM2010 A9MEM2000T A9M17065 A9M17066 A9M17067 Main technical data Accuracy class Frequency Consumption Operating temp Connection by tunnel terminals Compliance with standard Sealable screw shield MID Compliance iEM2000T 1 iEM2000/iEM2010 1 48/62 Hz 48/62 Hz <10VA <10VA -10°C to +55°C -10°C to +55°C Top terminals: 4 mm2 Top terminals: 4 mm2 Bottom terminals: 10 mm2 IEC 61557-12 : - PMD/DD/K55/1 Bottom terminals: 10 mm2 IEC 61557-12 : - PMD/DD/K55/1 IEC 62053-21 (accuracy) IEC 62053-21 (accuracy) Yes Yes No Yes iME 1 48/62 Hz 2.5 VA -25°C to +55°C Top terminals: 6 mm2 Bottom terminals: 16 mm2 IEC 61557-12 : - PMD/DD/K55/1 IEC 62053-21 (accuracy) Yes No Description iEM2000, iEM2010, iEM2000T 1 Remote transfer pulse output (iEM2000T, iEM2010). 2 Green power-on indicator light. 3 Yellow metering indicator light (flashing). 4 Display unit (iEM2000, iEM2010). 5 Seal. 6 Allow the comb busbar to pass. iME1, iME1z, iME1zr 1 Pulse output for remote transfer (iME1zr). 2 Flashing meter indicator. 3 Total or partial meter display (iME1z, iME1zr). 4 Wiring error indicator. 5 Push-button: total or partial meter display, reset partial meter (ME1z, ME1zr). 6 Sealing connection. Basic energy meters Kilowatt-hour meters (cont.) DB118815 Circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker Contactor Kilowatt-hour meter Kilowatt-hour meter Contactor Load Load Example: meter on a load switching Installation bb The front panel of the product is IP40 and its housing is IP20. bb Its installation must be appropriate to the operating conditions. bb The protection must not be less than IP65 for outdoor use. Use with a contactor A measurement instrument is normally continually supplied. For a non-continuous supply (load switching), we recommend that you place the breaking device downstream from the measurement instrument to limit disturbances on the module inputs. These disturbances, particularly on inductive loads, may result in early ageing of the device. You must also place the measurement instrument at a distance from the breaking device to limit the risk of disturbance. Specific technical data iEM2000, iEM2010, iEM2000T, iME1, iME1z and iME1zr specific technical data iEM2000 iEM2010 iEM2000T iME1 iME1z iME1zr Direct measurement Up to 40 A Up to 63 A Metering and activity indicator light (yellow) Wiring error indicator 3,200 flashes per kWh Yes 1,000 flashes per kWh Total meter (max. capacity) on one phase Total meter display 999 999.9 kWh In kWh with 7 significant digits (not for iEM2000T) 999.99 MWh In kWh or MWh with 5 significant digits. No decimal point in kWh; 2 digits after the decimal point in MWh Partial meter (max. capacity) on one phase with RESET Partial meter display - - 99.99 MWh - In kWh or MWh with 4 significant digits. No decimal point in kWh; 2 digits after the decimal point in MWh Remote transfer - By static output: - - By NO impulse contact: - ELV insulation voltage: 4 kV, 50 Hz - ELV insulation voltage: 4 kV, 50 Hz - 20 mA/35 V DC max. - 18 mA/24 V DC, 100 mA/230 V AC - 100 impulses of 120 ms per kWh - 1 impulse of 200 ms (contact closing) per kWh 7 Connection Single-phase circuit to impulse meter (iME1zr) DB118858 DB118858 DB114265 iEM2010 Caution bb Do not earth the CT secondary (S2). iME1 / iME1z / iME1zr. bb You must comply with the routing direction of power cables in the current transformer primary. Cables enter in "P1" and leave in "P2" to the loads. DB114264 Technical Section 11 1 Dimensions Section 12 7/89 Kilowatt-hour meters Energy Meter Series iEM3100 Energy Meter Series iEM3255 7 Front of meter parts 1 Configuration mode 2 Values and parameters 3 Unit 4 Cancellation 5 Confirmation 6 Selection 7 Date and time 8 Tariff currently used (iEM3255) 9 Functions/Measurements Technical Section 11 7/90 Dimensions Section 12 Energy Meter Series iEM3000 Functions and characteristics The PowerLogic Energy meter Series iEM3000 offers a cost-attractive, competitive range of DIN rail-mounted energy meters ideal for sub-billing and cost allocation applications. Combined with communication systems, like Smart Link, the iEM3000 series make it easy to integrate electrical distribution measurements into customer's facility management systems. It's the right energy meter at the right price for the right job. Two versions are available: 63A direct measure (iEM3100) and current transformers associated meter (iEM3200). For each range five versions are available to satisfy from basic to advanced applications: b iEM3100/iEM3200: kWh meter with partial counter b iEM3110/iEM3210: kWh meter with partial counter and pulse output. MID certified. b iEM3115/iEM3215: a multi-tariff meter controlled by digital input or internal clock, MID certified. b iEM3150/iEM3250: kWh meter with partial counter and current, voltage, power measurement. Modbus communication. b iEM3155/iEM3255: energy meter, four quadrant, multi-tariffs with partial counter and current, voltage, power measurement. Modbus communication, digital input/ output and MID certified. b Innovative design makes the meters smart and simple: b Easy to install for panel builders b Easy to commission for contractors and installers b Easy to operate for end users Applications Cost management applications bBill verification b Sub-billing, including WAGES view b Cost allocation, including WAGES view Network management applications b Basic electrical parameters like current, voltage and power b Onboard overload alarm to avoid circuit overload and trip b Easy integration with PLC systems by input/output interface b Market segments b bBuildings & Industry b bData centres and networks b bInfrastructure (airports, road tunnels, telecom) b Characteristics bSelf-powered meters bChain measurement (meters + CTs) accuracy class 1 bCompliance with IEC 61557-12, IEC 62053-21/22, IEC 62053-23, EN50470-3 bGraphical display for easy viewing bEasy wiring (without CTs) iEM3100 series bDouble fixation on DIN rail (horizontal or vertical) bAnti-tamper security features ensure the integrity of your data Part numbers Meter model and description Current measurement Part no. iEM3100 basic energy meter iEM3110 energy meter with pulse output iEM3115 multi-tariff energy meter iEM3150 energy meter & electrical parameter plus RS485 comm port iEM3155 advanced multi-tariff energy meter & electrical parameter plus RS485 comm port iEM3200 basic energy meter iEM3210 energy meter with pulse output iEM3215 multi-tariff energy meter iEM3250 energy meter & electrical parameter plus RS485 comm port iEM3255 advanced multi-tariff energy meter & electrical parameter plus RS485 comm port Direct connected 63 A Direct connected 63 A Direct connected 63 A Direct connected 63 A Direct connected 63 A A9MEM3100 A9MEM3110 A9MEM3115 A9MEM3150 A9MEM3155 Transformer connected 6 A Transformer connected 6 A Transformer connected 6 A Transformer connected 6 A A9MEM3200 A9MEM3210 A9MEM3215 A9MEM3250 Transformer connected 6 A A9MEM3255 Kilowatt-hour meters Energy Meter Series iEM3000 Functions and characteristics (cont.) Function guide Direct measurement (up to 63 A) CTs inputs (1 A, 5A) VTs inputs Active energy measurements Four quadrant energy measurements Electrical measurements (I, V, P, etc.) Multi-tariff (internal clock) Multi-tariff (external control) Measurement display Programmable inputs Programmable digital outputs Pulse output kW overload alarm Modbus RS485 MID (legal metrology certification) Width (18 mm module in DIN Rail mounting) iEM3100 iEM3110 iEM3115 iEM3150 iEM3155 iEM3200 iEM3210 iEM3215 iEM3250 iEM3255 b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 b b b b b b b b b b 1 1 b b b b b b b 1 1 b b b b b b b 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Direct connected up to 63 A Connectivity advantages Programmable digital input Programmable digital output Graphic LCD display Communication Standards IEC standardsntegrated display MID External tariff control signal (4 tariffs) Remote Reset partial counter External status, e.g. breaker status Collect WAGES pulses kWh overload alarm (i EM3155/iEM5255) kWh pulses Scroll energies Current, voltage, power, frequency, power factor Modbus RS485 with plug-in screw terminals allows connection to a daisy chain IEC 61557-12, IEC 61036, IEC 61010, IEC 62053-21/22 Class 1 and Class 0.5S, IEC 62053-23 EN 50470-1/3 7 CTs connected (1 A / 5 A) Multi-tariff capability The iEM3000 range allows arrangement of kWh consumption in four different registers. This can be controlled by: b Digital Inputs. Signal can be provided by PLC or utilities b Internal clock programmable by HMI b Through communication This function allows users to: b Make tenant metering for dual source applications to differentiate backup source or utility source b Understand well the consumption during working time and non working time, and between working days and weekends b Follow up feeders consumption in line with utility tariff rates Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/91 Kilowatt-hour meters Energy Meter Series iEM3000 Functions and characteristics (cont.) Specification guide Current (max.) Direct connected Meter constant LED Pulse output Multi-tariff Communication DI/DO MID (EN50470-3) Network Accuracy class Wiring capacity Display max. Voltage (L-L) IP protection Temperature Product size Overvoltage and measurement kWh kVARh Active power Reactive power Currents and voltages Overload alarm Hour counter iEM3100 Range iEM3100 iEM3110 Up to 1000p/kWh 0/1 b iEM3115 63 A 500/kWh 4 tariffs 2/0 b iEM3150 iEM3155 Modbus via RS485 Up to 1000p/kWh 4 tariffs Modbus via RS485 1/1 b 1P+N, 3P, 3P+N Class 1 (IEC 62053-21 and IEC61557-12) Class B (EN50470-3) 16 mm² LCD 99999999.9kWh 3 x 100/173 Vac to 3 x 277/480 Vac (50/60 Hz) IP40 front panel and IP20 casing -25°C to 55°C (K55) 10 steps of 9mm Category III, Degree of pollution 2 b b b b b b b b b b b b b 7 Specification guide iEM3200 Range 1 A / 5 A CTs (max current) iEM3200 iEM3210 iEM3215 6 A iEM3250 iEM3255 Meter constant LED 5000/kWh Pulse output frequency Up to 100p/kWh Up to 100p/kWh Multi-tariff Communication DI/DO MID (EN50470-3) Network Accuracy class 4 tariffs 4 tariffs Modbus via RS485 Modbus via RS485 0/1 2/0 1/1 b b b 1P+N, 3P, 3P+N 1P+N, 3P, 3P+N support CTs support CTs & VTs Class 0.5S (IEC 62053-22 and IEC61557-12) Class C (EN50470-3)(1) Wiring capacity 6 mm² for currents and 4 mm² for voltages Display max. LCD 99999999.9kWh or 99999999.9MWh Voltage (L-L) 3 x 100/173 Vac to 3 x 277/480 Vac (50/60 Hz) IP protection IP40 front panel and IP20 casing Temperature -25°C to 55°C (K55) Product size 10 steps of 9mm Overvoltage & measurement Category III, Degree of pollution 2 kWh b b b b b kVARh b Active power b b Reactive power b Currents and voltages b b Overload alarm b Hour counter b (1) For 1 A CTs Class 1 (IEC6253-21 and IEC61557-12 Class B (EN50470-3) Technical Section 11 7/92 Dimensions Section 12 PB108435 PB108433 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Power Meter Series PM3255 Front of meter parts 1 Control power 2 Display with white backlit 3 Flashing yellow meter indicator (to check accuracy) 4 Pulse output for remote transfer (PM3210) 5 Cancellation 6 Confirmation 7 Up 8 Down Power Meter Series PM3200 Functions and characteristics This PowerLogic Power meter offers basic to advanced measurement capabilities. With compact size and DIN rail mounting, the PM3200 allows mains and feeders monitoring in small electrical cabinets. Combined with current transformers and voltage transformers, these meters can monitor 2-, 3- and 4-wire systems. The graphic display has intuitive navigation to easily access important parameters. Four versions are available offering basic to advanced applications: b PM3200 v Electrical parameters I, In, U, V, PQS, E, PF, Hz v Power/current demand v Min/max. b PM3210 v Electrical parameters I, In, U, V, PQS, E, PF, Hz, THD v Power/current demand, peak demand v Min/max. v 5 timestamped alarms v kWh pulse output b PM3250 v Electrical parameters I, In, U, V, PQS, E, PF, Hz, THD v Power/current demand, peak demand v Min/max. v 5 timestamped alarms v LED to indicate communications v RS485 port for Modbus communication b PM3255 v Electrical parameters I, In, U, V, PQS, E, PF, Hz, THD v Power/current demand and peak demand v Min/max. and 15 timestamped alarms v LED to indicate communications v Up to 4 tariffs management v 2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs v Memory for load profile (demand 10mn to 60mn) v RS485 port for Modbus communication b Innovative design makes the meters smart and simple: b Easy to install for panel builders b Easy to commission for contractors and installers b Easy to operate for end users 7 Applications Cost management applications bBill checking b Sub-billing, including WAGES view b Cost allocation, including WAGES view Network management applications b Panel instrumentation b Up to 15 onboard timestamped alarms to monitor events b Easy integration with PLC system by input/output interface b Market segments b Buildings b Industry b Data centres and networks Meter model and description Performance Part no. PM3200 basic power meter PM3210 power meter with pulse output PM3250 power meter with RS485 port PM3255 power meter plus 2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs with RS485 port Basic power meter METSEPM3200 Power, current, THD, peak METSEPM3210 demand Power, current, THD, peak METSEPM3250 demand Power, current, THD, peak METSEPM3255 demand, memory for load profile Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/93 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Functions and characteristics (cont.) 7 Function guide Performance standard IEC61557-12 PMD/Sx/K55/0.5 General Use on LV and HV systems Number of samples per cycle CT input 1A/5A VT input Multi-tariff Multi-lingual backlit display Instantaneous rms values Current, voltage Per phase and average Active, reactive, apparent power Total and per phase Power factor Total and per phase Energy values Active, reactive and apparent energy; import and export Demand value Current, power (active, reactive, apparent) demand; present Current, power (active, reactive, apparent) demand; peak Power quality measurements THD Current and voltage Data recording Min/max of the instantaneous values Power demand logs Energy consumption log (day, week, month) Alarms with time stamping Digital inputs/digital outputs Communication RS-485 port Modbus protocol PM3200 b b 32 b b 4 b b b b b b b PM3200 Range PM3210 PM3250 b b b b 32 32 b b b b 4 4 b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b 5 5 0/1 b b PM3255 b b 32 b b 4 b b b b b b b b b b b 15 2/2 b b PB108434 Power Meter Series PM3210 Connectivity advantages Programmable digital input Programmable digital output Graphic LCD display Communication External tariff control signal (4 tariffs) Remote Reset partial counter External status like breaker status Collect WAGES pulses Alarm (PM3255) kWh pulses Backlit graphic display allows smart navigation in relevant information and in multi languages Modbus RS485 with screw terminals allows connection to a daisy chain Technical Section 11 7/94 Dimensions Section 12 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Functions and characteristics (cont.) Specifications Type of measurement Measurement accuracy Current with x/5A CTs Current with x/1A CTs Voltage Power factor Active/Apparent Power with x/5A CTs Active/Apparent Power with x/1A CTs Reactive power Frequency Active energy with x/5A CTs Active energy with x/1A CTs Reactive energy Data update rate Update rate Input-voltage characteristics Measured voltage Frequency range Input-current characteristics CT primary CT secondary Measurement input range with x/5A CTs Measurement input range with x/1A CTs Permissible overload Control Power AC DC Input Digital inputs (PM3255) Output Digital output (PM3210) Digital outputs (PM3255) PM3200 Range True rms up to the 15th harmonic on three-phase (3P,3P+N) and single-phase AC systems. 32 samples per cycle 0.3% from 0.5A to 6A 0.5% from 0.1A to 1.2A 0.3% from 50V to 330V (Ph-N), from 80V to 570V (Ph-Ph) ±0.005 from 0.5A to 6A with x/5A CTs; from 0.1A to 1.2A with x/1A CTs and from 0.5L to 0.8C Class 0.5 Class 1 Class 2 0.05% from 45 to 65Hz IEC62053-22 Class 0.5s IEC62053-21 Class 1 IEC62053-23 Class 2 1s 50V to 330V AC (direct / VT secondary Ph-N) 80V to 570V AC (direct / VT secondary Ph-Ph) up to 1MV AC (with external VT) 45Hz to 65Hz Adjustable from 1A to 32767A 1A or 5A 0.05A to 6A 0.02A to 1.2A 10A continuous, 20A for 10s/hour 100/173 to 277/480V AC (+/-20%), 3W/5VA; 45Hz to 65Hz 100 to 300V DC, 3W 11 to 40V DC, 24V DC nominal, <=4mA maximum burden, 3.5kVrms insulation Optocoupler, polarity sensitive, 5 to 30V, 15mA max, 3.5kVrms insulation Solid state relay, polarity insensitive, 5 to 40V, 50mA max, 50 max, 3.5kVrms insulation 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/95 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Functions and characteristics (cont.) 7 Specifications (continued) Mechanical characteristics Weight IP degree of protection (IEC60529) Dimension Environmental conditions Operating temperature Storage temperature Humidity rating Pullution degree Metering category Dielectric withstand Altitude Electromagnetic compatibility Electrostatic discharge Immunity to radiated fields Immunity to fast transients Immunity to surge Conducted immunity Immunity to power frequency magnetic fields Conducted and radiated emissions Safety Communication RS485 port Display characteristics Dimensions (VA) Display resolution Standard compliance PM3200 Range 0.26kg IP40 front panel, IP20 meter body 90 x 95 x 70mm -25 ºC to +55 ºC -40 ºC to +85 ºC 5 to 95% RH at 50ºC (non-condensing) 2 III, for distribution systems up to 277/480VAC As per IEC61010-1, Doubled insulated front panel display 3000m max Level IV (IEC61000-4-2) Level III (IEC61000-4-3) Level IV (IEC61000-4-4) Level IV (IEC61000-4-5) Level III (IEC61000-4-6) 0.5mT (IEC61000-4-8) Class B (EN55022) CE as per IEC61010-1 (1) Half duplex, from 9600 up to 38400 bauds, Modbus RTU (double insulation) 43mm x 34.6mm 128 x 96 dots IEC61557-12, EN61557-12 IEC61010-1, UL61010-1 IEC62052-11, IEC62053-21, IEC62053-22, IEC62053-23 EN50470-1, EN50470-3 (1) Protected throughout by double insulation Technical Section 11 7/96 Power Meter Series PM3250 Dimensions Section 12 Multi-tariff capability The PM3200 range allows arrangement of kWh consumption in four different registers. This can be controlled by: b Digital Inputs. Signal can be provided by PLC or utilities b Internal clock programmable by HMI b Through communication This function allows users to: b Make tenant metering for dual source applications to differentiate backup source or utility source b Understand well the consumption during working time and non working time, and between working days and weekends b Follow up feeders consumption in line with utility tariff rates Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Installation and connection PM3200 series dimensions PB105302 PM3200 top and lower flaps PM3200 series easy installation PB105446 Digital Output and Digital Input sample wiring diagrams 7 PB105445 Note: These are sample wiring diagrams only. For further information please see the Instruction Sheet and User Guide documents for these products. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/97 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Installation and connection (cont.) Note: These are sample wiring diagrams only. For further information please see the Instruction Sheet and User Guide documents for these products. Modbus communications wiring diagram PB108448 Protection (to be adapted to suit the short-circuit current at the connection point) Shorting switch unit PB105325 PM32xx series sample wiring diagrams - 1 phase 7 Note: These are sample wiring diagrams only. For further information please see the Instruction Sheet and User Guide documents for these products. Technical Section 11 7/98 Dimensions Section 12 Basic metering Power Meter Series PM3200 Installation and connection (cont.) Protection (to be adapted to suit the shortcircuit current at the connection point) Shorting switch unit PM32xx Series sample wiring diagrams - 3 phase without VTs PM32xx Series sample wiring diagrams - 3 phase with VTs Note: These are sample diagrams only. For further information please see the Instruction Sheet and User Guide documents for these products. 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/99 DB416186.eps Current transformers CT, Ip/5 A ratio Ph Ip Is Primary Secondary N circuit circuit Measurement equipment Load Application diagram of a CT. The Ip/5A ratio current transformer delivers at the secondary a current (Is) of 0 to 5 A that is proportional to the current measured at the primary (Ip). This allows them to be used in combination with measurement equipment: bb ammeters bb kilowatt-hour meters bb measurement units bb control relays bb etc. When the primary is energized, the measurement equipment nearly acts as a short circuit which keeps the secondary voltage very low. This voltage will increases significantly if the short circuit is removed. CT selection - conductor rating aspects The choice depends on the conductor profile and the maximum intensity of the primary circuit. DB415986.eps CT with let-through primary Conductor type Cable Suggested Current Transformer and mounting DB415920.eps Mixed, bars or cables DB415988.eps Vertical or horizontal bars DB415989.eps Vertical bars DB415987.eps DB415921.eps 7 Ratings (A) CT internal profile 40 to 250 Type C 150 to 800 Type M 200 to 4000 Type D (1) MA MB MC 500 to 600 Type V 5000 to 6000 MD ME MF VF VV (1) Two secondary connectors (parallel internal wiring - only one secondary winding) for easier cable access. 1 lateral + 1 on one extremity. Warning: only one must be used at a time. Specific mounting: use of cylinder A cylindrical metallic spacer ensures a proper CT positioning when the conductor or the CT cannot be positioned perpendicular. Secured by bolt + nut. CT with primary connection by screw and nut (example: use of cylinder with bar or cable) DB416006.eps DB416005.eps Technical Section 11 7/100 Dimensions Section 12 16550 (brass) METSECT5CYL1 (aluminium) Current transformers CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) CT selection - Electrical aspect Ip/5 A bb We recommend that you choose the ratio immediately higher than the maximum measured current (In). Example: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen = 1250/5. bbFor small ratings: from 40/5 to 75/5 and for an application with digital devices, we recommend that you choose a higher rating, for example 100/5. This is because small ratings are less accurate and the 40 A measurement, for example, will be more accurate with a 100/5 CT than with a 40/5 CT. bbSpecific case of the motor starter: to measure motor starter current, you must choose a CT with primary current Ip = Id/2 (Id = motor starting current). Validation of measurement solution according accuracy class It consists in controlling the right adaptation of the CT on the assucary class aspect. The accuracy class is specified in the project. The total dissipated power of the measurement circuit (meter + cables) should not be superior to the specified limit of the CT. This limit is for different standard classes. If necessary, the choice of the cable section, the CT or meter should be modify to fit the requirement. Copper cable cross-section (mm2) Power per doubled meter at 20 °C (VA) Schneider Electric Consumption of device the current input (VA) 1 1 Ammeter 1.1 1.5 0.685 72 x 72 / 96 x 96 2.5 0.41 Analogue ammeter 1.1 4 0.254 Digital ammeter 0.3 6 0.169 PM700, PM800 0.15 10 0.0975 PM3000 0.3 16 0.062 For each temperature variation per 10 °C bracket, the power drawn up by the cables increases by 4 %. 7 Application example Project specification: 200 A, in Ø27 mm cable, accuracy class 1. Our choice is METSECT5MA020. For this CT selected on the chart (next page), the max acceptable power is 7 VA (for "Accuracy class 1" which is specified in the project). Internal Cables profile (mm) type MA Ø27 Bars (mm) 10 x 32 15 x 25 Rating Ip/5 A (A) 150 200 250 300 400 Cat. no. Accuracy class 0.5 1 3 Max. power (VA) METSECT5MA015 3 4 - METSECT5MA020 4 7 - METSECT5MA025 6 8 - METSECT5MA030 8 10 - METSECT5MA040 10 12 - Control of the conformity of the measurement chain: bb PM3000 multi-meter: 0.3 VA. bb 4 meters of 2.5 mm2, doubled wires: 0.41 x 4 = 1.64 VA. Total: 0.3 + 1.64 = 1.94 VA (< 7 VA) Conclusion: this CT is well adapted as the accuracy class will be even better than 1. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/101 Current transformers PB112446.eps METSECT5CCppp PB112461.eps PB112464.eps 7 METSECT5MEppp METSECT5MBppp PB112462.eps PB112460.eps METSECT5MAppp METSECT5MCppp PB112465.eps PB112463.eps METSECT5MFppp Technical Section 11 7/102 METSECT5MDppp Dimensions Section 12 CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Catalogue numbers Presentation of catalogue numbers MET SE CT R FF XXX First digit = secondary rating, R = 5 Amps Last 3 digits = primary rating/10 2 letters = Form Factor Examples: bb METSECT5CC008 = 5 A secondary, Cables only, 75 A primary bb METSECT5MC080 = 5 A secondary, Mixed for cables and bars, 800 A primary. Type C - current transformer (cable profile) Internal profile Cables Bars Rating type (mm) (mm) Ip/5 A (A) Cat. no. CC Ø21 - 40 METSECT5CC004 50 METSECT5CC005 60 METSECT5CC006 75 METSECT5CC008 100 METSECT5CC010 125 METSECT5CC013 150 METSECT5CC015 200 METSECT5CC020 250 METSECT5CC025 Type M - current transformers (mixed: cable/bar profile) ME Ø22 10 x 30 150 METSECT5ME015 11 x 25 200 METSECT5ME020 12 x 20 250 METSECT5ME025 300 METSECT5ME030 400 METSECT5ME040 500 METSECT5ME050 600 METSECT5ME060 MB Ø26 12 x 40 250 METSECT5MB025 15 x 32 300 METSECT5MB030 400 METSECT5MB040 MA Ø27 10 x 32 150 METSECT5MA015 15 x 25 200 METSECT5MA020 250 METSECT5MA025 300 METSECT5MA030 400 METSECT5MA040 MC Ø32 10 x 40 250 METSECT5MC025 20 x 32 300 METSECT5MC030 25 x 25 400 METSECT5MC040 500 METSECT5MC050 600 METSECT5MC060 800 METSECT5MC080 MF Ø35 10 x 40 250 METSECT5MF025 300 METSECT5MF030 400 METSECT5MF040 500 METSECT5MF050 MD Ø40 12 x 50 500 METSECT5MD050 20 x 40 600 METSECT5MD060 800 METSECT5MD080 Current transformers DB415926.eps DB415927.eps Mounting plate installation. DIN rail mounting. Accuracy class 0.5 1 3 Max. power (VA) - - 1 - 1.25 1.5 - 1.25 2 - 1.5 2.5 2 2.5 3.5 2.5 3.5 4 3 4 5 4 5.5 6 5 6 7 Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 44 x 65 x 30 CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Catalogue numbers Common characteristics Secondary current Is (A) Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) Frequency (Hz) Safety factor (sf) Degree of protection Operating temperature Compliance with standards Secondary connection (as per model) (1) Warning: some products are limited to +50 °C. 5 720 50/60 bb 40 to 4000 A: sf y 5 bb 5000 to 6000 A: sf y 10 IP20 bb tropicalised range bb -25 °C to +60 °C (1) bb relative humidity > 95 % bb IEC 61869-2 bb VDE 0414 bb by terminals for lug bb by tunnel terminals bb by screws Fastening mode Accessories Cylinder Sealable cover bb Adapter for DIN rails. bb Mounting plate. 16550 METSECT5CYL1 Included 1.5 5.5 4 7 6 9 7.5 11 10.5 15 12 18 14.5 21.5 3 4 4 6 6 8 3 4 4 7 6 8 8 10 10 12 3 5 5 8 8 10 10 12 12 15 10 12 2.5 5 4 8 8 12 10 12 4 6 6 8 8 12 Technical Section 11 6.5 56 x 84 x 42 bb Adapter for DIN rails. 16551 8.5 11 Option, DIN rail mounting: bb Mounting plate. bb Insulated locking screw. 14 60.5 x 88.5 x 46.5 18 22 26 - 60 x 85 x 43 bb Adapter for DIN rails. - - Option: bb Mounting plate. - 60 x 87 x 60 - 56 x 80 x 43 bb Adapter for DIN rails. METSECT5CYL2 - Option: bb Mounting plate. - 56 x 82 x 60 - - - 70 x 95 x 45 bb Adapter for DIN rails. - - Option: bb Mounting plate. - 70 x 97 x 60 - - - 8 77 x 107 x 46 bb Adapter for DIN rails. - 12 15 Option, DIN rail mounting: bb Mounting plate. bb Insulated locking screw. 15 82 x 113 x 51 - 70 x 95 x 45 bb Adapter for DIN rails. - - Option: bb Mounting plate. - 70 x 97 x 60 Dimensions Section 12 16552 METSECT5COVER METSECT5COVER METSECT5COVER 16553 METSECT5COVER 7 7/103 Current transformers PB112466.eps PB112467.eps METSECT5VFppp METSECT5VVppp PB112455.eps PB112454.eps PB112456.eps METSECT5DAppp 7 METSECT5DBppp PB112457.eps METSECT5DCppp METSECT5DDppp PB112459.eps PB112458.eps METSECT5DEppp METSECT5DHppp CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Catalogue numbers Type V current transformers (vertical bar profile) Internal profile Cables Bars Rating Cat. no. type (mm) (mm) Ip/5 A (A) VF - 11 x 64 31 x 51 500 METSECT5VF050 600 METSECT5VF060 VV - 55 x 165 5000 6000 METSECT5VV500 g METSECT5VV600 g Type D - current transformers (vertical or horizontal bar - dual secondary terminals) DA - 32 x 65 200 METSECT5DA020 250 METSECT5DA025 300 METSECT5DA030 400 METSECT5DA040 500 METSECT5DA050 600 METSECT5DA060 800 METSECT5DA080 1000 METSECT5DA100 1250 METSECT5DA125 g 1500 METSECT5DA150 g DB - 38 x 127 1000 METSECT5DB100 1250 METSECT5DB125 g 1500 METSECT5DB150 g 2000 METSECT5DB200 g 2500 METSECT5DB250 g 3000 METSECT5DB300 g DC - 52 x 127 2000 METSECT5DC200 g 2500 METSECT5DC250 g 3000 METSECT5DC300 g 4000 METSECT5DC400 g DD - 34 x 84 1000 METSECT5DD100 1250 METSECT5DD125 g 1500 METSECT5DD150 g DE - 54 x 102 1000 METSECT5DE100 1250 METSECT5DE125 g 1500 METSECT5DE150 g 2000 METSECT5DE200 g DH - 38 x 102 1250 METSECT5DH125 g 1500 METSECT5DH150 g 2000 METSECT5DH200 g g Operating temperature: -25 °C to +50 °C. Technical Section 11 7/104 Dimensions Section 12 Current transformers CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Catalogue numbers Accuracy class 0.5 1 3 Max. power (VA) 2 4 - 4 6 - Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Fastening mode Accessories Cylinder 90 x 113 x 48 bb Mounting plate. - bb Insulated locking screw. Sealable cover Included 60 - - 177 x 242 x 110 bb Insulated locking screw. - 70 - - Included - 2 5 1 4 - 1.5 6 - 4 8 - 8 10 - 8 12 - 12 15 - 15 20 - 15 20 - 20 25 - 6 10 - 8 12 - 10 15 - 15 20 - 20 25 - 25 30 - 25 30 - 30 50 - 30 50 - 30 50 - 10 15 - 12 15 - 15 20 - 12 15 - 15 20 - 20 25 - 20 25 - 12 15 - 12 15 - 20 25 - 90 x 94 x 90 bb Insulated locking screw. - 99 x 160 x 58 bb Insulated locking screw. - 125 x 160 x 40 bb Insulated locking screw. - 96 x 116 x 58 bb Insulated locking screw. - 135 x 129 x 50 bb Insulated locking screw. - 98 x 129 x 40 bb Insulated locking screw. - Included Included Included Included Included Included 7 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/105 DB415925.eps Current transformers CT current transformers CC internal profile type 37 70 30 65 Ø21 27.5 MA internal profile type 63 56 43 Ø27 80 30.5 MD internal profile type 63 70 45 DB415939.eps DB415934.eps CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Dimensions ME internal profile type 60 56 42 MB internal profile type 63 60 43 DB415923.eps Ø22 84 31 MC internal profile type 65 70 45 Ø26 85 33.5 MF internal profile type 64 77 46 DB415935.eps 95 41 41 DA internal profile type 90 32 40.5 Ø35 107 43 90 DB415922.eps DB415932.eps DB415924.eps 7 Ø40 95 40 65 94 40 DB internal profile type DC internal profile type 99.6 38.2 87 125 55 87 DB415931.eps DB415933.eps 127.2 160 128 160 40 40 Technical Section 11 7/106 Dimensions Section 12 DB415929.eps Current transformers CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Dimensions CT current transformers DD internal profile type DE internal profile type 96.6 34.2 87 135 55 78.4 DB415930.eps DB415928.eps 84.2 116 103 129 40 50 DH internal profile type 98 40 68.4 103 129 40 VV internal profile type 7 VF internal profile type 175 85.5 165 242 DB415936.eps Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/107 Current transformers Cylinders METSECT5CYL1 Ø 21.5 M8 Aluminium 16550 Ø 22 32 21.5 32 CT, Ip/5 A ratio (cont.) Accessories dimensions METSECT5CYL2 Ø 26 DB416002.eps Aluminium 16551 M10 Ø 22.5 DB416004.eps DB416000.eps DB416082.eps Brass Ø 8.5 Covers 16552 82 22.5 Brass Ø 12.5 58 DB415996.eps 31 7 16553 61 54.5 DB415998.eps 26 45 26.5 63 22.5 DB416008.eps METSECT5COVER 60.5 23.5 22 Technical Section 11 7/108 Dimensions Section 12 Metering and measurement 16453. 16462. 16542. 16453 + 16550. Sealable cover. CH/CI counters Application The CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counters count 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters. Specific technical data CH Electromechanical display Maximum display: 99999.99 hours Display accuracy: 0.01% Without reset Storage temperature: -25°C to +85°C Connection: Tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable Consumption: 0.15VA Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C Mounting on symmetrical rail CI Supply and metering voltage: Consumption: Maximum display: Without reset Metering data Storage temperature: Operating temperature: Connection: 230Vac, 50/60 Hz 0.15VA 9 999 999 impulses Minimum impulse time: 50ms Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms -25°C to +85°C -10°C to +70°C Tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable Type CH CI Control voltage 230Vac 230Vac Width in 18mm ways 2 2 Part number 7 15440 15443 CH 23 Load CH CI 23 Kwh Load CI Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 7/109 Contents Powerpact 4 panelboards Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/2 to 8/3 Selection table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/4 Circuit breaker installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/5 Bottom entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/6 to 8/7 Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/6 Incoming device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/7 Top entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/8 to 8/9 Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/8 Incoming device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/9 Outgoing MCCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/10 to 8/11 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/12 Auxiliary function possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/13 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/14 to 8/18 Shrouding kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/14 Extension enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/14 Integrated control and distribution systems (ICDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/15 Replacement items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/15 Residual current protection modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/15 Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/15 Metering facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/16 Current transformer module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/16 Motor operator module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/16 Rotary handles with inbuilt padlocking facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/16 Toggle padlocking attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/16 Connection accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Auxiliary switch for 3 or pole devices only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Voltage releases to fit all MCCBs 16/630A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Terminal shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Single pole shrouding plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/17 Metering facilities for incoming and outgoing circuits . . . . . pages 8/19 to 8/21 Intelligent panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/22 8 Functions and characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/23 to 8/26 Metering and monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 8/27 to 8/28 8/1 Introduction Powerpact 4 panelboards 8 Technical Section 11 8/2 The range of wall and floor mounted Powerpact 4 panelboards is designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 61439-1. The structures are rigid sheet steel finished in a cream colour epoxy powder (RAL 9001). All the boards contain a unique connection system which ensures that all busbar/ breaker connections are tightened to the correct torque. The system comprises a tightening bolt head which shears off when the correct torque is reached. Facilities are provided to enable the breaker to be repositioned at a later time if so required. The breaker range comprises single pole, single pole with switched neutral, double pole, triple pole and three pole with switched neutral and four pole. Incoming device ratings up to 1600A and outgoing ratings up to 630A. The extremely flexible board design allows 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole breakers to be positioned in any order on the busbar stack thus allowing maximum use of the available space and also allowing breakers feeding associated loads to be positioned together. For this reason the number of outgoing ways in the selection tables is expressed in single pole ways as well as three pole ways. Full discrimination simply by missing a frame size. Special breakers Details of the standard breakers that may be fitted into the various sizes of panelboard are given on the following pages. The full range of Compact NSX moulded case circuit breakers includes a wide range of breakers for special applications, higher breaking capacities, additional ratings and adaptations including rotary handles and motor mechanisms for remote operation. Most of these breakers, of ratings up to 630A, can be adapted for use in the Powerpact 4 panelboards. To order these special breakers add the words `for use in Powerpact 4 panelboard' to your ordering description of the breaker. Application The Powerpact 4 is the straight forward answer to all power requirements. It provides an off-the-shelf solution for most standard distribution applications. Range Powerpact 4 is available in many styles to suit various applications in wall mounted and floor standing up to 1600 amps incoming n Style A is a wall mounted Powerboard with 250amp main bars up to 17 single pole outgoing ways. There is no dedicated incomer position giving complete flexibility in the use of the board: splitter board, 2 incomers/1 outgoing or as a conventional board n Style C is a wall mounted Panelboard with 250 amp main bars and side mounted incomer up to 13 outgoing triple pole ways n Style D is a wall mounted Panelboard with up to 630 amp main bars and vertically mounted incomer up to 18 triple pole outgoing ways n Style E is a wall mounted Panelboard with 800 amp main bars and vertically mounted incomer up to 18 triple pole outgoing ways n Style G is a floor standing Panelboard with 1600 amp main bars and the incomer mounted in its own cubicle 14 outgoing triple pole ways extendible to 28 TPways Technical data Incoming Up to 1600A Outgoing Up to 28 triple pole ways (84 single pole ways) Main cable entry Top or bottom Metering Incoming metering and Outgoing metering as an option (incoming standard on style G) Manufactured and tested to BS EN 61349-1 Busbars rated Up to 1600A at 415V, 50Hz Short circuit withstand 36 or 50kA for .5 or 1s Construction Rigid folded sheet steel with removable gland plates and end covers Finish Steelwork in polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Degree of protection IP3X Form 3b type 2 As standard Form 4 type 2 & 6 Extension cubicles Can be achieved by use of individual disconnectable neutral links adjacent to breakers or by the use of 4 pole breakers. Outgoing terminals should be shrouded with long terminal shields. The main neutral bar either side of the incomer should be removed and discarded together with the connecting copper bar. The incoming breaker should be a 4 pole breaker Side/top/bottom extension cubicle is available as an extra Dimensions Section 12 Introduction Powerpact 4 panelboards NSX moulded case circuit breakers Powerpact 4 panelboards have a unique interconnection system which automatically gives the correct torque settings. 1, 2, 3, and 4 pole devices may be mixed to suit the installation needs without loss of space. Metering n A PowerLogic PM5000 series multi-function digital meter is fitted as standard to monitor the incoming supply on style G and as an option on other styles. It is also used for all outgoing metering. Readings available voltage, current, frequency, power, energy, demand values and harmonic distortion. The meter also provides a pulse output for kWh and kVArh. n A side extension cubicle may be fitted on styles D/E/G which has provision for metering outgoing circuits, refer to metering on page 2/18. This cubicle also acts as a cable extension box. Technical data for circuit breakers Manufactured and tested to BS EN 60947-2 Ics 100% Icu 16 - 630A, 75%Icu 800 - 1600A Calibration temperature 400C Thermal adjustment 16 - 250A = 0.7 - 1 x In (3 and 4 pole) 400 - 630A = 0.4 - 1 x In 800 1600A = 0.4 x In MCCB Icu & terminal size 16 - 100A 36kA 6mm bolt 160 - 250A 36kA 8mm bolt 400 - 630A 50kA 10mm bolt 800 1600 50kA 2 x 12mm bolts Earth fault protection n May be added to any 4 pole MCCB n Sensitivities 30, 300mA 1, 3, 10A n Time delay 0, 60, 150, 310 milli - seconds 800/1250/1600A breakers 800/1250/1600A breakers are fitted with Micrologic 5.0 control units to enable full discrimination with the outgoing breakers to be obtained. Alternative control units may be fitted if required. 250A panelboards The main incoming device is side mounted at the bottom right hand side. If a 4 pole incomer is used the number of outgoing ways available is reduced by one 8 single pole way. The incoming terminal shroud can be positioned to suit a 3 or 4 pole incoming breaker. 250A powerboard One 3 pole terminal shield for a 250A breaker is supplied as standard for the main incoming terminals. Two adjacent 3 or 4 pole toggle operated breakers may be mechanically interlocked using Part number LV429354. 400/630Apanelboard The line (supply) terminals on the incoming device must be suitably shrouded. The board is supplied with 1 or 3 pole shroud for a 400/630A breaker. For other breakers suitable terminal shields should be ordered separately: 250A 3 pole LV429323 250A 4 pole LV429324 400/630A 4 pole LV432595 These terminal shields are supplied singly. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/3 Selection table Powerpact 4 panelboards Busbar short circuit withstand Number of outgoing ways 13SP inc incomer 17SP inc incomer 15SP (5TP) 18SP (6TP) 21SP (7TP) 27SP (9TP) 36SP (12TP) 39SP (13TP) 42SP (14TP) 54SP (18TP) 84SP(28TP) Incoming device 100A MCCB 160A MCCB 250A MCCB 400A MCCB 630A MCCB 800A MCCB 1250A MCCB 1600A MCCB 250A fuse switch Incomer - field installable Two incomers, mechanically interlocked 250A 250A 400/630A Powerboard Panelboard Panelboard 36kA 36kA, 1s 36kA, 1s n n n n n n n n n n n n 800A 1600A Panelboard panelboard 50kA, 1s 50kA, 1s n n n n n n n Main incoming cable entry Top Bottom n Incoming metering 8 Outgoing metering n Top/bottom extension boxes Side extension boxes Integrated control and distribution unit Earth leakage protection on outgoing circuits Standard n Option Technical Section 11 8/4 Dimensions Section 12 Circuit breaker installation Powerpact 4 panelboards The 4 pole busbar system ready to accept the circuit breaker. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 The circuit breaker is placed in the panelboard and pushed up to the busbars. 1P, 2P, 3P and 4 pole breakers may be mixed in any order on the busbars. The circuit breaker fixing screw is fitted and tightened to retain the breaker in the board. Retaining screw M5 8.5mm long. The connections to the busbars are tightened until the tops of the connection bolts shear off. This ensures that the correct torque has been applied to the 8 connections. The circuit breaker is now mechanically & electrically connected in the panel board. It is now ready for the outgoing cables. Note how the breaker cassette fully shrouds the busbars. Unused positions must be fitted with blanking plates. To remove (17mm bi-hexagonal socket) RS number 572-864 (1/2") 8/5 Selection table 8 Powerpact 4 panelboards Bottom entry boards Main cable entry at bottom Busbar short circuit withstand Number of incomer outgoing ways Single pole Triple pole 250A Powerboard Style A 13 3 36kA, 1s 17 4 13 4 meters 17 4 meters Part number MG25C2 MG25C4 MG25C2M MG25C4M Style C 36kA, 1s 15 5 21 7 27 9 39 13 MG2C5 MG2C7 MG2C9 MG2C13 400/630A Panelboard Style D 18 6 36kA, 1s 36 12 54 18 MG6C6 MG6C12 MG6C18 800A Panelboard Style E 18 6 50kA, 1s 36 12 54 18 MG8C6 MG8C12 MG8C18 1600A Panelboard Style G 42 50kA, 1s 42 14 14 Extension cubicle MG16C14 MG16CE14 Technical Section 11 8/6 Dimensions Section 12 Above supplied with 3 SP shrouds - 1600A supplied with 6 Incoming devices Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Powerpact 4 panelboards Bottom entry moulded case circuit breakers Incoming devices Current rating Number of poles Circuit breaker 100 3 160 3 250 3 400 3 630 3 800 3 1250 3 1600 3 Style of board A,C,D A,C,D A,C,D D D E G G Part number MGP1003X MGP1603X MGP2503X MGP4003X MGP6303X 33552 + LV433638 + 33646 33564 33568 100 4 A,C,D MGP1004X 160 4 A,C,D MGP1604X 250 4 A,C,D MGP2504X 400 4 D MGP4004X 630 4 D MGP6304X 800 4 33555 + E LV433639 + 33646 1250 4 G 33566 1600 4 G 33570 If specifying alternative breakers for the 800A panelboard, one long terminal shield and one set of phase separators must also be ordered. Switch disconnector 100 3 A,C,D MGP1003NAX 160 3 A,C,D MGP1603NAX 250 3 A,C,D MGP2503NAX 400 3 D MGP4003NAX 630 3 D MGP6303NAX 800 3 33487 + E LV433638 + 33646 1250 3 1600 3 G G 33489 33490 8 100 4 A,C,D MGP1004NAX 160 4 A,C,D MGP1604NAX 250 4 A,C,D MGP2504NAX 400 4 D MGP4004NAX 630 4 D MGP6304NAX 800 4 33492 + E LV433639 + 33646 1250 4 G 33494 1600 4 G 33495 Direct connection 250 3 C MGP2503LL 250 4 C MGP2504LL 630 4 D MGPCIN Protection must be provided upstream by a suitably rated breaker. Disconnectable neutral link 250 1 630 1 A,C,D D MGP250NL MGP630NL 8/7 Selection table 8 Powerpact 4 panelboards Top entry boards Main cable entry at top Busbar short Number of outgoing ways circuit withstand Single pole Triple pole 250A Panelboard Style C 15 5 36kA, 1s 21 7 27 9 39 13 Part number MG2C5 MG2C7 MG2C9 MG2C13 400/630A Panelboard Style D 18 6 36kA, 1s 36 12 54 18 MG6C6 MG6C12 MG6C18 800A Panelboard Style E 18 6 50kA, 1s 36 12 54 18 MG8C6T MG8C12T MG8C18T 1600A Panelboard Style G 42 50kA, 1s 42 14 14 Extension cubicle MG16C14T MG16CE14T Technical Section 11 8/8 Dimensions Section 12 Incoming devices Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Powerpact 4 panelboards Top entry moulded case circuit breakers Incoming devices Current rating Number of poles Circuit breaker 100 3 160 3 250 3 100 3 160 3 250 3 400 3 630 3 800 3 1250 3 1600 3 Style of board C C C D D D D D E G G Part number MGP1003X MGP1603X MGP2503X MGP1003TX MGP1603TX MGP2503TX MGP4003TX MGP6303TX 33552 + LV433638 + 33646 33564 33568 100 4 160 4 250 4 100 4 160 4 250 4 400 4 630 4 800 4 1250 4 1600 4 C MGP1004X C MGP1604X C MGP2504X D MGP1004TX D MGP1604TX D MGP2504TX D MGP4004TX D MGP6304TX 33555 + E LV433639 + 33646 G 33566 G 33570 If specifying alternative breakers for the 800A panelboard, one long terminal shield and one set of phase separators must also be ordered. Switch disconnector 100 3 160 3 250 3 100 3 160 3 250 3 400 3 630 3 800 3 1250 3 1600 3 C MGP1003NAX C MGP1603NAX C MGP2503NAX D D D MGP2503NATX D MGP4003NATX D MGP6303NATX 33487 + E LV433638 + G G 33646 33489 33490 8 100 4 160 4 250 4 100 4 160 4 250 4 400 4 630 4 800 4 C MGP1004NAX C MGP1604NAX C MGP2504NAX D D D MGP2504NATX D MGP4004NATX D MGP6304NATX 33492 + E LV433639 + 33646 1250 4 1600 4 G 33494 G 33495 If specifying alternative breakers for the 800A panelboard, one long terminal shield is required for the incoming terminals Direct connection 250 3 250 4 C MGP2503LL C MGP2504LL 630 4 D MGPCIN Protection must be provided upstream by a suitably rated breaker. Disconnectable neutral link 250 1 C,D 630 1 D MGP250NL MGP630NL 8/9 Outgoing devices 8 Powerpact 4 panelboards Moulded case circuit breakers Rating Module width (35mm) Part Number Single pole Breaking capacity 25kA at 230V L1 16 1 25 1 30 1 40 1 50 63 1 MGP0161L1 MGP0251L1 MGP0301L1 MGP0401L1 MGP0501L1 MGP0631L1 80 1 MGP0801L1 100 1 MGP1001L1 125 1 MGP1251L1 160 1 MGP1601L1 L2 MGP0161L2 MGP0251L2 MGP0301L2 MGP0401L2 MGP0501L2 MGP0631L2 MGP0801L2 MGP1001L2 MGP1251L2 MGP1601L2 L3 MGP0161L3 MGP0251L3 MGP0301L3 MGP0401L3 MGP0501L3 MGP0631L3 MGP0801L3 MGP1001L3 MGP1251L3 MGP1601L3 Two pole phase to neutral Breaking capacity 85kA at 230V L1 - N 16 2 MGP0162L1N 25 2 MGP0252L1N 30 2 MGP0302L1N 40 2 MGP0402L1N 50 MGP0502L1N 63 2 MGP0632L1N 80 2 MGP0802L1N 100 2 MGP1002L1N 125 2 MGP1252L1N 160 2 MGP1602L1N L2 - N MGP0162L2N MGP0252L2N MGP0302L2N MGP0402L2N MGP0502L2N MGP0632L2N MGP0802L2N MGP1002L2N MGP1252L2N MGP1602L2N L3 - N MGP0162L3N MGP0252L3N MGP0302L3N MGP0402L3N MGP0502L3N MGP0632L3N MGP0802L3N MGP1002L3N MGP1252L3N MGP1602L3N Two pole phase to phase Breaking capacity 25kA at 415V L1 - L2 16 2 MGP0162L12 25 2 MGP0252L12 30 2 MGP0302L12 40 2 MGP0402L12 50 MGP0502L12 63 2 MGP0632L12 80 2 MGP0802L12 100 2 MGP1002L12 125 2 MGP1252L12 160 2 MGP1602L12 L2 - L3 MGP0162L23 MGP0252L23 MGP0302L23 MGP0402L23 MGP0502L23 MGP0632L23 MGP0802L23 MGP1002L23 MGP1252L23 MGP1602L23 L3 - L1 MGP0162L31 MGP0252L31 MGP0302L31 MGP0402L31 MGP0502L31 MGP0632L31 MGP0802L31 MGP1002L31 MGP1252L31 MGP1602L31 Technical Section 11 8/10 Dimensions Section 12 Outgoing devices Powerpact 4 panelboards Moulded case circuit breakers Rating Module width (35mm) Three pole Breaking capacity 36kA at 415V 16 3 25 3 32 3 40 3 50 3 63 3 80 3 100 3 125 3 160 3 200 3 250 3 400 4 (1) (2) 630 4 (1) (2) Part Number 3 phase MGP0163X MGP0253X MGP0323X MGP0403X MGP0503X MGP0633X MGP0803X MGP1003X MGP1253X MGP1603X MGP2003X MGP2503X MGP4003X MGP6303X Four pole Breaking capacity 36kA at 415V 3 phase + neutral 16 4 MGP0164X 25 4 MGP0254X 32 4 MGP0324X 40 4 MGP0404X 50 4 MGP0504X 63 4 MGP0634X 80 4 MGP0804X 100 4 MGP1004X 125 4 MGP1254X 160 4 MGP1604X 200 4 MGP2004X 250 4 MGP2504X 400 630 6 (1) (2) 6 (1) (2) MGP4004X One MGPBB25also required MGP6303X One MGPBB25also required 8 Disconnectable neutral links 250 1 MGP250NL 630 2 MGP630NL One MGPBB25 also required (1) If fitted in 630 or 800A board a shrouding kit is required. (2) Breaking capacity 50kA at 415V. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/11 Outgoing devices 8 Technical Section 11 8/12 Dimensions Section 12 Powerpact 4 panelboards Moulded case circuit breakers Description Three pole PP4 MCCB 3P 16A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 25A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 32A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 40A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 50A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 63A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 80A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 100A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 125A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 160A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 200A 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 250A 50kA Four pole PP4 MCCB 4P 16A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 25A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 32A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 40A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 50A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 63A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 80A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 100A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 125A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 160A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 200A 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 250A 50kA Three pole (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 3P 40A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 3P 100A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 3P 160A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 3P 250A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 3P 40A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 100A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 160A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 3P 250A (ML2.2) 50kA Four pole (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 4P 40A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 4P 100A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 4P 160A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 4P 250A (ML2.2) PP4 MCCB 4P 40A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 100A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 160A (ML2.2) 50kA PP4 MCCB 4P 250A (ML2.2) 50kA Three pole (ML5.3E) PP4 MCCB 3P 400A (ML5.3E) PP4 MCCB 3P 630A (ML5.3E) Four pole (ML5.3E) PP4 MCCB 4P 400A (ML5.3E) PP4 MCCB 4P 630A (ML5.3E) Part Number MGP0163XN MGP0253XN MGP0323XN MGP0403XN MGP0503XN MGP0633XN MGP0803XN MGP1003XN MGP1253XN MGP1603XN MGP2003XN MGP2503XN MGP0164XN MGP0254XN MGP0324XN MGP0404XN MGP0504XN MGP0634XN MGP0804XN MGP1004XN MGP1254XN MGP1604XN MGP2004XN MGP2504XN MGP0403XE2 MGP1003XE2 MGP1603XE2 MGP2503XE2 MGP0403XE2N MGP1003XE2N MGP1603XE2N MGP2503XE2N MGP0404XE2 MGP1004XE2 MGP1604XE2 MGP2504XE2 MGP0404XE2N MGP1004XE2N MGP1604XE2N MGP2504XE2N MGP4003X5E MGP6303X5E MGP4004X5E MGP6304X5E Technical data Powerpact 4 panelboards Dimensions Type Height Width Depth (1) mm mm mm Style A - 250A powerboard 3 way 650 600 268 4 way 650 778 268 Style C - 250A panelboard 5 way 680 853 260 198 7 way 785 853 260 198 9 way 890 853 260 198 13 way 1075 853 260 198 Style D - 400/620A panelboard 6 way 1178 850 260 290 12 way 1493 850 260 290 18 way 1808 850 260 290 Style E - 800A panelboard 6 way 1580 850 260 490 (3) 12 way 1896 850 260 490 (3) 18 way 2210 850 260 490 (3) Style G - 1600A panelboard 14 way 2106 1256 450 708 (2) 14 way extension 2106 850 450 (1) Distance from gland plate to incoming terminals (2) Terminals will accept up to 3 lugs 400mm2 per phase (3) Main connection M12 bolt 250 or 500 Weight kg 32 57 40 44 50 60 66 89 98 86 104 122 375 200 250 or 500 200 or 400 Corner Top extension Corner 8 Side extension or meter box Panelboard Side extension or meter box Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 200 or 400 Corner Bottom extension Corner 850 Note: Side extensions and corner units cannot be fitted to 250A panelboards 8/13 Moulded case circuit breakers OF SD SDE OF2 MN/MX Motor mechanism or Rotary handle SDV Powerpact 4 panelboards Auxiliary function options NSX100/160/250 OF1 OF2 OF3 SD SDE MN/MX Rotary handle NSX400/630 SDV 8 CAF1 CAF2 CAO1 CAO2 rotary handle COM SDE OF1 OF2 OF3 SD MN or MX Manually operated device Technical Section 11 8/14 Dimensions Section 12 NS800/1600 OF SD MX MN SDE SDV CAF CAO COM Changeover auxiliary contact Changeover alarm switch Shunt trip Undervoltage release Fault alarm Earth fault alarm Early make auxiliary contacts (with rotary handle) Early break auxiliary contacts (with rotary handle) Communications function All accessories are capable of being fitted on site. Full details may be obtained from the Compact NS moulded case circuit breaker catalogue. Accessories Powerpact 4 panelboards Shrouding kit (400/630A and 800A panelboards only) Provides additional support for device and shrouding for front cover. One shrouding kit must be used per side when fitting either outgoing 400/630A MCCBs or outgoing ammeter and/or earth leakage protection. In addition to the shrouding kit an additional 25mm three stage filler piece is required when 4 pole 400A or 630A circuit breakers are fitted on the outgoing pan assembly MGPTSF25. Number of outgoing ways Part number SP TB 18 6 MGPCH6 36 12 MGPCH12 54 18 MGPCH18 Extension enclosure 250A powerboard style A side extension TPways Mounting arrangement Side Top/bottom 3 W600 4 W600 Part number MG25EXC MG25EXC 250A panelboard style C top or bottom extension 5,7,9,13 H200 More than one extension can be added if required. MG6CEX 400/630A panelboard style D and 800A panelboard style E top or bottom extension Top/bottom ext. 6,12.18 H200 MG6CEX Side extensions Side ext. 6 W250 MGPXC206 Side ext. 12 W250 MGPXC212 Side ext. 18 W250 MGPXC218 Side ext. 6 W500 MGPXC506 Side ext. 12 W500 MGPXC512 Side ext. 18 W500 MGPXC518 For side extensions with metering facility see page 8/20. 8 More than one extension can be added if required. Side extensions are recommended when 400A and 630A outgoers are fitted or when outgoing circuit breakers have earth fault protection. Corner units style D/E W250 H200 MGPC2025 W500 H200 MGPC2050 W250 H400 MGPC4025 W500 H400 MGPC4050 For squaring off a panelboard when a top or bottom extension and side extension are used together.and side extension are used together. 1600A panelboard style G side extension 14 W400 More than one extension can be added if required. Metering MG16CEM4 MG16CEX4 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/15 Accessories 8 Powerpact 4 panelboards Replacement items Door and cover assembly 250A powerboard 9 way 13 way 9 way + metering 13 way + metering 400/630A 18 way panelboard 36 way 54 way 800A 18 way panelboard 36 way 56 way Gland plate for 400/630/800A panelboard Door lock kit up to 800A 2 spare door keys Touch up paint RAL9001 Spray Brush Adhesive drawing pocket RAL9001 MG25FCC2 MG25FCC4 MG25FCC2M MG25FCC4M MG6FCC6 MG6FCC12 MG6FCC18 MG8FCC6 MG8FCC12 MG8FCC18 MGPGPC8 MGPP4S007 MGK33 08962 08961 08963 Residual current protection modules Using 4 pole residual current add-on modules (Vigi block) for incoming or outgoing ways (requires a 4 pole MCCB). Frame rating Earth leakage tripping current options (A) Current rating MCCB Vigi module Part number Up to 160A 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10* NSX100/160 LV429211 200 - 250A 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10* NSX250 LV431536 400 - 630A 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 - 30* NSX400/630 LV432456 * Time delay settings (ms) 0 - 60 - 150 and 310 (30mA - instantaneous only). (i) For combinations of items of RCD's, metering and remote metering please contact us for further information. Technical Section 11 8/16 Dimensions Section 12 Accessories Powerpact 4 panelboards Metering facility n 3 phase current transformer module with voltage measurement outputs. n Fits directly on the terminals of the breaker. n The voltage measurement outputs have inbuilt protection with automatic reset. n Suitable for use with the PowerLogic range of meters. Breaker CT ratio VAoutput Class at VA Part number output 3 pole 4 pole NS100 125/5 1.1 1.0 LV429461 LV429462 NS160 150/5 1.1 1.0 LV430561 LV430562 NS250 250/5 1.1 0.5 LV431569 LV431570 NS400 400/5 2.0 0.5 LV432653 LV432654 NS630 600/5 2.0 0.5 LV432861 LV432862 Current transformer module nt transformer module n 3 phase current transformer module. n Fits directly on the terminals of the breaker. Breaker CT ratio VAoutput Class at VA Part number output 3 pole 4 pole NS100 125/5 1.6 3.0 LV429457 LV429458 NS160 150/5 3.0 3.0 LV430557 LV430558 NS250 250/5 5.0 3.0 LV431567 LV431568 NS400 400/5 8.0 3.0 LV432657 LV432658 NS630 600/5 8.0 3.0 LV432857 LV432858 Motor operator module All 3 pole and 4 pole breakers up to 250A can be fitted with a motor operator mechanism allowing remote opening and closing of the circuit breaker. Operating voltages 50Hz a.c. 48 - 415V d.c. 24 - 250V Specify requirements at time of ordering the breaker. 8 Rotary handles with inbuilt padlocking facilities Current rating Part number Black Red/yellow Up to 250A LV429337 LV429339 400/630A LV432597 LV432599 Toggle padlocking attachments Locking in OFF position Current rating Part number Removable Fixed 250A 29370 LV429371 630A 29370 LV432631 800A 44936 LV432631 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/17 Accessories Powerpact 4 panelboards 8 Technical Section 11 8/18 Dimensions Section 12 Connection accessories Bare cable connectors Capacity Breaker 1.5 - 95mm2 160 10 - 185mm2 250 35 - 300mm2 630 2 x 95 - 240mm2 630 Part number Set of 3 Set of 4 LV429242 LV429243 LV429259 LV429260 LV432479 LV432480 LV432481 LV432482 Crimp cable lugs supplied with phase barriers 120mm2 copper 250 150mm2 copper 250 185mm2 copper 250 240mm2 copper 630 300mm2 copper 630 150mm2 aluminium 250 185mm2 aluminium 250 240mm2 aluminium 630 300mm2 aluminium 630 Spreaders A Pole pitch mm 250 45 250 45 630 52.5 630 52.5 Quantity Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4 LV429252 LV429253 LV429254 LV432500 LV432502 LV429504 LV429506 LV432504 LV432506 LV429256 LV429257 LV429258 LV432501 LV432503 LV429505 LV429507 LV432505 LV432507 Part number LV431563 LV431564 LV432490 LV432491 Auxiliary switch for 3 or 4 pole devices only n For all MCCBs n Used to indicate open, closed or tripped status n SDE adaptor required for trip unit devices up to 250ATM or MA(to indicate trip on overcurrent). Two auxiliary switches will be needed to indicate open, closed and tripped status Part number Auxiliary changeover switch 29450 SDE adaptor 29451 Voltage releases to fit all MCCBs 16/630A for 3 or pole devices only AC 50/60Hz Voltage (V) Part number Shunt trip (MX) Undervoltage release (MN) 200/240 LV429387 LV429407 380/415 LV429388 LV429408 Other voltages available - refer to Compact NSX catalogue. Terminal shields Current rating (A) Part number Up to 160A single pole and 250A neutral link LV429320 Up to 160A 2 pole Up to 250A 3 pole (single) long LV429320 x 2 LV429517 Up to 250A 4 pole (single) long LV429518 Up to 400/630A 3 pole (single) LV432593 Up to 400/630A 4 pole (single) LV432594 For shielding a TP MCCB with neutral lnik use the 4 pole terminal shield. Single pole shrouding plates MGPBBP MGPBB25 Single pole shrouding plates are required for each unoccupied outgoing way. In addition a 25mm shrouding plate is always required when 4 pole 400A or 630A circuit breakers are mounted on the outgoing pan assembly. Boards up to 800A are supplied with 3 x MGPBBP. 1600A board is supplied with 6 x MGPBBP. Metering facilities for incoming and outgoing circuits Powerpact 4 panelboards The PowerLogic PM5000 series power meter offers all the measurement capabilities required to monitor an electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit extending only 72 mm behind the mounting surface. With its large display, you can monitor all three phases and neutral at the same time. The anti-glare display features large 11 mm high characters and powerful backlighting for easy reading even in extreme lighting conditions and viewing angles. The PowerLogic PM5000 series meters are available in 12 versions: n PM5100, basic metering with up to 15th individual harmonic measurement and one pulse output for energy metering n PM5110, same function as PM5100, plus RS485 port for Modbus communication n PM5111, same function as PM5110, plus MID certified n PM5310, basic metering with up to 31st individual harmonic measurement, 256KB data logging, two digital inputs, two digital output and one RS485 port for Modbus communication n PM5320, basic metering with up to 31st individual harmonic measurement, 256KB data logging, two digital inputs, two digital output and one Ethernet port for Modbus TCP/IP communication n PM5330, same function as PM5310, plus two relay outputs n PM5331, same function as PM5330, plus MID certified n PM5340, same function as PM5320, plus two relay outputs n PM5341, same function as PM5340, plus MID certified n PM5560, basic metering with up to 63rd individual harmonic measurement, 1.1MB data logging, four digital inputs, two digital outputs, one RS485 port for Modbus and two Ethernet port for Modbus TCP/IP communications, embedded webpages n PM5561, same function as PM5560, plus MID certified n PM5563, same function as PM5560, but DIN rail mounted without display Applications Sub billing/tenant metering Cost allocation Basic Power Quality monitoring Min/Max monitoring with timestamp Programmed alarming WAGES monitoring Characteristics Requires only 72 mm behind mounting surface The Power Meter Series 5000 can be mounted on switchboard doors to maximise free space for electrical devices. Large back lit display with integrated bar charts Displays 4 measurements at a time for fast readings. Intuitive use Easy navigation using context-sensitive menus. Power and current demand, THD ,TDD, individual harmonics and min/max reading in basic version A high-performance solution for trouble-free monitoring of your electrical installation. Active energy IEC 62053-22 class 0.5S (PM5100 and PM5300 models) and class 0.2S (PM5500 models) Suitable for cost-allocation applications. Legal billing compliance Meets EN50470-1/3-Class C that specifies requirements for billing applications. Performance measuring and monitoring devices Meet IEC 61557-12 PMD/S/K55/0.5 (PM5100 and PM5300 models) and IEC61557-12 PMD/S/K55/0.2 (PM5500 model) 8 that specifies requirements for combined Performance Measuring and monitoring Devices (PMD) Innovative Power Meter RS 485 communications, alarming and digital I/O in a single Power Meter (PM5310). Power meter inputs The NSX moulded case circuit breakers up to 630A have current transformer modules that fit directly on to the load terminals of the breaker. As well as the current transformer coils they also have self protected voltage connections off each phase. This eliminates the need to have additional overcurrent protection on these circuits. The meter is wired direct from this CT module without the need for any intermediate devices. Panelboard configurations 250A Powerboard There are two versions of this equipment, basic or with the facility to have metering. The meter versions allow metering to be added to any 3 or 4 pole MCCB fitted in the board. All components are easily fitted; there are no extension boxes to fit or apertures to cut. The meters are positioned behind the overall lockable door preventing unauthorised access to the meters. MG25C2M has 4 apertures, MG25C4M has 5. Note: the meters and CT modules must be ordered separately. The wiring looms to link the CT modules to the meters are included with the panelboards. Metering options are not available for the 250A panelboard. It is recommended that a MG6Pxx board is used with a 250A incomer. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/19 Metering facilities for incoming and outgoing circuits 8 Technical Section 11 8/20 Dimensions Section 12 Powerpact 4 panelboards Ordering references 250A powerboard with metering facility 13 SP positions 17 SPpositions MG25C2M MG25C4M 250A Panelboard Incoming/Outgoing metering The metering extension box allows for metering for the incoming and outgoing devices to be metered. The kit comes complete with a fuse holder and wiring looms to provide power to the meters. The meters and CT modules are ordered separately. 630 & 800A Panelboards Incoming metering This is easily added to a board when it is first being installed. The kit comprises an extension box that houses the meter and, when fitted to the same end of the board as the incomer, provides additional space for the main incoming cables. All components including the meter, CTs and wiring is included in the kit. The meter is fully set up for the CT ratio and the voltage configuration. Outgoing circuit metering Metering can be fitted to some or all of the three phase outgoing circuits on 630A & 800A boards whether the boards are fitted with incoming metering or not. The arrangement consists of side extension boxes that house the meters and also provide additional cabling space. Meters and current transformers are ordered separately to meet the needs of the installation. The necessary cable looms are included wi th the steelwork. The meters are mounted on hinged doors. The box also contains the auxiliary busbar that provides the 240V control supply for the meters. The left hand extensions have sufficient meter positions for half the number of outgoing ways. The right hand extensions have positions for half the number of outgoing ways plus three additional positions. These extra positions may be used for additional metering or mounting surge arresters, control fuses etc. The lower two positions have a transparent window and DIN rail. This can be removed if not required. Note: the meters, CT modules and surge arresters must be ordered separately Incoming and outgoing metering for boards up to 630A (This arrangement is not applicable for boards fitted with MGPINC direct connections). When both incoming and outgoing metering is required there is a very cost effective solution by incorporating the incoming metering into the right hand side extension box. Components required are: n Standard extension box MG6CEX to provide the required cable spreading space n Current transformer module to fit on line side of incoming breaker. n PM750MG meter. n Two MGPC2025 corner units, optional The meter should be cabled to the CT module according to the diagram supplied. (loom not supplied). The auxiliary supply to the meter should be taken from one phase and neutral and must be suitably fused. Note. A warning notice should be placed in the board as the voltage connections are taken off the live side of the main breaker. MG2C* 250A board Incoming metering kit 250A MG6CEXM MG6Cxx 630A board Incoming metering kit 400A MG64M 630A MG66M MG8Cxx 800A board Incoming metering kit 800A MG88M MG88MX - less meter 630A & 800A outgoing metering side extension boxes 6 way board Left hand side (*) 3 meter positions MGPCM6L Right hand side (*) 7 meter positions MGPCM6R 12 way board Left hand side (*) 6 meter positions MGPCM12L Right hand side (*) 9 meter positions MGPCM12R 18 way board Left hand side (*) 9 meter positions MGPCM18L Right hand side (*) 11 meter positions MGPCM18R (*) When the board is inverted for top entry main cables these side extensions fit on the other side of the board. Accessories Cable loom MGPCML Meter blanks 03908 Metering facilities for incoming and outgoing circuits Powerpact 4 panelboards 1600A Panelboards Incoming metering A PM750MG meter is fitted as standard in the board. The meter is fully set up for use on a 415V 3ph 4 wire system and for use with the 1600/5 current transformers that are installed on the busbars. Outgoing circuit metering Metering can be fitted to some or all of the three phase outgoing circuits in these boards. The arrangement consists of a side extension cubicle that houses the meters and also provides additional cabling space. Meters and current transformers are ordered separately to meet the needs of the installation. The necessary cable looms are included with the cubicle. The meters are mounted on the front, hinged cover of the cubicle and can be aligned with their associated breaker. The cubicle also contains the auxiliary busbar that provides the 240V control supply for the meters 1600A panelboard Side extension cubicle MG16CEM4 Current transformer modules for direct fitting to NS breakers in all boards Breaker Poles CT ratio Part number NS100X 3 125/5 LV429461 NS100X 4 125/5 LV429462 NS160X 3 150/5 LV430561 NS160X 4 150/5 LV430562 NS250X 3 250/5 LV431569 NS250X 4 250/5 LV431570 NS400X 3 400/5 LV432653 NS400X 4 400/5 LV432654 NS630X 3 600/5 LV432861 NS630X 4 600/5 LV432862 Unused 92 x 92 metering apertures can be blanked off using Part number 03908 All these CT modules have voltage connections. 8 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/21 Intelligent panelboard system Powerpact 4 panelboards The intelligent panelboard system utilises the advanced features of the Compact NSX range with Micrologic 5 trip units for integrated protection, metering, measuring and monitoring. With no requirement for external current transformers and an advanced plug and play communication cable system, on site adaptation is tool free, simple and quick to install. This system is available in 4 levels for incoming and outgoing devices. 1 Local display on the NSX breaker only 2 Local display plus data available via Modbus 3 Local display and remote functional display on the panelboard 4 Local display and remote functional display on the panelboard plus data available via Modbus All devices are 4 pole and may be configured into a form 4b type 2 or 6 to BSEN 61439-1 C C A B D Key A - Main incomer B - Interface kit C - Outgoing devices area D - Display modules 8 Technical Section 11 8/22 Dimensions Section 12 Make your panel board smarter simply by using the Powerlogic EGX300. The integrated gateway-server Powerlogic EGX300 is used to optimise energy usage, and identify opportunities to save energy. The user friendly tool uses only the web browser and network to display the energy consumption on panel boards, incorporating meters, NSX and communicating NS breakers, trend plots from the electrical system and stores historical information from multiple locations. The din rail mounted device can be fitted in any Power pact 4 panelboard using the webserver power and interface kit SEPINTPEGX. Functions and characteristics Power Meter functions Electronic Micrologic 5E In addition to protection functions, Micrologic 5 offers all the functions of Power Meter products as well as operating assistance for the circuit breaker: n Display of settings n Measurement functions: - Energy (E) n Alarms n Time stamped histories and event tables n Maintenance indicator n Communication Micrologic E measurement functions are made possible by Micrologic intelligence and the accuracy of the sensors. They are handled by a microprocessor that operates independent of protection functions. Display Micrologic LCD The user can display all the protection settings and the main measurements on the LCD screen of the trip unit. bb Instantaneous rms current measurements bb Micrologic E voltage, frequency and power measurements and energy metering To make the display available under all conditions and increase operating comfort, an external power supply is recommended. It is indispensable to: bb Display faults and interrupted current measurements bb Use all the functions of Micrologic E (e.g. metering of low power and energy values) bb Ensure operation of the communication system The external power supply can be shared by several devices. Main Menu Quick View Metering Alarms Services ESC OK I I1 310 A I2 315 A % % I3 302 A IN 23 A % % ESC PQS P 64 kW Q 38 kVar S 51 kVA ESC V 402 V % U1 398 V % U2 401 V % U3 ESC 4/7 100 120 100 120 100 120 Ep Eq Es ESC E 14397 kWh 8325 kVarh 13035 kVAh FDM121 display unit An FDM121 switchboard display unit can be connected to a Micrologic trip unit using a prefabricated cord to display all measurements on a screen. The result is a veritable 96 x 96 mm Power Meter. In addition to the information displayed on the Micrologic LCD, the FDM121 screen shows demand, power quality and maximeter/minimeter values along with alarms, histories and maintenance indicators. The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 V DC power supply. The Micrologic trip unit is supplied by the same power supply via the cord connecting it to the FDM121. PC screen When the Micrologic, with or without an FDM121 switchboard display unit, is connected to a communication network, all information can be accessed via a PC. Measurements Instantaneous rms measurements The Micrologic E continuously display the RMS value of the highest current of the three phases and neutral (Imax). The navigation buttons can be used to scroll through the main measurements. In the event of a fault trip, the current interrupted is memorised. Measures phase, neutral, ground fault currents plus voltage, frequency and power measurements 8 Maximeters / minimeters Every instantaneous measurement provided by Micrologic E can be associated with a maximeter/minimeter. The maximeters for the highest current of the 3 phases and neutral, the demand current and power can be reset via the trip unit keypad, the FDM121 display unit or the communication system. Energy metering The Micrologic E also measures the energy consumed since the last reset of the meter. The active energy meter can be reset via the keypad and the FDM121 display unit or the communication system. Demand and maximum demand values Micrologic E also calculates demand current and power values. These calculations can be made using a block or sliding interval that can be set from 5 to 60 minutes in steps of 1 minute. The window can be synchronised with a signal sent via the communication system. Whatever the calculation method, the calculated values can be recovered on a PC via Modbus communication. Ordinary spreadsheet software can be used to provide trend curves and forecasts based on this data. They will provide a basis for load shedding and reconnection operations used to adjust consumption to the subscribed power. Power quality Micrologic E calculates power quality indicators taking into account the presence of harmonics up to the 15th order, including the total harmonic distortion (THD) of current and voltage. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/23 Functions and characteristics Power Meter functions Electronic Micrologic 5E Micrologic 5 / 6 integrated Power Meter functions E Display of protection settings Pick-ups (A) and delays All settings can be displayed Ir, tr, Isd, tsd, Ii, Ig, tg b Measurements Instantaneous rms measurements Currents (A) Phases and neutral I1, I2, I3, IN b Average of phases Iavg = (I1 + I2 + I3) / 3 b Highest current of the 3 phases and neutral Imax of I1, I2, I3, IN b Ground fault (Micrologic 6) % Ig (pick-up setting) b Current unbalance between phases % Iavg b Voltages (V) Phase-to-phase U12, U23, U31 b Phase-to-neutral V1N, V2N, V3N b Average of phase-to-phase voltages Uavg = (U12 + U21 + U23) / 3 b Average of phase-to-neutral voltages Vavg = (V1N + V2N + V3N) / 3 b Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage unbalance % Uavg and % Vavg b Phase sequence 1-2-3, 1-3-2 b Frequency (Hz) Power system f b Power Active (kW) P, total / per phase b Reactive (kVAR) Q, total / per phase b Apparent (kVA) S, total / per phase b Power factor and cos j (fundamental) PF and cosj, total and per phase b Maximeters / minimeters 8 Associated with instantaneous rms Reset via Micrologic or FDM121 measurements display unit b Energy metering Energy Active (kW), reactive (kVARh), Total since last reset b apparent (kVAh) Absolute or signed mode (1) Demand and maximum demand values Demand current (A) Phases and neutral Present value on the selected window b Maximum demand since last reset b Demand power Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent (kVA) Present value on the selected window b Maximum demand since last reset b Calculation window Sliding, fixed or com-synchronised Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps b Power quality Total harmonic distortion (%) Of voltage with respect to rms value THDU,THDV of the Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage b Of current with respect to rms value THDI of the phase current b Display Micrologic FDM121 LCD display b b b - b b b b b - b b b b b - b - b - b b b b b b b b b b b - b - b b b - b - b - b - b - (2) - b - b (1) Absolute mode: E absolute = E out + E in; Signed mode: E signed = E out - E in. (2) Available via the communication system only. Additional technical characteristics Measurement accuracy Accuracies are those of the entire measurement system, including the sensors: bb Current: Class 1 as per IEC 61557-12 bb Voltage: 0.5 % bb Power and energy: Class 2 as per IEC 61557-12 bb Frequency: 0.1 % Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/24 Functions and characteristics Switchboard display functions Micrologic 5E trip units Micrologic measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM121 switchboard display. It connects to Compact NSX via a simple cord and displays Micrologic information. The result is a true integrated unit combining a circuit breaker and a Power Meter. Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed. FDM121 display. Surface mount accessory. FDM121 switchboard display The FDM121 is a switchboard display unit that can be integrated in the Compact NSX100 to 630 A system. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit. It is easy to use and requires no special software or settings. It is immediately operational when connected to the Compact NSX by a simple cord. The FDM121 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles. Display of Micrologic measurements and alarms The FDM121 is intended to display Micrologic 5 measurements, alarms and operating information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings. Measurements may be easily accessed via a menu. All user-defined alarms are automatically displayed. The display mode depends on the priority level selected during alarm set-up: bb High priority: a pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the alarm and the orange LED flashes bb Medium priority: the orange "Alarm" LED goes steady on bb Low priority: no display on the screen All faults resulting in a trip automatically produce a high-priority alarm, without any special settings required. In all cases, the alarm history is updated. If power to the FDM121 fails, all information is stored in the Micrologic non-volatile memory. The data can be consulted via the communication system when power is restored. Status indications and remote control When the circuit breaker is equipped with the BSCM module, the FDM121 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions: bb O/F: ON/OFF bb SD: trip indication bb SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, ground fault) Connection with FDM121 display unit. Main characteristics bb 96 x 96 x 30 mm screen requiring 10 mm behind the door (or 20 mm when the 24 volt power supply connector is used) bb White backlighting bb Wide viewing angle: vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30° bb High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols bb Alarm LED: flashing orange for alarm pick-up, steady orange after operator reset if alarm condition persists bb Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C bb CE / UL marking bb 24 V DC power supply, with tolerances 24 V -20 % (19.2 V) to 24 V +10 % (26.4 V) When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 V is supplied 8 by the communication system wiring system bb Consumption 40 mA Mounting The FDM121 is easily installed in a switchboard. bb Standard door cut-out 92 x 92 mm bb Attached using clips To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two 22 mm diameter holes. The FDM121 degree of protection is IP54 in front. IP54 is maintained after switchboard mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation. Connection The FDM121 is equipped with: bb A 24 V DC terminal block: vv Plug-in type with 2 wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining vv Power supply range of 24 V -20 % (19.2 V) to 24 V +10 % (26.4 V) bb Two RJ45 jacks The Micrologic connects to the internal communication terminal block on the Compact NSX via the pre-wired NSX cord. Connection to one of the RJ45 connectors on the FDM121 automatically establishes communication between the Micrologic and the FDM121 and supplies power to the Micrologic measurement functions. When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 8/25 Functions and characteristics Switchboard display functions Micrologic 5E trip units I I1 310 A I2 315 A % % I3 302 A IN 23 A % % ESC 1 2 3 4 56 1 Escape 2 Down 3 OK 4 Up 5 Context 6 Alarm LED Produit Id Micrologic 5.3A Serial number: Part number: Firmware: P07451 LU432091 1.02 ESC Product identification Metering I U-V PQS E F - PF - cos ESC OK Metering: sub-menu 8 NonResettableEnergy 1/3 EpIN 5111947 kWh EpOut 12345678 kWh ESC Metering: meter Main Menu Quick View Metering Alarms Services ESC OK Quick view U Average 387 V % avg 392 V % MIN 388 V % MAX ESC 9/10 100 120 100 120 100 120 Metering: U average Display Contrast Brightness Language ESC OK Services Navigation Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation. The "Context" button may be used to select the type of display (digital, bargraph, analogue). The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, etc.) Other languages can be downloaded. Screens Main menu When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device. Quick view Metering Alarms Services. When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the buttons. It goes off after 3 minutes. Fast access to essential information bb "Quick view" provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating information (I, U, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off) Access to detailed information bb "Metering" can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the corresponding min/max values bb Alarms displays active alarms and the alarm history bb Services provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximeter reset function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.) Technical Section 11 8/26 Dimensions Section 12 Metering and monitoring Powerpact 4 with integrated metering and monitoring Technical Section 11 Selection and order form Panelboards with the new range of Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (NSX) Installation Monitoring & Measuring functionality all integrated into the MCCB (4 Pole only), with Remote Display (FDM) and Modbus output Compact NSX enable the measured and metered data to be integrated in software management systems. Note:- 4 pole breakers only on the incommer Panel board Selection Order Code Description 400A/630A Panelboard MG6C6 18 single pole ways ( 4 x 4 pole) MG6C12 36 single pole ways ( 8 x 4 pole) MG6C18 54 single pole ways ( 12 x 4 pole + 2 x 3 pole) Selection n n n 800A Panelboard MG8C6 18 single pole ways ( 4 x 4 pole) n MG8C12 36 single pole ways ( 8 x 4 pole) n MG8C18 54 single pole ways ( 12 x 4 pole + 2 x 3 pole) n 1600A Panelboard MG16C14 42 single pole ways (9 x 4 pole + 2 x 3 pole) n Incomer Order Code 400A/630A Panelboard 4 pole SEP400M5M 400A 4 pole MCCB compact NSX Integrated Metering & Monitoring Micrologic 5 Including Metering Cable n SEP630M5M 630A 4 pole MCCB compact NSX Integrated Metering & Monitoring Micrologic 5 Including Metering Cable n 800A Panelboard MGP8004B5 800A 4 Pole incommer n 1600A Panelboard 33566 1250A 4 pole Incommer 33570 1600A 4 pole incommer SEPINTP1 Power and interface kit n n n 8 Outgoing ways 4 pole (only) with Micrologic 5 (Integrated U,I,E,P,f*,THD* Measuring and Monitoring**) Order Code 36kA rated circuit breakers Out going way position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SEP0404M5 40 A protection module Micrologic 5 nnnnnnnnnnnn SEP1004M5 100 A protection module Micrologic 5 nnnnnnnnnnnn SEP1604M5 160 A protection module Micrologic 5 nnnnnnnnnnnn SEP2504M5 250 A protection module Micrologic 5 nnnnnnnnnnnn SEP4004M5 400 A protection module Micrologic 5*** n n n n n n n n n n n n SEP6304M5 630 A protection module Micrologic 5*** * FDM display required ** Available via Modbus *** 50kA rated breakers nnnnnnnnnnnn Dimensions Section 12 8/27 Metering and monitoring Powerpact 4 with integrated metering and monitoring 8 Technical Section 11 8/28 Metering options (Metering extention Box Required if Fitting Display module Order Code Side Extension boxes Selection 630A & 800A MGPCM6LX 6 Way board Left Hand Side 3 remote display positions n MGPCM6RX 6 Way board Right Hand Side 6 remote display positions n MGPCM12LX 12 Way board Left Hand Side 6 remote display positions n MGPCM12RX 12 Way board Right Hand Side 9 remote display positions n MGPCM18LX 18 Way board Left Hand Side 9 remote display positions n MGPCM18RX 18 Way board Right Hand Side 11 remote display positions n 1600A MG16CEM4X Side Extension Cubicle n Display TRV00121 FDM121 Metering Display module n Cable accessories TRV00870 5 RJ45 female/ female connector n TRV00810 5 RJ45/RJ45 1M interconnector n TRV00820 5 RJ45/RJ45 2M interconnector n TRV00880 10 ULP Line terminators n Modbus Communication accessories TRV00210 Modbus interface n TRV00217 Stacking Connector for TRV00210 n Standard Outgoing way MCCB (3pole) order codes Order Code Description MGP0163X PP4 MCCB 3P 16A MGP0253X PP4 MCCB 3P 25A MGP0323X PP4 MCCB 3P 32A MGP0403X PP4 MCCB 3P 40A MGP0633X PP4 MCCB 3P 63A MGP0803X PP4 MCCB 3P 80A MGP1003X PP4 MCCB 3P 100A MGP1253X PP4 MCCB 3P 125A MGP1603X PP4 MCCB 3P 160A MGP2003X PP4 MCCB 3P 200A MGP2503X PP4 MCCB 3P 250A MGP4003X PP4 MCCB 3P 400A MGP6303X PP4 MCCB 3P 630A Other options Order Code Description On site Engineer Support 1 Day LV434205 Breaker Status information required (up to 630A) 1 required per Breaker Example of ordering a Panel Board with Metering Step 1 Select the Required Panel board from Section 1 MG6C x1 Step 2 Select Incommer device SEP630M5M x1 2a Select Power & Interface Kit SEPINTP1 x1 Step 3 Select appropriate outgoing device SEP1004M5 x1 Step 4 Add Metering accessories 4a If you require the display module for each outgoing way then select a side extension MGPCM6L x1 box 4b Select required Number of Display Modules (include Incommer) TRV00121 x3 4c If data is required over Modbus protocol select the required number of Modbus interfaces (include incomer) TRV00210 x3 4d Select modbus stacking connectors (pack of 10) include incommer TRV00217 x1 4e Select Required number of RJ45 interconnectors (Pack of 5) TRV00810 x1 4f Select ULP terminator (pack of 10) TRV00880 x1 Note: If no display modules are required and data is to be made available over Modbus only items 4a and 4b are not required. Dimensions Section 12 Contents Wall mounted switchgear Safepact 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 9/2 to 9/3 Enclosed MCCBs 63 to 630A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/2 Enclosed switch disconnectors 100 to 630A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/3 Earth leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/4 Auxiliaries and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/5 Enclosed Interpact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/6 MGFFusegear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 9/7 to 9/9 Switch disconnector fuse and switch disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/7 Fuse switch disconnector and switch disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/8 Busbar chambers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/9 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9/9 9 9/1 Safepact 2 9 Technical Section 11 9/2 Dimensions Section 12 Wall mounted switchgear Enclosed MCCBs 63 to 630A Application n For use in commercial and industrial applications, providing protection isolation and control of motors and power circuits n MCCBs can be supplied with adjustable Vigi earth leakage module for improving disconnection times and providing personnel and fire protection n Suitable for switching inductive loads, AC23 contact rating and high mechanical endurance n Security of isolation, positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 and padlockable rotary handle or toggle padlocking options Offer n ASTA certification of breaking capacity to BS EN 60947-2 n Supplied with line and load terminal shields n Removable front cover provides all round cabling access n Removable gland plates with optional extension boxes n Trip indication and test button n Shrouded disconnectable neutral with 3 pole device n Steelwork finished in polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Technical data Enclosure ingress protection Rated operational voltage Rated current Rated ultimate short-circuit IP42 Ue 415V at 400C Icu = 70kA breaking capacity 2 pole units 85kA@240V Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Isu = 100% Icu Motor ratings See Section 10 Voltage releases for remote tripping 24 to 415Vac Auxiliary change over contacts for remote indication ON, OFFTripped Connection accessories for ease of wiring Cable clamps up to 185/240mm2 optional Rotary handle provides padlocking and ease of operation Earth leakage 30mA to 30A See page 3/4 C-O operations in 000's 100A Mechanical endurance 50 Electrical endurance In/2 50 In 30 160A 40 40 20 250A 20 20 10 400A 15 12 6 630A 15 8 4 Range MCCB Rating Adjustment Two Pole 63A 44 - 63 MGE0632X 100A 70 - 100 MGE1002X 125A 88 - 125 MGE1252X 160A 112 - 160 MGE1602X 200A 140 - 200 250A 175 - 250 400A 160 - 400 630A 250 - 630 MCCB + earth leakage Rating Adjustment Sensitivity 63A 44 - 63 30mA - 10A 100A 70 - 100 30mA - 10A 125A 88 - 125 30mA - 10A 160A 112 - 160 30mA - 10A 200A 140 - 200 30mA - 10A 250A 175 - 250 30mA - 10A 400A 160 - 400 300mA - 30A 630A 250 - 630 300mA - 30A 3 pole + neutral MGE0633X MGE1003X MGE1253X MGE1603X MGE2003X MGE2503X MGE4003X MGE6303X 4 pole MGE0634X MGE1004X MGE1254X MGE1604X MGE2004X MGE2504X MGE4004X MGE6304X 4 pole MGE0634XE MGE1004XE MGE1254XE MGE1604XE MGE2004XE MGE2504XE MGE4004XE MGE6304XE Safepact 2 Wall mounted switchgear Enclosed switch disconnectors 100 to 630A Application n For use in commercial and industrial applications, providing isolation and control of motors and power circuits n Devices can be supplied with adjustable Vigi earth leakage module for personnel and fire protection n Suitable for switching inductive loads, AC23 contact rating and high mechanical endurance n Security of isolation, positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 and padlockable rotary handle Offer n Supplied with line and load terminal shields n Removable front cover provides all round cabling access n Removable gland plates and optional extension boxes n Trip indication and test button n Shrouded disconnectable neutral with 3 pole device n Steelwork finished in polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Technical data Enclosure ingress protection IP42 Rated operational voltage Ue 415V Rated current at 400C Voltage releases for remote tripping 24 to 415Vac Auxiliary change over contacts for remote indication ON, OFF,Tripped Connection accessories for ease of wiring Cable clamps up to 185/240mm2 optional Rotary handle provides padlocking and ease of operation Earth leakage 30mA to 30A See page 3/4 C-O operations in 000's 100A Mechanical endurance 50 Electrical endurance In/2 50 In 30 160A 40 40 20 250A 20 20 10 400A 15 12 6 630A 15 8 4 Range Switch disconnector Rating 3 pole + neutral 4 pole 100A MGE1003XS MGE1004XS 160A MGE1603XS MGE1604XS 250A MGE2503XS MGE2504XS 400A 630A MGE4003XS MGE4004XS MGE6303XS MGE6304XS 9 Switch disconnector + earth leakage (RCCB) Rating Sensitivity 4 pole 100A 30mA - 10A MGE1004XSE 160A 30mA - 10A MGE1604XSE 250A 30mA - 10A MGE2504XSE 400A 300mA - 30A MGE4004XSE 630A 300mA - 30A MGE6304XSE Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 9/3 Safepact 2 9 Technical Section 11 9/4 Dimensions Section 12 Wall mounted switchgear Earth leakage Extension boxes Application n The vigi earth leakage module option disconnects the circuit breaker when an electrical earth fault is detected n Used to overcome high earth fault loop impedance and associated excessive disconnection times eg long cable runs n Enhanced personal and equipment protection Technical data Adjustable sensitivity and time delay settings For discrimination with other RCDs Protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages etc. To IEC255-4 and IEC801-2 - 5 Class A Immunity to DC components of up to 6mA Remote indication of tripping Using optional changeover contact SDV Rating Sensitivity settings (A) Up to 160A 0.03*, 0.3, 1, 3 and 10 200 - 250 0.03*, 0.3, 1, 3, and 10 400 - 630 0.3, 1, 3, 10 and 30 Time delay settings (ms) 0, 60, 150 and 310 * If the sensitivity is set to 30mA there is no time delay whatever the time delay setting. For ordering references see previous pages. Extension boxes n Provide extra cabling space when using oversized cables. Colour RAL9001 Size To fit rating Part number 100mm 63 - 250A MGEX160C 200mm 63 - 250A MGEX250C 120mm 400 - 630A MGEX630C Intelligent Safepact n The Safepact range has now been extended to include our new Micrologic control units up to 630 amp, each unit is supplied complete and ready to install all the customer has to do is connect the supply, load and interface to the modbus system. Application n The Individual protection or isolation of loads n Monitoring of loads with Micrologic 5 control unit n Separate incomer to distribution equipment n Replacement to Fuse Switches Technical data Ingress protection IP42 Operational Voltage 415V Ultimate breaking capacity 70kA Rated service breaking capacity 100% FDM module fitted and wired Modbus inferface, power supply and protection fitted and wired Range Reference Safepact 4 pole 40A mccb Micrologic 5 Safepact 4 pole 100A mccb Micrologic 5 Safepact 4 pole 160A mccb Micrologic 5 Safepact 4 pole 250A mccb Micrologic 5 Safepact 4 pole 400A mccb Micrologic 5 Safepact 4 pole 630A mccb Micrologic 5 Part number MGE0404M5 MGE1004M5 MGE1604M5 MGE2504M5 MGE4004M5 MGE6304M5 Safepact 2 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Wall mounted switchgear Auxiliaries and accessories Application These diagrams show the position of auxiliaries when fitted inside the MCCB or switch disconnector. OF SD SDE OF2 OF1 OF2 OF3 SD SDE MN/MX MN/MX SDV SDV (VIGI) (VIGI) MGE 100/160/250 MGE 400/630 Changeover contact Auxiliary switch used for remote indication, electrical interlocking etc. Function is dependent upon position fitted within device. n OF indicates contact position `ON' and `OFF' n SD indicates device is in trip position n SDE indicates device has tripped due to overcurrent or earth fault (100/160/250 requires SDE adaptor 29451 n SDV indicates device has tripped due to earth fault Part number OF/SD/SDE/SDV 29450 SDE adaptor for MGE 100/160/250 29451 Shunt trip (MX) n Enables remote tripping on application of voltage from coil n Coil permanently rated Aux. supply voltage (V) Part number 220/240 LV429387 380/415 LV429388 Undervoltage release (MN) n Enables remote tripping on removal of voltage to coil n Coil permanently rated n Prevents reclosing of device before restoration of supply to undervoltage release Aux. supply voltage (V) Part number 220/240 LV429407 380/415 LV429408 Rotary handle n Permits the device to be padlocked in OFF position by 1-3 padlocks, 5-8mm hasp 9 n Maintains indication of ON/OFF and TRIPPED positions n Maintains access to `push to trip' button n Ronis/Profalux keylocks available on 400/630A Part number For MGE 100/160/250 LV429337 For MGE 400/630 LV432597 Cable clamp n For bare (uncrimped) cable connections n See technical data for cable terminations in detail n Other options available: refer to NS catalogue, or consult us Part number For MGE 100/160 up to 95mm2 (set of 4) 120 to 185mm2 (set of 4) LV429243 LV429260 For MGE 250 25 to 95mm2 (set of 4) 120 to 185mm2 (set of 4) LV429228 LV429260 For MGE 400/630 up to 2x240mm2 (set of 4) LV432482 9/5 Enclosed Interpact 9 Wall mounted switchgear Switch disconnectors IP55 Application Heavy duty sheet steel enclosures for use in commercial and industrial applications, providing isolation and control of electrical loads. Suitable for switching highly inductive loads without derating. For use in environments where a superior degree of protection is required. Four pole isolation with positive contact indication. Padlockable handle. Alternative red/yellow handle for use in industrial applications. 480V 3 ph 4 wire 50/60Hz systems. Technical data Degree of protection IP55 to BS EN 60529 Sheet steel Epoxy/polyester powder coated, beige colour Door interlocked rotary handle Padlockable Black handle as standard With Red/yellow handle option Removable bottom gland plate Switch disconnector BS EN 60947-3 manufactured and tested to 4 pole switching With fully rated neutral Rated operational current at AC23A Nominal rating up to 480V Rated operational voltage 690V 50/60Hz (500V for 63A) For further details of the switch disconnectors refer to Interpact catalogue. Terminations 63A Clamp connections accepting 1.5 - 16mm2 rigid cable 100 - 630A Flat pads for crimped lugs Termination details are identical to those of the Compact MCCBs References Black rotary handle Red rotary handle with yellow surround Rating Part number Part number 63A MGES063 MGES063R 100A MGES100 MGES100R 160A MGES160 MGES160R 250A MGES250 MGES250R 320A MGES320 MGES320R 400A MGES400 MGES400R 500A MGES500 MGES500R 630A MGES630 MGES630R Accessories Rating Auxiliary switch Pair long terminal shields Set of 4 crimp cable lugs for Cu cables c/w 3 phase barriers 95mm2 120mm2 150mm2 185mm2 240mm2 300mm2 63A 29450 28957 100-160A 250A 29450 29450 28958 29324 320-630A 29450 32565 LV428952 LV429256 LV429257 LV429258 LV432501 LV432503 Technical Section 11 9/6 Dimensions Section 12 MGF Fusegear Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Wall mounted switchgear Switch disconnector fuse Switch disconnector Application Heavy duty fuse products for use in commercial and industrial environments, providing isolation and traditional fuse protection for electrical loads. Features n Rated for 240/415V 50/60Hz n Ratings 20A, 32A, 63A, 100A, SP&SwN, TP&N n Utilisation category AC20A, AC21A, AC22A, AC23B at rated current n Degree of protection IP41 n Handle position provides positive contact indication n Door handle prevents door being opened when switch is ON or padlocked n Handle padlockable in ON and OFF positions n Fuse links supplied as standard n Bottom feed only Construction n Live terminals fully shrouded n Door interlock has integral defeat mechanism allowing door to be opened without switching OFF. This feature is not operable when the handle is padlocked n Removable gland plates with cable knockouts n Lift off door provides greater access for installation and cabling n Door opens within the width of the unit allowing units to be mounted adjacent n Neutral has disconnectable link and capacity for 3 outgoing cables n Keyhole slots in the enclosure base allow easy installation n Earthing kit provided as standard n Easy access to fuse links n Steelwork finished in polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Technical data Standard Rated operational voltage BSEN 60947-3 415V 50/60Hz Rating 20A 32A 63A 100A Rated current at 400C, A 20 32 63 100 Rated impulse voltage 6kV 6kV 6kV 6kV Rated short time withstand Icw, A 416 416 756 1300 Rated short circuit making capacity Icm 1.35kA 1.35kA 1.35kA 3.5kA Rated short circuit breaking capacity Icn 50kA 50kA 50kA 50kA Utilisation category at rated current AC-20A/ 21A/ 22A/ 23B Kilowatt rating 11kW 15kW 30kW 55kW Cable size, maximum mm2 (tunnel lug) 10mm2 10mm2 25mm2 50mm2 References Rating (A) Switch disconnector fuse Switch disconnector Part number Single pole and switched neutral Part number 9 20 MGFA0201C MGFL0201C 32 MGFA0321C MGFL0321C 63 MGFA0631C MGFL0631C 100 MGFA1001C MGFL1001C Three pole and neutral 20 MGFA0203C MGFL0203C 32 MGFA0323C MGFL0323C 63 MGFA0633C MGFL0633C 100 MGFA1003C MGFL1003C Fuse link data Rating (A) 20 32 63 100 BS88 reference A1, A2 A1, A2 A2, A3 A2, A3, A4 Bussman reference NITD20 AA032 BA063 CEO100 9/7 MGF Fusegear Wall mounted switchgear Fuse switch disconnector Switch disconnector 9 Technical Section 11 9/8 Application Heavy duty fuse products for use in commercial and industrial environments, providing isolation and traditional fuse protection for electrical loads. Features n Rated for 240/415V 50/60Hz n Ratings 100A, 160A, 200A, 250A, 315A, 400A, 500A, 630A TP&N n Utilisation category AC20A, AC21A, AC22A, AC23B at rated current, AC23A for ratings up to 160A n Handle position provides positive contact indication n Door handle prevents door being opened when switch is ON or padlocked n Handle padlockable in ON and OFF positions n Device may be fed to either top or bottom terminals n Fuse links or copper links supplied as standard Construction n All terminals are fully shrouded n Quick make and break silver plated contacts n Door interlock has defeat mechanism allowing switch to be closed with door open n Removable plain gland plates are fitted at top and bottom n Cabling space may be increased by the addition of the cable boxes n Lift off door provides greater access for installation and cabling n Door opens within the width of the unit allowing units to be mounted adjacent n Neutral is fitted with disconnectable link n Earthing kit provided as standard n Easy access to fuse links n Removable cross rails allow cables to be laid in easily n Direct front access to terminals without dismantling the mechanism n Clear shrouds allow easy access for inspection and visual indication of contact position n Steelwork finished in polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Technical data Standard Rated operational voltage BSEN 60947-3 415V 50/60Hz Rating Rated current at 400C, A Rated impulse voltage Rated short time withstand Icw, A Rated short circuit making capacity Icm Rated short circuit breaking capacity Icn Utilisation category at rated current Kilowatt rating Terminal stud Terminal lug, maximum palm width Maximum cable size 100A 100 8kV 3.4kA 5kA 50kA AC-23A 55kW M8 20mm 50mm2 160A 160 8kV 3.4kA 5kA 50kA AC-23A 90kW M8 20mm 50mm2 200A 250A 315A 400A 500A 630A 200 250 315 400 500 630 8kV 8kV 8kV 8kV 8kV 8kV 5.23kA 5.23kA 12kA 12kA 12kA 12kA 8kA 8kA 24kA 24kA 24kA 24kA 50kA 50kA 50kA 50kA 50kA 50kA AC-23B AC-23B AC-23B AC-23B AC-23B AC-23B 110kW 130kW 175kW 220kW 250kW 300kW M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 30mm 30mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 120mm2 120mm2 400mm2 400mm2 400mm2 400mm2 References Rating (A) Three pole and neutral 100 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 Fuse link data Rating (A) 100 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 Dimensions Section 12 Fuse switch disconnector Switch disconnector Part number Part number MGFS1003C MGFS1603C MGFS2003C MGFS2503C MGFS3153C MGFS4003C MGFS5003C MGFS6303C MGFD1003C MGFD1603C MGFD2503C MGFD4003C MGFD5003C MGFD6303C BS88 reference B1 B2 B2 B3 C1 C1 C2 C2 Bussman reference CD100 DD160 DD200 ED250 EFS315 EF400 FF500 FF630 Cable box Part number MGFX100C MGFX160C MGFX250C MGFX250C MGFX500C MGFX500C MGFX500C MGFX630C Cu links (Set of 3) MGFQ100 MGFQ160 MGFQ250 MGFQ250 MGFQ400 MGFQ400 MGFQ630 MGFQ630 MGF Fusegear Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Wall mounted switchgear Busbar chambers and accessories Application The wall mounting busbar chambers provide an easy means of mounting and interconnecting fusegear products. Range Three ratings and three busbar lengths are available. Connection kits enable busbar chambers to be linked and all devices connected to the bars. Technical data Manufactured to Rated voltage Solid copper busbars rated at Neutral bar Busbar chamber lengths Chambers dimensions End plates, top plates and bottom plates Steelwork finished BS EN 60439-1 415V 50/60Hz 200, 400 and 630A Fully rated 750, 1200 and 1800mm Common depth (200mm) Common height (450mm) Are fully removable for connections and for access In polyester epoxy powder, cream colour RAL9001 Rating 200 400 630 Length (mm) 750 Part number MGFB20007C MGFB40007C MGFB63007C Length (mm) 1200 Part number MGFB20012C MGFB40012C MGFB63012C Length (mm) 1800 Part number MGFB20018C MGFB40018C MGFB63018C Busbar connection kits Each kit comprises connections for three phases and neutral Rating Busbar interconnections to link busbar chambers* Flexible busbar inter connections to link non Schneider Electric busbar chambers Part number Part number 200 MGFK200 400 MGFK400 MGFJ400 630 MGFK630 MGFJ630 Cable connections to connect to busbars** Part number MGFC200 MGFC400 MGFC630 * The busbar connection kits allow 2 or more Schneider Electric busbar chambers to be electrically and mechanically joined together providing facilities for a greater number of outgoing circuits. ** The cable connection kits comprise 4 bolts, nuts and washers to connect a set 9 of cables fitted with crimped lugs to the busbars. Fuse switch connection kits Each kit comprises connections for three phases and neutral Rating Top mounted Part number Bottom mounted Part number 100, 160 MGFZ160 MGFZ160 200, 250 MGFZ250 MGFZ250 315 - 630 MGFZ630T MGFZ630 Fuse switch connection kits comprise 4 copper links with connection hardware to connect a fuse switch to the busbars. Note: the kit required for fitting devices of 315A or greater differs dependent on whether it is mounted above or below the busbar chamber. 9/9 Contents Connection systems and enclosures Linergy FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/5 to 10/7 Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 / Multi 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/2 to 10/3 Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/4 Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/5 Linergy distribution blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/6 to 10/8 Terminals and installation accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/9 to 10/10 Powerpact 4 pan assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/11 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/12 to 10/17 Mini Opale IP30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/12 G9 IP30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/12 A-Series IP30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/12 B-Series IP31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/13 Pragma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/14 to 10/15 Mini Pragma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/16 to 10/17 Kaedra weatherproof IP65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 10/18 to 10/33 Offer overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/18 Enclosures for sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/21 Enclosures for modular switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/22 Mini enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/25 Universal enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/27 Interface enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/30 Enclosure accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10/32 10 10/1 PB502379-30 Distribution systems Device feeders Linergy FH Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 / Multi 9 Acti 9 / Multi 9 Number of poles IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2 Description Comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products. bb Can be sawn and cut in a single pass bb Supplied with two IP20 lateral end-pieces except for 57 module references bb The end-pieces are compulsory after cutting bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for installation in all positions bb Cutting marks on the insulating material bb The special comb busbars for circuit breakers with 9 mm auxiliaries have a 9 mm gap for inserting iOF and iSD 18 mm poles, cuttable 1P 2P 3P 4P Aux+1P Aux+2P Aux+3P Aux+4P 3 (Aux+1P) 3 (Aux+N+1P) PB110252-65 Rated operational (Ie) current at 40°C Rated conditional (Isc) short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated voltage (Ue) Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Use Type 100 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers 500 V 415 V Self-extinguishing 960°C 30 s RAL 7016 (anthracite grey) Power supply by connector recommended L1... L1L2... L1L2L3... NL1L2L3... AuxL1... AuxL1L2... AuxL1L2L3 Set of References 6 modules of 18 mm 12 modules of 18 mm 18 modules of 18 mm 24 modules of 18 mm 57 modules of 18 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9XPH106 A9XPH112 A9XPH124 A9XPH157 A9XPH212 A9XPH224 A9XPH257 A9XPH312 A9XPH324 A9XPH357 A9XPH412 A9XPH424 A9XPH457 A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 AuxNL1... ...L2L3 1 A9XAH457 AuxL1... ...AuxL2... ...AuxL3 1 A9XAH657 AuxL1... ...AuxL2... ...AuxL3 1 A9XAH557 Installation PB110793-20 PB110290-20 10 Accessories Number of poles DB404806 1P 2P 3P 4P - - PB110258-7 DB404806 End-pieces Lateral end-pieces providing IP20 protection Tooth covers Insulate teeth that have been left free Connectors Monoconnect Comb busbar power supply. Horizontal incomer on each side. For 35 mm2 cable. Tightening torque 4 N.m PB108138-20 Set of References Technical Section 11 10/2 10 10 10 10 20 A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPT920 Dimensions Section 12 4 A9XPCM04 PB502380-30 PB110231-15 Distribution systems Device feeders Linergy FH Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 / Multi 9 (cont.) IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2 Description Comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products. The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar. Dismountability of devices with Acti 9. Acti 9 / Multi 9 18 mm poles, not cuttable Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3 (N+P) Rated operational current at 40°C (Ie) Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) current of an assembly Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated voltage (Ue) Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Use Type Set of References 12 modules of 18 mm 100 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers 500 V 415 V Self-extinguishing 960°C 30 s RAL 7016 (anthracite grey) Power supply by connector recommended L1 L1L2 1 1 L1L2L3 1 NL1L2L3 1 A9XPM112 A9XPM212 A9XPM312 A9XPM412 Installation NL1NL2NL3 1 A9XPM512 PB110793-25 PB110290-25 Accessories PB110259-7 PB110257-10 Tooth covers Insulate teeth that have been left free Use Set of References Installation 20 A9XPT920 Connectors Monoconnect Comb busbar power supply Horizontal incomer on each side For 35 mm2 cable Tightening torque 4 N.m 4 A9XPCM04 PB108162-35 PB108164-35 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10 10/3 PB502382-70 DB123729 DB123730 Distribution systems Device feeders Linergy FH Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60 Acti 9 Ph+N Number of poles IEC 61439-2 Description Comb busbars ensure: bb Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V, BP and Cm switchgear: tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by indexing of copper parts bb C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars contain two different parts: vv Connection of Group Feeder switchgear: C60 (3P+N) or ID (3P+N) circuit breaker in 18 mm modules, powered by cables, through the bottom, directly by the terminals vv Connection of iDPN in 9 mm modules 9 mm poles, cuttable 1P+N 3P+N Rated operational current at 40°C (Ie) Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) current of an assembly Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated voltage (Ue) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Degree of protection Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Number of 18 mm modules Comb busbar Tooth cover References Comb busbars alone Number of 18 mm modules Comb busbar References 21501 21505 Complete comb busbars (supplied with 4 side plates and 1 tooth cover) 80 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers 440 V 230 V (P4 + N) - 400 V (3Ph + N) 6 kV IP20 Self-extinguishing 960°C 30 s RAL 7035 12 18 24 12 18 3 3 6 3 3 21501 19512 21503 21505 19516 48 21089 48 21093 C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars alone Number of poles 3P+N 24 6 21507 DB101184-10 10 Rated operational current at 40°C (Ie) Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) current of an assembly Insulation voltage (Ui) Rated voltage (Ue) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Degree of protection Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Number of 18-mm modules Power supply References 80 A Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers 440 V 230 V (P4 + N) - 400 V (3Ph + N) 6 kV IP20 Self-extinguishing 960°C 30 s RAL 7035 12 Through left-hand 10545 48 Through left-hand 10546 48 Through right-hand 10547 Accessories Number of poles 1P+N 3P+N DB123731 DB123732 DB123733 Set of References Technical Section 11 10/4 End-pieces 40 21094 21095 Dimensions Section 12 Tooth covers (3 x 18-mm modules) Tooth covers (1 x 18-mm module) 12 10 21096 10405 Connectors (grey) 4 21098 030920d-30 030920d-60 Distribution systems Device feeders Linergy FH Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125 C120, NG125 Number of poles IEC 60664-1 Description Comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products. bb Supplied with 2 side plates, IP 2 bb Outgoing feeders can be marked bb Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material 27 mm poles, cuttable 1P 2P 3P 4P Rated operational current at 40°C Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Insulation voltage Rated voltage Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Colour Use Number of 27 mm modules Set of References Supplied with 2 side plates, IP2 and 4 tooth cover end-pieces Outgoing feeders can be marked Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material Unused teeth can be insulated with tooth covers (Ie) 125 A (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers (Ui) 620 V (Ue) 500 V Self-extinguishing 960°C 30 s RAL 7016 (anthracite grey) Power supply by connector recommended 16 16 1 14811 14812 15 14813 Installation 16 14814 DB105977-LIN-20 Accessories Number of poles 1 2 Comb busbars allow dismountability (1-2) 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 030921d-15 PG134071 Use Set of References Installation Tooth covers 20 14818 Insulated connector Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material, which gives them very great stability Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identification 10 For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable 4 14885 DB105977-35 DB105976-30 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/5 PB111254-30_1.eps Linergy distribution systems Screw distribution blocks Number of poles 1P Linergy DS Screw distribution blocks IEC/EN 60947-7-1, IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2 Description bbSingle-pole or four-pole distribution block that can be installed on a standard DIN rail or on a mounting plate. bbCompatible with Prisma G and P, Pragma, Mini Pragma and Resbo series switchboards. bbIncomers and feeders are connected to screw terminals that accept rigid or flexible cables with ferrule. bbOptional: additional neutral terminal strip for four-pole distribution block. Advantages bbSimplified power supply for main incomers. bbEasy phase balancing. bbEasy, effortless cabling due to excellent accessibility. bbVisible cabling. bbInsulation between phases. bbThe single-pole distribution blocks are adjacent and bridgeable via the second incoming hole for parallel connection. 4P PB111253-30_1.eps PB111250-20_1.eps PB111251-20_1.eps PB111252-20_1.eps PB111243-20_1.eps Rated operational current Total connections capacity Terminal capacity Diameter 125 A 10 2 x Ø9.5 mm 2 x Ø7.5 mm 6 x Ø5.8 mm - Rated peak Ipk/60 ms withstand current Ipk/6 ms (Ipk) 25 k - Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) (IEC/EN 60947-7-1) 4.2 kA rms/1 s Width 3 (number of 9 mm pitches) Dimension (H x W x D) 85 x 27 x 50.5 Weight (g) 125 Neutral terminal strip (optional) - References LGY112510 10 160 A 13 2 x Ø12 mm 3 x Ø7.5 mm 8 x Ø5.8 mm 36 k 8.4 kA rms/1 s 4 85 x 36 x 50.5 163 LGY116013 250 A 14 1 x Ø15.3 mm 1 x Ø10 mm 4 x Ø6 mm 8 x Ø7.5 mm 60 k 14.4 kA rms/1 s 5 85 x 45 x 50.5 239 LGY125014 100 A 4 x 7 2 x Ø7.5 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm 14 k 24 k 3 kA rms/1 s 8 100 x 71 x 50.5 210 LGYN1007 LGY410028 Technical Section 11 10/6 Dimensions Section 12 Linergy distribution systems On LGY412560 and LGY416048 references. Input cabling facilitated by side terminals. Linergy DS Screw distribution blocks (cont.) Technical data Common characteristics To IEC/EN 60947-7-1 and IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC Rated operational voltage (Ue) Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 230 V AC (L/N) 440 V AC (L/L) 8 kV Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Network frequency Up to the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric feeder circuit breakers, even in cascading configuration 50/60 Hz Pollution degree 3 Overvoltage category III Additional technical characteristics Reference temperature 40 °C Operating temperature -25 °C to 55 °C Dielectric withstand (IEC/EN 60947-1) 2500 V AC Neutral terminal strip DB406005_1.eps PB111244-20_1.eps PB111245-20_1.eps PB111246-20_1.eps PB111247-20_1.eps PB111248-20_1.eps PB111249-20_1.eps 125 A 4 x 12 1 x Ø9 mm 7 x Ø7.5 mm 4 x Ø6.5 mm 18 k 26 k 4.2 kA rms/1 s 4 x 15 1 x Ø9.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm 18 k 28 k 4.2 kA rms/1 s 160 A 4 x 12 1 x Ø12 mm 3 x Ø9 mm 8 x Ø7.5 mm 22 k 36 k 8.4 kA rms/1 s 100 A 7 2 x Ø7.5 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm - 125 A 12 1 x Ø9 mm 7 x Ø7.5 mm 4 x Ø6.5 mm - 15 1 x Ø9.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm - 14 100 x 126 x 50.5 390 LGYN12512 LGY412548 20 100 x 162 x 50.5 559 LGYN12515 LGY412560 18 100 x 174 x 50.5 567 LGYN12512 LGY416048 7 20 x 70 x 35 63 LGYN1007 14 20 x 125 x 35 111 LGYN12512 17 20 x 155 x 35 149 LGYN12515 Terminal technical data Type PZ2 screw Diameter Ø5.5 mm Section rigid cable 1.5 to 16 mm² Section flexible cable or with ferrule 1.5 to 10 mm² Tightening torque 2 N.m Type Hc screw Diameter Ø9.5 mm Section rigid cable 10 to 35 mm² Ø5.8 mm 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 2 N.m Ø10 mm 1.5 to 50 mm² Ø6 mm 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 2 N.m Ø12 mm 25 to 70 mm² Ø6.5 mm 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 2 N.m Ø7.5 mm 2.5 to 25 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² Ø8.5 mm 6 to 35 mm² 4 to 25 mm² 2 N.m 2 N.m Ø15.3 mm 35 to 120 mm² Ø y 15 mm Ø9 mm 10 to 35 mm² 4 to 25 mm² Ø9.5 mm 10 to 35 mm² 6 to 35 mm² 2.5 N.m 2.5 N.m Section flexible cable or with ferrule Tightening torque 6 to 35 mm² 1.5 to 35 mm² 16 to 50 mm² 8 N.m 4 N.m 1P: 9 N.m 4P: 5 N.m 25 to 95 mm² 14 N.m 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/7 DB405953.eps Linergy distribution systems Linergy DS Screw distribution blocks Dimensions (mm) 27 36 45 85 LGY112510 LGY116013 LGY125014 95 5.5 45 70 20 LGYN1007 125 LGYN12512 155 LGYN12515 35 20 3.5 71 126 100 LGY410028 LGY412548 162 LGY412560 174 LGY416048 126 5 45 DB405954.eps DB405955.eps 10 Technical Section 11 10/8 Dimensions Section 12 Connection systems Terminals and installation accessories Connection strips 80 - 125A (40°C) Cross section for stranded cables. Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screw attachment to any support. 80A connection strip 4 holes (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) length 32mm 6 holes (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 ) length 50mm 10 holes (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 ) length 74mm 125A connection strip 14 holes (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16 mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 98mm Part number 14962 14963 14964 14965 Terminal block supports Terminal block support made of self extinguishing insulating material: 960°C/5s. Beige in colour. Each support can be individually identified using clip-on markers (optional): n Blue for neutral n Yellow/green for earth Fixing: n Clipped on to: 12 x 2 flat bar Multifix or symmetrical rail n Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate) using 2 ears Cross section for stranded cables 80A terminal block 4 holes (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) length 68mm 6 holes (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 68mm 10 holes (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 115mm Part number 14975 14976 14977 125A terminal block 14 holes (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35 mm2) length 115mm 14979 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/9 Connection systems 10 Terminals and installation accessories (cont.) Terminal bar for earth/neutral connections n For panel mounting n Including support n Current rating 200A Type For panel mounting 1 x 20 holes, length 183mm (19 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 1 x 25 holes, length 222mm (24 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 1 x 38 holes, length 332mm (37 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 1 x 49 holes, length 419mm (48 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 1 x 73 holes, length 624mm (72 x 16+1 x 1202 ) Part number 99217 99219 99221 99223 99225 Universal terminal support This unit can be installed on: n Symmetrical DIN rail n Slotted mounting plate n Asymmetrical DIN raiI width: 3 modules of 9mm Type Universal terminal support (pack of 5) Part number 4224 Flush mounting clamp Allows the installation of all DlN standard devices on an enclosure door. The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round. DIN rail not included. Type Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4) Part number 20267 Transparent hinged weatherproof covers for enclosure doors - IP55 Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10 SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. Degree of protection IP55. n External dimensions (mm): w 235 x h 126 x d 33 n Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm): w 186 x h 96 Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mm modules) and fixing and drilling template. Type Transparent hinged cover (10 x 18mm ways) DIN rail support (and fixing) Transparent hinged cover (4 x 18mm ways) Transparent hinged cover complete with DIN support bracket (4 x 18mm ways) Part number 14210 14211 99246A 99246B Technical Section 11 10/10 Dimensions Section 12 Connection systems Powerpact 4 pan assemblies accessories 630A or 800A busbar rating outgoing 630A or 800A busbar rating incoming Outgoing pan assembly 630A or 800A busbar ratings Application Pan assemblies provide easy to connect high density connection independent of device mix for mounting of moulded case circuit breakers into a low voltage power distribution switchboard. Can be fed from the side or bottom fed using incoming pan assembly. For technical data see Section 2. SPways Part number 630A busbar 18 MG6PAC6 36 MG6PAC12 54 MG6PAC18 72 MG6PAC24 90 MG6PAC30 See Section 8 for outgoing and incoming devices 800A busbar MG8PAC6 MG8PAC12 MG8PAC18 MG8PAC24 MG8PAC30 Incoming pan assembly 630A or 800A busbar ratings Application Incoming section including mounting tray metal shroud and copper busbar `T' section to allow cassetted breakers to feed pan from bottom. Current rating (A) 630 800 Part number 3P MG6PACN MG8PACN3 4P MG6PACN MG8PACN4 18 way neutral bar kit Mounts on either side of incoming device when using incoming pan assembly. Includes disconnectable neutral link. Type 630A 800A Part number MG6PANKIT MG8PANKIT Front cover (up to 18TP ways only) Number of outgoing ways Part number Part number SP TP 630A interior 800A interior 18 6 MG6PAFC6 MG6PAFC6 36 12 MG6PAFC12 MG6PAFC12 54 18 MG6PAFC18 MG6PAFC18 Note: If RCD, metering, remote metering or 400/630A outgoing devices are fitted then a shrouding kit must be used. Shrouding kit (with MG6 FC front covers only) Provides additional support for device and shrouding for front cover .One shrouding kit must be used per side when fitting either outgoing 400/630AMP MCCBs or outgoing ammeter and/or earth leakage protection. In addition to the shrouding kit an addition a 25mm three stage filler piece is required when 4 pole 400A or 630AMP circuit breakers are fitted on the outgoing pan assembly MGPTSF25. Number of outgoing ways SP 18 36 54 Shrouding kit TP 6 12 18 Part number MGPCH6 MGPCH12 MGPCH18 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/11 Enclosures 10 Technical Section 11 10/12 Dimensions Section 12 Mini Opale IP30 G9 IP30 A-Series IP30 Mini Opale enclosures (IP30) Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant material which is self extinguishing to 6500C. Degree of protection: IP30 They consist of: n An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail n A cover clipped to the back plate n Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398 only. (1 X16mm2 + 3 X10mm2) Installation n Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied. SP 18mm ways Size (mm) H - W - D 2 130 x 44 x 57 4 130 x 80 x 57 6 160 x 119 x 65 8 160 x 155 x 65 Suitable for most DlN standard devices Part number 18mm 13392 13394 13396 13398 G9 enclosures (IP30) These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: n A back plate with DlN raiI n A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm knockouts top and bottom Installation n Wall mounting SP 18mm ways Size (mm) H - W - D 3 200 x 101 x 63 4 250 x 122.5 x 63 5 250 x 122.5 x 63 Suitable for most DlN standard devices Part number 18mm 99560 14599 14603 A series enclosures (IP 30) These enclosures are made from folded sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001. Degree of protection: IP3X. They consist of: n An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail 25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of enclosure built-in earth terminal bar n A cover having a left handed hinged door with plastic latch Installation n Wall mounting SP 18mm ways 8 12 16 20 32 * 2 row Accessories Key lock Dimensions (as) SEA9AN6 SEA9AN10 SEA9AN14 SEA9AN18 SEA9AN27 Part number SEA9DE16 SEA9DE24 SEA9DE32 SEA9DE40 SEA9DE64* SEA9BL Enclosures B-Series IP30 Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DINrail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN. Technical data Ingress protection: Earth bar capacity: Mounting: Colour: IP30 to BSEN 60529 25mm2 Surface RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Supplied with DINrail, door and slotted front cover Part number Capacity in 18mm SP ways Number of rows Dimensions in mm Height Width SEA9BN4SXS 34 2 484 470 SEA9BN8SXS 34 2 538 470 SEA9BN12SXS 51 3 700 470 SEA9BN16SXS 68 4 862 470 SEA9BN24SXS 85 5 1024 470 Depth 138 138 138 138 138 Supplied with DINrail, door and plain front cover Part number Capacity in 18mm SP ways Number of rows Dimensions in mm Height Width SEA9BN4SXP 34 2 484 470 SEA9BN8SXP 34 2 538 470 SEA9BN12SXP 51 3 700 470 SEA9BN16SXP 68 4 862 470 SEA9BN24SXP 85 5 1024 470 Suitable for most DINstandard devices Installation n Wall mounting n Flush mounting kit available Depth 138 138 138 138 138 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/13 Enclosures Pragma Surface mounted enclosures Function A range of ready-to-install enclosures devised for electricians: ergonomics and flexibility of installation. The Pragma offer is particularly robust, especially the 24-module enclosures thanks to their metal structure and their reinforced front face. 24 module enclosures 13 module enclosures Customisable transparent door Application This distribution enclosure is intended for top of the range residential and tertiary sectors. The 24-module enclosures can accommodate the NG125 incoming circuit breaker or switch, equipped if necessary with an earth leakage protection module. Technical data 13 module enclosures technoplastic ,(1) metal grey and titanium white 24 module enclosures: metal and technoplastic ,(1) metal grey and titanium white Transparent doors: For 13 module enclosures: technoplastic ,(1) crystal For 24 module enclosures: metal and glass, titanium white and crystal Opaque doors: For 13 module enclosures: technoplastic ,(1) titanium white For 24 module enclosures: metal, titanium white Withstand fire and abnormal heat at 650 °C as per IEC 60695-2-11/EN 60695-2-11 Total insulation class II: Conform to IEC 60439-3/EN 60439-3 § 7.4.3.2.2. Advantage: Thanks to its design, the entire Pragma range has "total insulation": no components on the enclosure, interface or door need be earthed. Degree of protection Without door: IP30 as per IEC 60529: With door: IP40 Degree of protection against Without door: IK08 mechanical impacts as per With door: IK09 IEC 62262: Operating temperature: -25 °C to +60 °C. (1) Technoplastic material specially developed by Merlin Gerin. Components delivered with each enclosure and interface Marking strips + label-guard Blanking plate strip Earth and neutral terminal blocks: See part number table Identification label Front face and back connection 1 plain plate per row Modular terminal blocks with screwless quick connections for small cables - earth and neutral terminal blocks 10 Neutral terminal blocks easy to split to adapt to earth leakage protection Technical Section 11 10/14 Dimensions Section 12 Enclosures Pragma Surface mounted enclosures (cont.) Enclosures Number of modules per row 13 modules 24 modules Number of rows Capacity in modules of 18mm 1 13 2 26 3 39 4 52 1 24 2 48 3 72 4 96 Rated current In 63 A 63 A 90 A 90 A 125 A 125 A 160 A 160 A Neutral terminal block Number of connections Earth terminal block Number of connections Part number Without door Total 500 250 60 Total 500 250 60 11 - 3 2 x 4 13 - 1 3 x 4 PRA20113 19 - 3 4 x 4 17 - 1 4 x 4 PRA20213 23 - 3 5 x 4 22 - 2 5 x 4 PRA20313 27 - 3 6 x 4 26 - 2 6 x 4 PRA20413 23 1 2 5 x 4 22 1 1 5 x 4 PRA20124 29 1 4 6 x 4 27 1 2 6 x 4 PRA20224 29 1 4 6 x 4 27 1 2 6 x 4 PRA20324 35 1 6 7 x 4 32 1 3 7 x 4 PRA20424 Externall wall mounting lugs Accessories Mounting in interfaces Externall wall mounting lugs Door lock - key 405 13 module blank Part Number PRA90009 PRA90039 PRA91020 Door for enclosures Mounting in interfaces 13 modules 24 modules 1 row 2 rows 3 rows 4 rows 1 row 2 rows 3 rows 4 rows Customisable transparent Part Number PRA15113 PRA15213 PRA15313 PRA15413 PRA15124 PRA15224 PRA15324 PRA15424 Opaque Part Number PRA16113 PRA16213 PRA16313 PRA16413 PRA16124 PRA16224 PRA16324 PRA16424 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/15 Functions and technical data A range of 18 mm, 1, 2 or 3-row 4, 6, 8, 12, 18, 24 or 36-module ready-to-use enclosures designed for electricians: ergonomic design and flexibility of installation. Mini Pragma Surface mounting enclosures with earth terminal block Function This distribution or sub-distribution enclosure, up to 63 A, is designed for installing electrical switchboards in new or renovated installations in the housing sector. Description The surface mounting Mini Pragma consists of: bb a back with: vv a centered slot to facilitate installation vv fixing holes for vertical adjustment. bb the necessitate for entry cables: vv two removable cable entry plates at the top and bottom vv punch-outs vv a large area for drilling (crown saw, punches) bb 1 to 3 DIN rails fixed asymmetrically onto the back bb a reversible front face, fitted with pre-cutout blanking plates bb a white opaque or translucent door or smoked transparent bb an earth terminal block and a neutral terminal block Enclosure colour: White RAL 9003. This enclosure can be equipped with a marker light, available in accessories. It allows locating the enclosure in the dark during a power failure. PB104065-22 PB104063-20 PB1040641-19 PB104059-20 PB104069-29 PB104067-21 PB104071-40 36-module enclosures 24-module enclosures PB104108-20 Smoked translucent door. PB104107-20 10 White door. DB124307 new Smoked transparent door. 18-module enclosures 12-module enclosures 8-module enclosures 6-module enclosures 4-module enclosures Technical data Enclosures Compliance with standards IEC 60439-3, IEC 60529, IEC 60695-2-11, EN 50102, IEC 60670-24 Rated current (In) 4-module enclosure 50 A 6 to 36-module enclosures 63 A Rated insulation voltage (Ui) < 400 V Insulation Class 2 (as per IEC 60439-3) Degree of protection To IEC 60529 IP 40 Against mechanical impacts IK 07 Materials Self-extinguishing technoplastic (1): resistant to fire and abnormal heat 650°C to IEC 60695-2-11 (1) Technoplastic material specially developed by Schneider Electric. Technical Section 11 10/16 Dimensions Section 12 PB104637-45 PB104657-37 PB104650-30 Functions and technical data Insulating plug MIP99030 MIP99034 Mini Pragma Surface mounting enclosures with earth terminal block (cont.) Catalogue numbers White enclosures Number of rows 1 2 3 Number of Capacity in modules per row 18 mm modules 4 4 6 6 8 8 12 12 18 18 12 24 12 36 Rated current In (A) 50 63 63 63 63 63 63 Cat. no. With solid white door MIP12104 MIP12106 MIP12108 MIP12112 MIP12118 MIP12212 MIP12312 Components delivered with each enclosure Type Insulating plug (pack of 4) To be placed over the back fixing screws to obtain class 2 insulation Identification strip for each row To be glued onto the front panel Two terminal block supports Two earth/neutral terminal blocks Supplied with the 4 or 6-module enclosure 2 x (1 x 16 v + 2 x 10 v + 1 x 6 v) Supplied with the 8 or 12-module enclosure 2 x (1 x 16 v + 4 x 10 v + 3 x 6 v) Supplied with the 18 or 24-module enclosure 2 x (2 x 16 v + 8 x 10 v + 6 x 6 v) Supplied with the 36-module 2 x (2 x 16 v + 9 x 10 v + 9 x 6 v) enclosure Accessories Type Removable plate (pack of 2) Surface mounting IP41 kit Terminal block support (pack of 2) Terminal block Earth terminal block Ph+N insulated terminal block (pack of 2) Blanking plate Symbol plate Keylock 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules 12 modules 18 modules 18 modules 1 x 16 v + 2 x 10 v + 1 x 6 v 1 x 16 v + 4 x 10 v + 3 x 6 v 2 x 16 v + 8 x 10 v + 6 x 6 v 2 x 16 v + 9 x 10 v + 9 x 6 v 3 x 16 v + 12 x 2.5 v 4 x 16 v + 20 x 2.5 v 2 x (1 x 35 v + 5 x 16 v) 2 x (1 x 35 v + 7 x 16 v) 5 modules Standard Special Cat. no. MIP99029 MIP99030 MIP99031 MIP99032 MIP99033 MIP99034 MIP99036 MIP99037 MIP99038 MIP99039 MIP99040 13409 13410 13411 13412 13387 13735 13736 MIP99046 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/17 Introduction 10 Technical Section 11 10/18 Dimensions Section 12 Kaedra Offer overview The most comprehensive enclosure range n Enclosure for modular switchgear n Enclosures for modular switchgear with interface n Enclosures for power outlets n Universal enclosures For the production of electrical switchboards incorporating protection, control and distribution n Modular protection devices n Power outlets n Pushbuttons and indicator lights, etc n Non-modular switchgear (transformer, motor control, etc.) For tertiary, small contracting and industrial sectors For environments requiring optimum protection of persons and electrical switchgear. Safety Kaedra switchboards guarantee a high degree of protection and increased dependability thanks to: n Their degree of protection (IP65) n Their high impact strength (IK09) and resistance to chemical and atmospheric agents, UVs, etc n Class 2 insulating material n Optional locking of the door and sealing of the front face and front plates n Conformity with IEC 670 standard for empty enclosures and with IEC 439-3 standard for equipped boards Ergonomics Kaedra switchboards offer remarkable cabling space. Both the cable inlet and internal distribution is simplified. The transparent doors enable permanent, immediate checking of operating conditions. The interface zones offer quick access to power outlets and control devices. The functional openings allow rapid installation of all devices directly or using matching plates. The frame and all its possibilities guarantee assembly time savings. Attractive design Their modern, rounded shape, result of in-depth design and ergonomic studies, make the Kaedra switchboards ideal for use even in places visible to the general public. Their innovating colours ensure enhanced integration, while at the same time guaranteeing the basic requirements of visibility and inspection of switchgear. Enclosures for modular switchgear Available in 7 versions from 3 to 72 modules. They allow installation of modular switchgear up to 125 A, as well as non-modular switchgear on slotted mounting plate. Enclosures for modular switchgear with interface Available in 3 versions of 12, 24 and 36 modules. The interface zone offers the possibility, thanks to the functional plates, of installing on the switchboard front face, control or protection devices, indicator lights and PK series power outlets of the domestic or industrial type. Interface enclosures Available in 2 versions with 2 or 3 openings. They can be used by themselves, horizontally or vertically, or associated with other enclosures as cable trunking or interface zone (control devices, indicator lights, power outlets, etc.). Universal enclosures, Available in 5 sizes. They are designed for production of control and monitoring switchboards with non-modular type devices. Enclosures for power outlets 90 x 100 mm openings. Available in versions with 1 to 8 openings. They are characterised for the new functional feature with openings allowing installation of all PK power socket outlets or the incorporation of control and indicator light functions. 103 x 225 mm opening, Available in versions with 1 to 4 openings. They can accommodate the new PK Unika interlockable power outlets. Universal Available in 5 sizes. They allow mounting of flush-mountable power socket outlets up to 125 A. Selection guide Kaedra 1 row Range of weatherproof mini enclosures Part number Number of modules Width Height mm 138 5 modules 280 13175 4 98 248 13176 4 98 310 13177 4 98 392 13975 3 80 150 13441 4 123 200 13442 6 159 200 13443 8 195 200 13444 12 267 200 236 8 modules Range of weatherproof enclosures 340 12 modules 12 + 1 modules per row 13981 448 18 modules per row (12 modules if interface) 13982 13990 18 + 1 modules 335 13180 13191 460 13178 13993 13179 13983 13181 13195 13984 13182 13197 13185 13189 13186 13190 13187 13192 13991 13188 13193 610 13994 842 13985 13196 13986 13992 13198 13987 13199 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/19 Connection systems Protection Enclosures offering: n A zone for industrial or domestic power outlets, buttons or indicator lights n A row for modular switchgear protecting power outlets Mini enclosures Enclosures Number 4 4 4 5 8 of modules 12+1 12+1 18+1 See page 6/28 0 0 13175 13176 13177 13178 13179 13180 13181 13182 13993 13994 Technical data Self-extinguishing insulating material Operating temperature: -25°C to +60°C Colour: Light grey RAL 7035 and transparent green wicket gate IP65 As per IEC 60529 IK09 As per EN 50102 Class 2: Total insulation Flame and abnormal 650°C as per IEC 60695-2-1 heat resistance: Complies with standard IEC 60439-3 Resistance to chemicals and atmospherics agents Enclosures part numbers Data Total mod. open Pre-cutout (top and bottom)(1) M 16 20 25 32 PG 11 16 21 Dimensions (mm) 50 29/36 W H D Mini enclosures for power outlets (65 x 85 mm openings) 4 1 4 2 4 3 1 98 248 98.5 1 98 310 98.5 1 98 392 98.5 Accessories delivered with an enclosure part number (2) Part Wiring Terminal Terminal block Plates Part number No. strap block number of holes support 4 8 16 13135 13136 13138 13143 13175 1 13176 1 13177 Enclosures for power outlets (90 x 100 mm openings) 5 2 8 4 12+1 3 12+1 6 18+1 8 1 1 1 138 460 160 1 2 2 3 236 460 160 2 1 1 6 6 2 3 340 335 160 2 1 1 6 6 2 3 340 460 160 2 1 1 10 4 2 1 448 460 160 2 1 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 6 2 8 2 13178 13179 13180 13181 13182 10 Enclosures for interlocked power outlets (103 x 225 mm openings) 5 1 8 2 12+1 3 18+1 4 1 1 1 138 460 160 2 2 3 236 460 160 2 1 6 6 2 3 340 460 160 2 1 10 4 2 1 448 460 160 2 1 (1) Concentric pre-cutouts of the PG and ISO/metric type (EN 50262). (2) Accessories also delivered: n Mini enclosures: class II plugs n Enclosures: class II plugs, blanking plates (5 modules of 18 mm per row) and a marking kit 1 1 1 1 13185 1 13186 1 13187 1 13188 Technical Section 11 10/20 Dimensions Section 12 Enclosures for sockets Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 Kaedra Mini enclosures with 65 x 85 mm openings Direct Domestic and LV power mounting outlets (65 x 85 mm). With plate Part no. 13135 Power outlets (50 x 50 mm). Enclosures with 90 x 100 mm openings Direct mounting 16/32 A slanting power outlets (90 x 100 mm). With plate Part no. 13136 Domestic and LV power outlets (65 x 85 mm). With plate Part no. 13137 With plate Part no. 13138 With plate Part no. 13141 LV and ELV power outlets (65 x 65 mm and 75 x 75 mm). Buttons, indicator lights and switches 16 and 22 mm diameter. Identification label. Enclosures with 103 x 225 mm openings Direct mounting Power outlet interlocked or with safety transformer. With plate Part no. 13143 With plate Part no. 13142 Blanking and adaptation plate to be drilled for 65 x 65 mm or 75 x 75 mm power 10 outlet. Plate with 2 openings: n 65 x 85 mm n 90 x 100 mm. With plate Part no. 13144 63 A LV power outlet (100 x 107 mm). 10/21 Enclosures for modular switchgear with interface Kaedra Enclosure offering: n An interface zone always available for user and that can accomodate buttons, indicator lights, power outlets or modular switchgear n A zone, behind the door, to install the modular switchgear Number of 12 24 36 modules 1 3 4 13990 13991 13992 Mechanical data Self-extinguishing insulating material Reversible front face Interface zone to the left or right. It is also an excellent cable duct Door opening in either direction Inside depth available for installation of non-modular switchgear between the slotted mounting plate and the plain front plate: 100 mm In enclosures with 3 or 4 openings, the kit for INS40/63/80 A must be mounted in the central openings Technical data Self-extinguishing insulating material Operating temperature: -25°C to +60°C Colour: Light grey RAL 7035 and transparent green door IP65 As per IEC 60529 IK09 As per EN 50102 Class 2: Total insulation Flame and abnormal 650°C as per IEC 60695-2-1 heat resistance: Complies with standard IEC 60439-3 Resistance to chemicals and atmospherics agents 10 Technical Section 11 10/22 Dimensions Section 12 Enclosures for modular switchgear with interface Kaedra Enclosures part numbers Data Row 1 2 3 Total mod. 12 24 36 Slot for plate 1 3 4 Pre-cutout (top and bottom)(1) M 20 25 32 50 PG 11 16 21 29/36 10 4 2 1 10 4 2 1 10 4 2 1 Dimensions (mm) WH D 448 280 160 448 460 160 448 610 160 Accessories delivered with an enclosure part number (2) marking wiring kit strap Terminal Terminal block Plates for 65x85mm Part block number of holes buttons, power number support indicator outlet lights 4 8 16 22 32 13138 13136 1 1 1 11 1 13990 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 13991 3 3 1 1 14 1 13992 (1) Concentric pre-cutouts of the PG and ISO/metric type (EN 50262) (2) Accessories also delivered: class II plugs and blanking plates (5 modules of 18 mm per row) Part numbers of the main accessories Name Association kit Wall mounting lugs Slotted mounting plate Plain front plate Interface plate for Interface kit Wiring strap Sealing kit Keylock Insert Description 2 sleeves + 4 nuts 12 modules 65 x 85 power outlets 65 x 65 or 75 x 75 power outlets Pushbutton controls Identification INS40/63/80 A Modular switchgear up to 4 modules (e.g. residual current circuit breaker) Triangle Square Part number 13934 13935 13941 13944 13136 13137 13138 13141 13139 13140 13946 13947 13948 13949 13950 Other accessories available for these enclosures: Row separator, jack-up block, junction for trunking, blanking plate, terminal block support, insulated terminal blocks, IP2 covers, cable support sleeves, cable gland, self-adhesive symbols, self-adhesive sheets. Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10 10/23 Enclosures for modular switchgear with interface Kaedra 1 2 34 10 Add-on possibility Enclosures can be horizontally or vertically associated keeping the IP65 and allowing cable insertion. Dovetails Arranged on the back and on the chassis, they can accommodate: n 4-hole terminal blocks n Wiring straps Everything for the interface Direct mounting With plate Part no 13136 With plate Part no 13137 Back/front face hinges Clipped onto the right or left, they simplify cabling and working on the interface zone. Chassis n DIN symmetrical rails positionable in 2 depths and 2 heights to privilege cabling room n Chassis that can be severed to install a mounting plate on the back Marking Clip-on label covers ensure neat, quick and upgradeable marking. With plate Part no. 13138 With plate Part no 13141 With kit Part no 13140 With kit Part no 13139 16/32 A slanting power outlets (90 x 100 mm). Technical Section 11 10/24 LV power oultets (65 x 85 mm). LV and ELV power outlets (65 x 65 mm and 75 x 75 mm). Dimensions Section 12 Buttons, indicator lights and switches 16 and 22 mm diameter. Identification label Modular switchgear up to 4 modules (e.g. residual current circuit breaker). INS40/63/80 A. Enclosures and mini enclosures for modular switchgear Kaedra 3 to 12 module mini enclosures, economic and compact. Add-on 12 to 72 module enclosures. Mini enclosures Nbr of modules 4 6 8 12 1 row Enclosures Nbr of rows 12 modules 13441 1 13442 2 13443 3 13444 4 13981 18 modules per row 13983 13985 Kaedra enclosures and mini enclosures for modular switchgear. 13982 13984 13986 13987 Enclosure part numbers Data Accessories with an enclosure catalogue number (2) Row Pré-cutout (top and bottom) (1) Dimensions Marking Wiring Terminal Terminal block Total M 16 20 20 25 32 50 (mm) kit mod. PG 11 16 21 29/36 W H D strap block number of holes support 4 8 16 22 32 Mini enclosures 1 4 11 1 123 200 112 1 1 2 6 11 1 159 200 112 1 1 2 8 22 1 195 200 112 1 1 4 12 22 21 267 200 112 1 1 2 Enclosures 1 12 6 623 340 280 160 1 1 1 1 1 18 10 4 2 1 448 280 160 1 1 1 1 1 2 24 6 623 340 460 160 2 2 1 1 1 36 10 4 2 1 448 460 160 2 2 1 1 1 3 36 6 623 340 610 160 3 3 1 1 1 54 10 4 2 1 448 610 160 3 3 2 1 2 4 72 10 4 2 1 448 842 160 4 4 2 1 2 (1) Concentric pre-cutouts of the PG and ISO/metric type (EN 50262). (2) Accessories also delivered: b mini enclosures: class II plugs b enclosures: class II plugs and blanking plates (5 modules of 18 mm per row). Part No. 13441 13442 13443 13444 13981 13982 13983 13984 13985 13986 13987 Part numbers of the main accessories Name Description Mini-enclosures Enclosures Part No. Association kit 2 sleeves + 4 nuts b 13934 Wall mounting lugs b 13935 Slotted mounting plate b 13941 Pain plate 12 modules b 13944 18 modules b 13945 Wiring strap de filerie b b 13946 Sealing kit b b 13947 Keylock b b 13948 Insert Triangle b b 13949 Square b b 13950 Other accessories available for these enclosures (1) : Row separator, jack-up block, junction for trunking, blanking plate, terminal block support, insulated terminal blocks, IP2 covers, cable support sleeves, cable gland, self-adhesive symbols, self-adhesive sheets. 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/25 Enclosures and mini enclosures for modular switchgear Kaedra A few tricks 4 1 2 34 Add-on possibility Enclosures can be horizontally or vertically associated keeping the IP65 and allowing cable insertion. 10 Technical Section 11 10/26 Dovetails Arranged on the back and on the chassis, they can accommodate: bb 4-hole terminal blocks bb wiring straps. Back/front face hinges Clipped onto the right or left, they simplify cabling and working on the interface zone. Mechanical data Chassis Marking bb DIN symmetrical rails Clip-on label covers ensure positionable in 2 depths neat, quick and upgradeable and 2 heights to privilege marking. cabling room bb Chassis that can be severed to install a mounting plate on the back Enclosure bb Reversible front face for opening of door to the left or right bb Inside depth available for installation of non-modular switchgear between the slotted mounting plate and the plain front plate: 100 mm bb Reversible front plate according to distance between axes of rails (125, 150, 175 mm) Mini enclosure bb Clip-on terminal block support bb Back with dovetail to accommodate 4-hole terminal block and wiring strap. Dimensions Section 12 Technical data bb Self-extinguishing insulating material bb Operating temperature: -25 °C to +60 °C bb Colour: light grey RAL 7035 and transparent green door bb IP65 as per IEC 60529 bb IK09 as per EN 50102 bb Class 2: total insulation bb Flame and abnormal heat resistance: 650 °C as per IEC 60695-2-1 bb Complies with standard IEC 60439-3 bb Resistance to chemicals and atmospherics agents: see PAGE 93140. Universal enclosures Kaedra The opaque door universal enclosure provides a zone to install non-modular switchgear. The universal enclosure for power outlets provides a row for modular switchgear and a universal zone. Opaque door universal enclosures 340 x 460 340 x 610 448 x 460 448 x 610 448 x 842 13195 13196 13197 13198 13199 Universal enclosures for power outlets 138 x 460 5 modules 236 x 460 8 modules 340 x 335 340 x 460 448 x 460 12+1 modules 12+1 modules 18+1 modules 13189 13190 13191 13192 13193 Mechanical data Opaque door universal enclosure Delivered with a slotted mounting plate mounted at the back Available depth for installation of non-modular switchgear on mounting plate: 130 mm Reversible front face to change door opening direction Technical data Self-extinguishing insulating material Operating temperature: -25°C to +60°C Colour: Light grey RAL 7035 IP65 As per IEC 60529 IK09 As per EN 50102 Class 2: Total insulation Flame and abnormal heat 650°C as per IEC 60695-2-1 resistance: Complies with standard IEC 60439-3 Resistance to chemicals and atmospherics agents Note: universal enclosures for power outlets can accommodate power outlets up to 125A. 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/27 Universal enclosures Kaedra Enclosures part numbers Dimensions (mm) No of Pre-cutout (top and bottom)(1) modules M 16 20 25 32 WH D PG 11 16 21 Opaque door universal enclosures 340 460 160 340 610 160 448 460 160 448 610 160 448 842 160 6 6 2 3 6 6 2 3 10 4 2 10 4 2 10 4 2 50 29/36 Part number 13195 13196 1 13197 1 13198 1 13199 Universal enclosures for power outlets 138 460 160 236 460 160 340 335 160 340 460 160 448 460 160 5 8 12+1 12+1 18+1 1 1 1 2 2 3 6 6 2 3 6 6 2 3 10 4 2 1 13189 13190 13191 13192 13193 1) Concentric pre-cutouts of the PG and ISO/metric type (EN 50262). (2) Accessories also delivered: n Opaque door universal enclosures: class II plugs, mounting plate n Universal enclosures for power outlets: class II plugs, blanking plates (5 modules of 18 mm) and marking kit Part numbers of the main accessories Name Association kit Wall mounting lug Jack-up block Junction for trunking Wiring strap Slotted mounting plate 150 x 250 Part number 13934 13935 13938 13939 13946 13941 10 Technical Section 11 10/28 Dimensions Section 12 Universal weatherproof enclosures Kaedra 1 2 34 Add-on possibility Enclosures can be horizontally or vertically associated keeping the IP65 and allowing cable insertion. Dovetails Arranged on the back and on the chassis, they can accommodate: n 4-hole terminal blocks n wiring straps Back/front face hinges Clipped onto the right or left, they simplify cabling and working. Marking Clip-on label covers ensure neat, quick and upgradeable marking. 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/29 Interface enclosures 10 Kaedra Enclosures that can be installed alone, but also as an extension of another enclosure. Number of 50 x 100 mm openings 3 4 13993 13994 Mechanical data This enclosure can also act as a cable duct In enclosures with 3 or 4 openings, the kit for INS40/63/80 A must be mounted in the central openings Technical data Self-extinguishing insulating material Operating temperature: -25°C to +60°C Colour: Light grey RAL 7035 IP65 As per IEC 60529 IK09 As per EN 50102 Class 2: Total insulation Flame and abnormal heat 650°C as per IEC 60695-2-1 resistance: Complies with standard IEC 60439-3 Resistance to chemicals and atmospherics agents Part numbers of the main accessories Name Description Association kit Wall mounting lugs Slotted mounting plate Plain front plate Interface plate for Interface kit Wiring strap Sealing kit 2 sleeves + 4 nuts 12 modules 65 x 85 power outlets 65 x 65 or 75 x 75 power outlets Pushbutton controls Identification INS40/63/80 A Modular switchgear up to 4 modules (e.g. residual current circuit breaker) Part number 13934 13935 13941 13944 13136 13137 13138 13141 13139 13140 13946 13947 Other accessories available for these enclosures: Jack-up block, insulated terminal blocks, cable support sleeves, cable gland. Technical Section 11 10/30 Dimensions Section 12 Interface enclosures Kaedra Everything for the interface Direct mounting With plate Part no 13136 With plate Part no 13137 With plate Part no. 13138 With plate Part no 13141 With kit Part no 13140 With kit Part no 13139 16/32 A slanting power outlets (90 x 100 mm). LV power oultets (65 x 85 mm). LV and ELV power outlets (65 x 65 mm and 75 x 75 mm). Buttons, indicator lights and switches 16 and 22 mm diameter. Identification label. Modular switchgear up to 4 modules (e.g. residual current circuit breaker). INS40/63/80 A. 10 Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 10/31 Accessories Kaedra Terminal block composition Number of holes Total Cross section in mm2 10 16 4 2 2 8 4 4 32 16 16 Width in mm 85 85 202 10 Description For enclosure installation n Association kit: used for horizontal or vertical association of two enclosures with one another while preserving IP65 n Wall mounting lugs: used to fix the enclosure to the wall without using holes in the back of the enclosure n Row separator: used to create IP2 insulated zones. For example: separate strong and weak current zones n Jack-up block: used to detach the enclosure from the wall in order to route cables behind the enclosure (2 lengths of 1 metre to be cut) n Plain front plate: used to hide a zone without modular switchgear n Blanking plate: clipped onto the front plates to conceal slots with no devices n Junction for trunking: allows tidy incoming of cables in a trunking For switchgear installation n Functional plates for 90 x 100 mm slot: Adaptation (screwed on) for 65 x 85 mm power outlets Blanking or adaptation (screwed on) for 65 x 65 mm or 75 x 75 mm power outlets (slot to be punched out) Blanking or adaptation (clipped on) for buttons, indicator lights and switches of diameters 16 and 22 mm (1 central slot or 2 side by side to punch out). Blanking for identification (clipped on) n Functional plates for 103 x 225 mm slot: Adaptation (screwed on) with 2 openings: 65 x 85 mm and 90 x 100 mm. Blanking or adaptation (screwed on) offering 1 slot for 65 x 65 mm or 75 x 75 mm power outlets (to be punched out) and a universal zone Adaptation (screwed in) for 63 A 100 x 107 mm LV power outlet n Interface kit for 90 x 100 mm slot for: INS40 to 80 A (chassis + plate) Modular switchgear up to 4 modules e.g. residual current circuit breaker (chassis + plate + membrane) n Slotted plate (150 x 250 mm): screwed onto the back of the enclosure, used to fix non-modular devices For electrical connection n Terminal block support: flat iron (12 x 2 mm), 2 versions: screwed onto the pins or onto the chassis n Set of insulated terminal blocks with IP42 covers: 4 holes: clipped onto the terminal block supports, fixed onto walls by dovetails, 8 holes: clipped onto the terminal block supports, clipped onto DIN symmetrical rail, screwed onto the back 32 holes: clipped onto the terminal block supports n Wiring strap: used to guide cables along walls for simplified cabling (set of 5) n Cable support sleeves: used for incoming flexible cables n Cable glands: used for cable and tube incoming, guaranteeing tightness and mechanical withstand For identification n Self-adhesive symbol: allows identification of feeders by symbols: Currents: loads (power outlet, lighting, convector, etc.), places (bedroom, bathroom, etc.) Special: loads (surge arrester, gate, swimming pool, etc.), places (technical room, computer room, etc.) n Self-adhesive sheets for SISmarker printing: allows printing of customised labels using the SISmarker software For enclosure protection n Sealing kit: used to seal the front face on the back (2 screws) and the front plates on the front face (4 kits) n Keylock: Eurolocks combination no. 850. Installed in the door n Insert (male square or triangle, female key supplied): installed in the door For enclosure maintenance n Front plate n Chassis 1 row: can be combined to obtain a multi row chassis Technical Section 11 10/32 Dimensions Section 12 Accessories Kaedra Name Description Use mini Enclosures enclosure Part no. For enclosure implementation Association kit 2 sleeves + 4 nuts + 4 joints n n Wall mounting lugs (set of 4) n n Row separator 12 modules wide n 18 modules wide n Jack-up block n n Junction for trunking enclosure 340 mm wide n enclosure 448 mm wide n n Blanking plate (set of 10 x 5 modules) n nn n For switchgear implementation Plate for 85 x 65 slot for 50 x 50 power outlets n Plate for 90 x 100 slot 65 x 85 power outlets n n for 65 x 65 and 75 x 75 power outlets n n ø 16 & 22mm pushbutton controls n n blanking and identification n n Kit for 90 x 100 slot for INS40/63/80 A n n residual current circuit-breakers n n Plate for 103 x 225 slot one 85 x 65 + one 90 x 100 slot for blanking (blank to be slotted) (for 65x65 or 75x75mm power outlet) 63A LV power outlet (100x107 mm) Front plate plain 12 modules n n 18 modules n Slotted plate 150 x 250 mm n n For electrical connection Terminal blocks kit 5 x 4 holes (2 blue, 3 black) n n n 2 black covers 2 green covers Terminal blocks kit 1 x 8 holes (blue) 1 green cover 1 support for 8 back mounting Terminal blocks kit 1 x 8 holes (blue) 1 green cover 1 support for 12 back mounting Terminal blocks kit 1 x 32 holes (blue) n n 1 green cover 1 support for 18 back mounting Terminal block support for mini enclosure 4 modules n 6 modules n 8 modules n 12 modules n Terminal block support for mounting 12 modules n n on chassis 18 modules n Cable support sleeves varied diameter bag n nn n Cable gland PG11 n n n PG13,5 n PG16 n nn n PG21 n nn n PG29 n n PG36 n n Wiring strap (set of 5) n nn n For marking Self-adhesive symbols standard n nn n special n nn n Self-adhesive sheets for SISmarker printing n nn n For enclosure protection Sealing kit n nn n Keylock n nn n Insert triangle n nn n square n nn n For enclosure maintenance Front plate 12 modules n n 18 modules n Chassis 1 row 12 modules n n 18 modules n Technical Section 11 Dimensions Section 12 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 13934 13935 13936 13937 13938 13939 13929 13940 13135 13136 13137 13138 13141 13139 13140 13142 13143 13144 13944 13945 13941 13445 13446 13448 13450 13361 13362 13363 13364 13599 13595 14190 83992 83993 83994 83995 83996 83997 13946 13735 13736 13260 10 13947 13948 13949 13950 10200 10209 10210 10220 10/33 Contents Technical data Dissipated power, impedance and voltage drop..................................... page 11/2 Tripping curves........................................................................................... page 11/4 Influence of ambient temperature.......................................................... page 11/11 Short-circuit current limiting .................................................................. page 11/18 Direct current applications...................................................................... page 11/36 400 Hz network......................................................................................... page 11/50 Motor and transformer protection.......................................................... page 11/52 Safepact 2................................................................................................. page 11/56 Powerpact 4.............................................................................................. page 11/57 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures..................................... page 11/58 Earth loop impedance values.................................................................. page 11/59 11 11/1 Technical advice Acti 9 products Dissipated power, impedance and voltage drop The following table indicates the average dissipated power per pole in W for a current equal to the rating of the device and at the operating voltage. Rating (A) 0.5 1 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 6 6.3 10 12.5 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Circuit breakers iC60 2.3 2.3 1.9 2.2 2.4 1.3 2 2 2.1 2.2 2.7 2.8 3.6 4 5.6 iC60L-MA 0.7 0.2 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.6 0.8 2 2.3 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.7 1.8 2.5 3 3.1 3.5 3.6 4 5.6 RCCB iID 2P 0.8 0.9 2.6 2.6 3 5 4P 0.7 1.9 1.5 2.6 4.3 2.7 3.6 5.6 Add-on residual current devices Vigi iC60 10 mA 3 30 mA 1.4 1.1 2.3 100 mA 1.1 2.3 300 mA 1.3 0.9 2.3 500 mA 1.1 0.9 2.3 1000 mA 2.3 Contactors iCT/iCT+ Power circuit 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.5 3.4 4 Impulse relays iTL/iTL+ Power circuit 0.6 1.5 Push-buttons iPB 0.6 Selector switches iSSW iCMA/iCMB/iCMC/ iCMD/iCMV 0.8 0.4 Switch-disconnectors iSW 0.8 1.3 1.1 1.8 3.4 4.2 iSW-NA 2P 0.7 1.8 35 4P 0.6 1.5 2.5 4.1 Indicator lights iIL 0.3 Note: When the enclosure's thermal balance, consider the 4P devices load is only on 3 phases 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/2 Impedance calculation: Z = P / I² Z: impedance in Ohms P: dissipated power in Watts (table values) I: rating in Amperes Voltage drop calculation: U = P / I U: voltage drop in Volts P: dissipated power in Watts (table values) I: rating in Amperes Technical advice Multi 9 products Dissipated power, impedance and voltage drop (cont.) The following table indicates the average dissipated power per pole in W for a current equal to the rating of the device and at the operating voltage. Rating (A) 0.5 1 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 6 6.3 10 12.5 13 Circuit breakers iDPN 2.5 1.9 2.1 2.6 2.7 2.7 3.3 C60/C60H-DC 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.7 1.8 2.5 C120 1.3 NG125 1.7 C60L-MA 2.4 2.5 2.4 3 2 2.5 NG125L-MA 3 2 2 3.1 RCCB ID Type A/AC ID Type B Contactors CT/CT+ Power circuit Impulse relays TL/TL+ Power circuit Push-buttons PB Selector switches CM CMA/CMB/CMC/CMD/ 0.4 CMV Switch-disconnectors I I-NA NG125NA 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 3.2 4.7 4.7 4.6 5.8 2.5 3 3.1 3.5 4.3 4.8 6.1 2.1 2.3 2.5 3.2 3.1 3.2 3 3.2 2 4.1 2.4 2.7 2.7 3.8 3.8 4.2 3.8 4.8 4.3 7.9 2.6 3 4.6 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 6 1.4 3.6 4.4 7.2 18 28 1.2 2.9 7.2 12 18 28 0.9 1.4 0.9 1.4 0.6 0.8 0.8 1.3 1.1 1.8 3.4 4.2 3.2 3.2 5.5 6 7 9 Indicator lights V 0.3 Note: When the enclosure's thermal balance, consider the 4P devices load is only on 3 phases Dimensions Section 12 Impedance calculation: Z = P / I² Z: impedance in Ohms P: dissipated power in Watts (table values) I: rating in Amperes Voltage drop calculation: U = P / I U: voltage drop in Volts P: dissipated power in Watts (table values) I: rating in Amperes 11 11/3 Technical advice Tripping curves DB124179 t Thermal tripping limits The following curves show the total fault current breaking time, depending on its amperage. For example: based on the curve on page 11/5, an iC60 circuit breaker of curve C, 20 A rating, will interrupt a current of 100 A (5 times the rated current In) in: bb 0.45 seconds at least bb 6 seconds at most. Electromagnetic tripping limits The circuit breakers' tripping curves consist of two parts: bb tripping of overload protection (thermal tripping device): the higher the current, the shorter the tripping time bb tripping of short-circuit protection (magnetic tripping device): if the current exceeds the threshold of this protection device, the breaking time is less than 10 milliseconds. For short-circuit currents exceeding 20 times the rated current, the time-current curves do not give a sufficiently precise representation. The breaking of high short-circuit currents is characterized by the current limiting curves, in peak current and in energy. The total breaking time can be estimated at 5 times the value of the ratio (I2t)/(Î)2. min. max. Verification of the discrimination between two circuit breakers By superimposing the curve of a circuit breaker on that of the circuit breaker installed In upstream, one can check whether this combination will be discriminating in cases of overload (discrimination for all current values, up to the magnetic threshold of the upstream circuit breaker). This verification is useful when one of the two circuit breakers has adjustable thresholds; for fixed-threshold devices, this information is provided directly by the discrimination tables. To check discrimination on short circuit, the energy characteristics of the two devices must be compared. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/4 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60898-1 standards DB124180 DB124185 Alternative current 50/60 Hz iC60 According to IEC/EN 60898-1 (reference temperature 30°C) Curves B, C, D rating up to 4 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.13 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.45 100 60 s for I/In = 2.55 10 t(s) 1 0,1 1 s for I/In = 2.55 B CD 0,01 1 3...5 I / In 5...10 10...14 C120N/H According to IEC/EN 60898-1 (reference temperature 30°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.13 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.45 60 s 100 for I/In = 2.55 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 1 s for I/In = 2.55 B CD 3...5 5...10 I / In 10...14 Dimensions Section 12 Curves B, C, D rating 6 A to 63 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.13 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.45 100 60 s for I/In = 2.55 10 t(s) 1 0,1 1 s for I/In = 2.55 B CD 0,01 1 3...5 5...10 I / In 10...14 iDPN, DPN N (circuit-breaker and residual current device) According to IEC/EN 60898-1 (reference temperature 30°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.13 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.45 60 s 100 for I/In = 2.55 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 1 s for I/In = 2.55 B CD 3...5 I / In 5...10 10...14 11 11/5 DB124207 DB124208 DB405822 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60898-1 standards Alternative current 50/60 Hz C60 According to IEC/EN 60898-1 (reference temperature 30°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.13 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.45 100 60 s for I/In = 2.55 10 t(s) 1 0,1 1 s for I/In = 2.55 0,01 1 B CD 3...5 I / In 6.4...9.6 10...14 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/6 DB124181 DB124182 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60947-2 standards Alternative current 50/60 Hz iC60 According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 50°C) Curves B, C, D rating up to 4 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In= 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 B CD 4±20% I / In 8±20% 12±20% Curves Z, K rating up to 4 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 Z 3±20% I / In K 12±20% DB124186 DB124187 Curves B, C, D rating 6 A to 63 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 B CD 4±20% I / In 8±20% 12±20% Curves Z, K rating 6 A to 63 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 Z 3±20% I / In K 12±20% 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/7 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60947-2 standards DB124210 DB124211 Alternative current 50/60 Hz Reflex iC60N/H According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 50°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In= 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 B CD 0,01 1 4±20% I / In 8±20% 12±20% C60 According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 50°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In= 1.3 DB405823 100 10 t(s) 1 11 0,1 0,01 1 Dimensions Section 12 11/8 B CD 4±20% I / In 8.5±20% 12±20% NG125a/N/H/L According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 40°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 B CD 4±20% I / In 8±20% 12±20% DB124184 DB124450 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60947-2 standards Direct current iC60N/H/L According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 50°C) Curves B, C, D rating up to 4 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 Curves Z, K rating up to 4 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 B CD 5.7±20% I / In 11.3±20% 17±20% 0,1 0,01 1 Z 4.2±20% I / In K 17±20% DB124188 DB124451 Curves B, C, D rating 6 A to 63 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 Curves Z, K rating 6 A to 63 A 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 10 t(s) 1 0,1 0,01 1 B CD 5.7±20% I / In 11.3±20% 17±20% 0,1 0,01 1 Z 4.2±20% I / In K 17±20% 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/9 Technical advice Tripping curves (cont.) According to IEC/EN 60947-2 standards DB124304 DB405840 Direct current C60H-DC According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 25°C) Curve C 1000 100 t(s) 10 1 0,1 0,01 1 C 7...10 I / In NG125a/N/H/L According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 40°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 DB124184 100 10 t(s) 1 11 0,1 0,01 1 Dimensions Section 12 11/10 B CD 5.7±20% I / In 11.3±20%17±20% C60 According to IEC/EN 60947-2 (reference temperature 50°C) Curves B, C, D 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0.1 0.01 1 B CD 4.5...6.8 I / In 9.6...14.4 13.6..20.4 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature Influence of temperature on the operation Devices Characteristics influenced by temperature iDPN, C60H-DC, C60, C120, NG125, C60PV-DC circuit breakers iC60N circuit breakers Circuit breakers With Vigi (AC) With Vigi (A, SI) Reflex iC60 iC60H RCBO, C60NA-DC, SW60PV-DC switchdisconnectors iID residual current AC circuit breakers A, SI Switches iSW iSW-NA Protection auxiliaries RCA, ARA control auxiliaries iCT contactors iTL impulse relays iCT, iTL auxiliaries Distribloc Multiclip Tripping on overload Tripping on overload Tripping on overload Tripping on overload Tripping on overload Tripping on overload Maximum operating current Maximum operating current Maximum operating current Maximum operating current None None Installation conditions None None Maximum operating current Maximum operating current Temperature Min. -30°C -25°C -35°C -5°C -25°C -25°C -15°C -25°C -5°C -5°C -25°C -20°C -35°C -35°C -25°C -5°C -20°C -20°C -25°C -25°C Max. +70°C +60°C +70°C +60°C +60°C +60°C +60°C +70°C +60°C +60°C +60°C +50°C +70°C +70°C +60°C +60°C +50°C +50°C +60°C +60°C Note: the temperature considered is the temperature viewed through the device. Circuit breakers High temperatures bbA rise in temperature causes lowering of the thermal threshold (tripping on overload). bbProtection is still ensured: the tripping threshold remains lower than the current acceptable by the cable (Iz) bbTo prevent nuisance tripping, it should be checked that this threshold remains higher than the maximum operating current (IB) of the circuit, defined by: vv the rated load currents, vv the coefficients of expansion and simultaneity of use. If the temperature is sufficiently high for the tripping threshold to become lower than the operating current IB, switchboard ventilation should be provided for. Low temperatures bbA fall in temperature increases the thermal tripping threshold of the circuit breaker. bbThere is no risk of nuisance tripping: the threshold remains higher than the maximum operating current of the circuit (IB) demanded by the loads. bbIt should be checked that the cable remains suitably protected, i.e. that its acceptable current (Iz) is higher than the values shown in the following tables (in amperes). When the ambient temperature could vary within a broad range, both these aspects must be taken into account: bbthe difference between the maximum operating current of the circuit (IB) and the tripping threshold of the circuit breaker for the minimum ambient temperature, bbthe difference between the strength of the cable (IZ) and the maximum tripping threshold of the circuit breaker for the maximum ambient temperature. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/11 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) Maximum permissible current bb The maximum current allowed to flow through the device depends on the ambient temperature in which it is placed. bb The ambient temperature is the temperature inside the enclosure or switchboard in which the devices are installed. bb The reference temperature is in a halftone colour for the different devices. bb When several devices operating simultaneously are mounted side by side in a small enclosure, a temperature rise in the enclosure results in a reduction in the operating current. A reduction coefficient of 0.8 will then have to be assigned to the rating (already derated, if applicable, depending on the ambient temperature). bb Example: Depending on the ambient temperature and the method of installation, the table below shows how to determine, for an iC60, the operating currents not to be exceeded for ratings 25 A, 32 A and 40 A (reference temperature 50°C). Operating current not to be exceeded (A) Installation conditions (IEC 60947-2) iC60 alone Several iC60 in the same enclosure (calculate with the reduction coefficient indicated below) Ambient 35°C 50°C 65°C 35°C temperature (°C) 50°C 65°C Type Nominal Actual rating (A) rating (A) iC60 25 26.35 25 23.57 26.35 x 0.8 = 21 25 x 0.8 = 20 23.57 x 0.8 = 19 32 34 32 29.9 34 x 0.8 = 27 32 x 0.8 = 25.6 29.9 x 0.8 = 24 40 42.5 40 37.34 42.5 x 0.8 = 34 40 x 0.8 = 32 37.34 x 0.8 = 30 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/12 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) IEC 60898-1 C120 derating table (IEC 60898-1) C120 Ambient temperature (°C) Rating -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 +70 10 A 12.9 12.7 12.5 12.2 12 11.8 11.5 11.3 11 10.8 10.5 10.3 10 9.7 9.4 9.1 8.8 8.5 8.2 7.9 7.5 16 A 19.4 19.1 18.8 18.6 18.3 18 17.8 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.6 16.3 16 15.7 15.4 15.1 14.7 14.4 14 13.7 13.3 20 A 24.6 24.2 23.9 23.5 23.2 22.8 22.4 22 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.4 20 19.6 19.1 18.7 18.2 17.7 17.3 16.8 16.2 25 A 30.9 30.5 30 29.5 29.1 28.6 28.1 27.6 27.1 26.6 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.5 20.8 20.1 32 A 38.9 38.4 37.9 37.3 36.8 36.2 35.6 35 34.5 33.9 33.3 32.6 32 31.4 30.7 30 29.3 28.6 27.9 27.2 26.4 40 A 49.8 49.1 48.3 47.6 46.8 46 45.2 44.4 43.5 42.7 41.8 40.9 40 39.1 38.1 37.1 36.1 35.1 34.1 33 31.8 50 A 62.2 61.3 60.4 59.4 58.4 57.5 56.5 55.4 54.4 53.3 52.2 51.1 50 48.8 47.7 46.4 45.2 43.9 42.6 41.2 39.8 63 A 78.6 77.5 76.3 75 73.8 72.5 71.3 69.9 68.6 67.3 65.9 64.5 63 61.5 60 58.4 56.8 55.2 53.5 51.7 49.9 80 A 100 A 98.4 97 95.6 94.2 92.7 91.2 89.7 88.1 86.6 85 83.4 81.7 80 78.3 76.5 74.7 72.8 70.9 69 67 64.9 124.5 122.6 120.7 118.8 116.9 114.9 112.9 110.9 108.8 106.6 104.5 102.3 100 97.7 95.3 92.9 90.4 87.8 85.2 82.5 79.6 125 A 157 154.6 152.2 149.7 147.1 144.6 141.9 139.2 136.5 133.7 130.9 128 125 122 118.8 115.6 112.3 108.9 105.4 101.8 98 Dimensions Section 12 11 11/13 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) Tertiary/Industry (IEC 60947-2) iDPN derating table (IEC 60947-2) iDPN Rating 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 6 A 10 A 10 A 13 A 13 A 16 A 16 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A Ambient temperature (°C) Curve -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 B, C, D 1.69 1.66 1.62 1.59 1.55 1.51 1.47 1.43 1.39 1.35 1.3 1.26 1.21 1.16 1.11 1.06 1 B, C, D 2.68 2.64 2.6 2.56 2.52 2.48 2.44 2.4 2.36 2.32 2.28 2.23 2.19 2.14 2.1 2.05 2 B, C, D 4.03 3.97 3.91 3.86 3.8 3.74 3.68 3.61 3.55 3.49 3.42 3.36 3.29 3.22 3.15 3.07 3 B, C, D 5.26 5.19 5.12 5.05 4.98 4.9 4.83 4.75 4.67 4.6 4.52 4.43 4.35 4.27 4.18 4.09 4 B, C, D 7.51 7.42 7.34 7.25 7.16 7.07 6.98 6.89 6.8 6.7 6.61 6.51 6.41 6.31 6.21 6.11 6 B 12.5 12.3 12.2 12.1 11.9 11.8 11.6 11.5 11.3 11.2 11 10.8 10.7 10.5 10.3 10.2 10 C, D 13 12.9 12.7 12.5 12.3 12.2 12 11.8 11.6 11.4 11.2 11 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.2 10 B 17 16.7 16.5 16.3 16.1 15.8 15.6 15.4 15.1 14.9 14.6 14.4 14.1 13.8 13.6 13.3 13 C, D 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.2 16 15.7 15.5 15.2 15 14.7 14.4 14.2 13.9 13.6 13.3 13 B, C 20.6 20.4 20.1 19.8 19.6 19.3 19 18.7 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.6 17.3 17 16.7 16.3 16 D 20.8 20.5 20.2 20 19.7 19.4 19.1 18.8 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.6 17.3 17 16.7 16.3 16 B 25.7 25.3 25 24.7 24.4 24 23.7 23.4 23 22.7 22.3 21.9 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.4 20 C, D 26 25.7 25.3 25 24.6 24.3 23.9 23.6 23.2 22.8 22.4 22 21.7 21.3 20.8 20.4 20 B, C, D 32 31.6 31.2 30.8 30.4 30 29.6 29.2 28.7 28.3 27.8 27.4 26.9 26.5 26 25.5 25 B, C, D 41.6 41.1 40.5 40 39.4 38.9 38.3 37.7 37.1 36.5 35.9 35.3 34.7 34 33.4 32.7 32 B, C, D 52.7 52 51.3 50.6 49.8 49.1 48.3 47.6 46.8 46 45.2 44.4 43.5 42.7 41.8 40.9 40 +55 0.94 1.95 2.92 3.91 5.89 9.8 9.8 12.7 12.7 15.7 15.7 19.6 19.6 24.5 31.3 39.1 +60 0.88 1.9 2.85 3.81 5.78 9.7 9.6 12.4 12.4 15.3 15.3 19.2 19.1 24 30.6 38.1 +65 0.81 1.85 2.77 3.72 5.67 9.5 9.3 12.1 12.1 15 14.9 18.8 18.7 23.5 29.9 37.1 +70 0.73 1.79 2.68 3.62 5.56 9.3 9.1 11.8 11.7 14.6 14.6 18.3 18.2 22.9 29.1 36.1 iC60, Reflex iC60 derating table (IEC 60947-2) iC60 Rating 0.5 A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 6 A 10 A 13 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A Ambient temperature (°C) -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 0.66 0.65 0.64 0.63 0.63 0.62 0.61 0.6 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.51 0.5 1.32 1.3 1.28 1.27 1.25 1.23 1.21 1.2 1.18 1.16 1.14 1.12 1.1 1.08 1.06 1.04 1.02 1 2.79 2.75 2.71 2.67 2.63 2.58 2.54 2.5 2.45 2.4 2.36 2.31 2.26 2.21 2.16 2.11 2.05 2 4.21 4.15 4.08 4.02 3.96 3.89 3.83 3.76 3.69 3.62 3.55 3.48 3.4 3.32 3.25 3.17 3.08 3 5.62 5.54 5.46 5.37 5.29 5.2 5.11 5.02 4.93 4.83 4.74 4.64 4.54 4.44 4.33 4.22 4.11 4 8.55 8.42 8.29 8.16 8.03 7.89 7.75 7.61 7.46 7.31 7.16 7.01 6.85 6.69 6.52 6.35 6.18 6 13.3 13.2 13 12.8 12.6 12.5 12.3 12.1 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.5 10.2 10 17.1 16.9 16.7 16.4 16.2 16 15.8 15.5 15.3 15.1 14.8 14.6 14.3 14.1 13.8 13.6 13.3 13 21.1 20.8 20.6 20.3 20 19.7 19.5 19.2 18.9 18.6 18.3 18 17.7 17.3 17 16.7 16.3 16 26 25.7 25.4 25 24.7 24.4 24.1 23.7 23.4 23 22.7 22.3 21.9 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.4 20 31.9 31.6 31.2 30.8 30.4 30.1 29.7 29.3 28.9 28.5 28.1 27.6 27.2 26.8 26.4 25.9 25.5 25 42 41.5 41 40.5 39.9 39.4 38.8 38.2 37.7 37.1 36.5 35.9 35.3 34.6 34 33.3 32.7 32 52.6 51.9 51.3 50.6 49.9 49.2 48.5 47.8 47.1 46.4 45.6 44.9 44.1 43.3 42.5 41.7 40.9 40 67.1 66.3 65.4 64.5 63.5 62.6 61.6 60.7 59.7 58.7 57.7 56.7 55.6 54.5 53.4 52.3 51.2 50 86.3 85.1 83.9 82.7 81.4 80.1 78.9 77.6 76.2 74.9 73.5 72.1 70.7 69.2 67.7 66.2 64.6 63 +55 +60 +65 +70 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.45 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.91 1.94 1.89 1.83 1.76 2.91 2.82 2.73 2.64 3.88 3.76 3.64 3.51 5.81 5.62 5.43 5.22 9.8 9.5 9.3 9 12.7 12.4 12.1 11.8 15.7 15.3 14.9 14.5 19.6 19.2 18.7 18.3 24.5 24.1 23.6 23.1 31.3 30.6 29.9 29.1 39.1 38.2 37.3 36.4 48.8 47.6 46.3 45 61.4 59.7 57.9 56.1 C60 derating table (IEC 60947-2) Reflex iC60 C60 Rating 11 0.5 A 0.75 A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 6 A 8 A 10 A 13 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 63 A Ambient temperature (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 +70 0.68 0.67 0.66 0.65 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.9 1.31 1.3 1.28 1.27 2.55 2.59 2.56 2.52 3.81 4.04 3.98 3.92 4.9 4.86 4.81 4.76 7.93 7.82 7.71 7.6 10.37 10.23 10.09 9.96 13.3 13.2 13 12.8 17 16.9 16.6 16.4 20 19.8 19.5 19.3 26.9 26.6 26.2 25.8 32.9 32.5 32.1 31.6 41.5 41.1 40.5 40 53.7 52.9 52.2 51.4 60.8 60.1 59.2 58.3 65 64.3 63.5 62.6 85.5 84.6 83.3 82 0.64 0.89 1.25 2.49 3.85 4.7 7.49 9.82 12.6 16.2 19.1 25.4 31.1 39.4 50.6 57.4 61.7 80.7 0.63 0.88 1.23 2.45 3.79 4.65 7.38 9.68 12.4 15.9 18.8 25 30.7 38.9 49.8 56.5 60.8 79.4 0.62 0.87 1.21 2.41 3.73 4.59 7.27 9.54 12.2 15.7 18.6 24.6 30.2 38.3 49 55.5 59.9 78 0.61 0.86 1.19 2.37 3.66 4.54 7.15 9.4 12 15.4 18.4 24.2 29.7 37.7 48.2 54.6 59 76.7 0.6 0.85 1.17 2.34 3.59 4.48 7.03 9.25 11.8 15.2 18.1 23.7 29.2 37.1 47.3 53.6 58.1 75.3 0.59 0.83 1.15 2.3 3.52 4.42 6.91 9.11 11.6 14.9 17.9 23.3 28.7 36.5 46.5 52.6 57.1 73.9 0.58 0.82 1.13 2.26 3.45 4.37 6.79 8.96 11.4 14.7 17.6 22.9 28.2 35.9 45.6 51.6 56.2 72.4 0.56 0.81 1.11 2.22 3.38 4.31 6.66 8.81 11.2 14.4 17.3 22.4 27.7 35.3 44.7 50.5 55.2 70.9 0.55 0.8 1.09 2.17 3.31 4.25 6.54 8.65 10.9 14.1 17.1 22 27.2 34.7 43.8 49.5 54.2 69.4 0.54 0.79 1.07 2.13 3.23 4.19 6.41 8.49 10.7 13.9 16.8 21.5 26.7 34 42.9 48.4 53.2 67.9 0.53 0.78 1.05 2.09 3.16 4.13 6.27 8.33 10.5 13.6 16.6 21 26.1 33.4 42 47.3 52.1 66.3 0.51 0.76 1.02 2.04 3.08 4.06 6.14 8.17 10.2 13.3 16.3 20.5 25.6 32.7 41 46.2 51.1 64.7 0.5 0.75 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 45 50 63 0.49 0.74 0.98 1.95 2.92 3.94 5.86 7.83 9.8 12.7 15.7 19.5 24.4 31.3 39 43.8 48.9 61.3 0.47 0.72 0.95 1.91 2.83 3.87 5.71 7.65 9.5 12.4 15.4 18.9 23.8 30.6 37.9 42.6 47.8 59.5 0.46 0.7 0.93 1.88 2.82 3.81 5.56 7.47 9.2 12.1 15.1 18.4 23.2 29.9 36.9 41.4 46.7 57.8 0.44 0.68 0.91 1.84 2.76 3.74 5.42 7.31 9 11.8 14.8 17.9 22.6 29.1 35.8 40.1 45.5 56 Dimensions Section 12 11/14 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) Tertiary/Industry (IEC 60947-2) (cont.) C60H-DC derating table (IEC 60947-2) C60H-DC Rating 0.5 A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 10 A 13 A 15 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A Ambient temperature (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 +70 0.63 0.62 0.61 0.6 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.51 0.5 1.18 1.17 1.15 1.14 1.12 1.1 1.09 1.07 1.05 1.04 1.02 1 2.54 2.5 2.45 2.41 2.36 2.31 2.26 2.21 2.16 2.11 2.06 2 3.78 3.71 3.65 3.58 3.51 3.45 3.38 3.3 3.23 3.16 3.08 3 5.08 4.99 4.9 4.81 4.71 4.62 4.52 4.42 4.32 4.22 4.11 4 6 5.92 5.83 5.74 5.66 5.57 5.48 5.39 5.29 5.2 5.1 5 7.26 7.15 7.04 6.94 6.83 6.71 6.6 6.48 6.37 6.25 6.12 6 12.6 12.4 12.2 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.3 11 10.8 10.5 10.3 10 0.49 0.98 1.94 2.92 3.89 4.9 5.87 9.7 0.47 0.96 1.88 2.84 3.77 4.8 5.74 9.5 0.46 0.94 1.82 2.75 3.65 4.69 5.61 9.2 0.44 0.92 1.76 2.66 3.53 4.58 5.47 8.9 0.43 0.9 1.7 2.57 3.4 4.47 5.33 8.6 0.41 0.88 1.63 2.48 3.27 4.36 5.19 8.3 0.39 0.86 1.56 2.38 3.13 4.24 5.04 7.9 0.38 0.84 1.48 2.27 2.98 4.12 4.89 7.6 0.36 0.82 1.41 2.17 2.83 4 4.73 7.2 15.5 15.3 15.1 14.9 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.7 13.5 13.3 13 12.8 12.5 12.2 12 11.7 11.4 11.1 10.8 10.5 18.6 18.3 18 17.7 17.4 17.1 16.7 16.4 16.1 15.7 15.4 15 14.6 14.3 13.9 13.5 13 12.6 12.2 11.7 11.2 19.4 19.1 18.9 18.6 18.3 18 17.6 17.3 17 16.7 16.3 16 15.7 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.2 13.8 13.4 13 12.5 24.1 23.7 23.4 23 22.7 22.3 21.9 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.4 20 19.6 19.2 18.7 18.3 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 15.9 30.4 29.9 29.5 29 28.5 28.1 27.6 27.1 26.6 26.1 25.5 25 37.4 36.7 36.1 35.5 34.9 34.2 33.5 32.9 32.2 31.5 30.7 30 38.5 37.9 37.4 36.8 36.2 35.7 35.1 34.5 33.9 33.3 32.6 32 48.9 48.2 47.4 46.7 45.9 45.1 44.3 43.5 42.6 41.8 40.9 40 59.9 59.1 58.3 57.4 56.5 55.6 54.7 53.8 52.9 52 51 50 78.2 76.9 75.6 74.3 73 71.7 70.3 68.9 67.5 66 64.5 63 24.5 29.2 31.4 39.1 49 61.4 23.9 28.5 30.7 38.2 48 59.8 23.3 27.7 30 37.2 46.9 58.2 22.7 26.8 29.3 36.2 45.9 56.5 22.1 26 28.6 35.2 44.8 54.7 21.5 25.1 27.9 34.2 43.6 52.9 20.9 24.2 27.1 33.1 42.5 51.1 20.2 23.2 26.3 32 41.3 49.1 19.6 22.3 25.5 30.8 40.1 47.1 C60PV-DC derating table (IEC 60947-2) C60PV-DC Rating 1 A 2 A 3 A 5 A 8 A 10 A 13 A 15 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 30 A Ambient temperature (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 +70 1.18 1.17 1.15 1.14 1.12 1.1 1.09 1.07 1.05 1.04 1.02 1 2.54 2.5 2.45 2.41 2.36 2.31 2.26 2.21 2.16 2.11 2.06 2 3.78 3.71 3.65 3.58 3.51 3.45 3.38 3.3 3.23 3.16 3.08 3 6 5.92 5.83 5.74 5.66 5.57 5.48 5.39 5.29 5.2 5.1 5 9.64 9.5 9.36 9.22 9.08 8.93 8.78 8.63 8.48 8.32 8.16 8 12.6 12.4 12.2 11.9 11.7 11.5 11.2 11 11.8 10.5 10.3 10 15.5 15.3 15.1 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.7 13.5 13.2 13 18.6 18.3 18 17.7 17.4 17.1 16.7 16.4 16.1 16.7 15.4 15 19.4 19.1 18.9 18.6 18.3 18 17.6 17.3 17 16.7 16.3 16 24.1 23.7 23.4 23 22.7 22.3 21.9 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.4 20 30.4 29.9 29.5 29 28.5 28.1 27.6 27.1 26.6 26.1 25.5 25 37.4 36.7 36.1 35.5 34.9 34.2 33.5 32.9 32.2 31.5 30.7 30 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.9 0.88 0.86 0.84 0.82 1.94 1.88 1.82 1.76 1.7 1.63 1.56 1.48 1.41 2.92 2.84 2.75 2.66 2.57 2.48 2.38 2.27 2.17 4.9 4.8 4.69 4.58 4.47 4.36 4.24 4.12 4 7.83 7.67 7.49 7.31 7.13 6.95 6.76 6.56 6.36 9.7 9.4 9.2 9.9 8.6 8.2 7.9 7.6 7.2 12.7 12.5 12.2 12 11.7 11.4 11.1 10.8 10.5 14.6 14.3 13.9 13.5 13 12.6 12.2 11.7 11.2 15.7 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.2 13.8 13.4 13 12.5 19.6 19.2 18.7 18.3 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 15.9 24.5 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.5 20.9 20.2 19.6 29.2 28.5 27.7 26.8 26 25.1 24.2 23.2 22.3 C120 derating table (IEC 60947-2) C120 Rating 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A Ambient temperature (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 +70 14.5 14.3 14 13.8 13.5 13.3 13 12.7 12.5 12.2 11.9 11.6 11.3 11 10.7 10.3 10 9.7 9.3 8.9 8.5 21.2 21 20.7 20.4 20.1 19.8 19.4 19.1 18.8 18.5 18.2 17.8 17.5 17.1 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.4 27 26.6 26.3 25.9 25.5 25 24.6 24.2 23.8 23.3 22.9 22.4 22 21.5 21 20.5 20 19.5 18.9 18.4 17.8 33.7 33.3 32.8 32.3 31.8 31.3 30.8 30.2 29.7 29.1 28.6 28 27.5 26.9 26.3 25.6 25 24.4 23.7 23 22.3 42.7 42.1 41.5 40.9 40.3 39.7 39 38.4 37.7 37.1 36.4 35.7 35 34.3 33.5 32.8 32 31.2 30.4 29.6 28.7 54.8 54 53.2 52.4 51.5 50.7 49.8 48.9 48 47.1 46.1 45.2 44.2 43.2 42.1 41.1 40 38.9 37.7 36.6 35.3 69.1 68.1 67 65.9 64.8 63.7 62.6 61.5 60.3 59.1 57.9 56.7 55.4 54.1 52.8 51.4 50 48.6 47.1 45.5 43.9 87.1 85.8 84.5 83.1 81.8 80.4 78.9 77.5 76 74.5 73 71.4 69.8 68.2 66.5 64.8 63 61.2 59.3 57.4 55.4 103.7 102.4 101 99.7 98.3 96.9 95.5 94.1 92.6 91.1 89.6 88.1 86.5 84.9 83.3 81.7 80 78.3 76.5 74.7 72.9 137.6 135.5 133.5 131.4 129.2 127.1 124.8 122.6 120.3 118 115.6 113.1 110.6 108.1 105.5 102.8 100 97.2 94.2 91.2 88.1 174.6 171.9 169.2 166.4 163.6 160.7 157.8 154.9 151.8 148.7 145.6 142.4 139.1 135.7 132.2 128.7 125 121.2 117.3 113.3 109.1 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/15 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) Tertiary/Industry (IEC 60947-2) (cont.) NG125 derating table (IEC 60947-2) NG125 Ambient temperature (°C) Rating 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 13.7 13.5 13.2 13 12.8 12.5 12.3 12 11.7 11.5 11.2 10.9 10.6 10.3 10 20.3 20.1 19.8 19.5 19.2 18.9 18.6 18.3 18 17.7 17.4 17 16.7 16.4 16 26 25.6 25.3 24.9 24.5 24 23.6 23.2 22.8 22.3 21.9 21.4 21 20.5 20 33.8 33.2 32.7 32.1 31.5 30.9 30.3 29.7 29.1 28.4 27.8 27.1 26.4 25.7 25 41.2 40.6 40 39.4 38.8 38.2 37.5 36.9 36.2 35.6 34.9 34.2 33.5 32.7 32 53.5 52.7 51.8 51 50.1 49.1 48.2 47.3 46.3 45.3 44.3 43.3 42.2 41.1 40 66.3 65.2 64.2 63.1 62.1 61 59.8 58.7 57.5 56.4 55.1 53.9 52.6 51.3 50 83.4 82.1 80.8 79.5 78.1 76.8 75.4 73.9 72.5 71 69.5 67.9 66.3 64.7 63 100.4 99.1 97.8 96.4 95 93.6 92.2 90.8 89.3 87.8 86.3 84.8 83.2 81.6 80 133.4 131.3 129.1 127 124.8 122.5 120.2 117.9 115.5 113.1 110.6 108 105.4 102.7 100 165.2 162.7 160.1 157.5 154.8 152.1 149.3 146.5 143.6 140.7 137.7 134.6 131.5 128.3 125 +45 +50 +55 +60 +65 9.7 9.4 9 8.7 8.3 15.7 15.3 14.9 14.5 14.1 19.5 19 18.5 17.9 17.4 24.3 23.5 22.7 21.9 21 31.2 30.5 29.7 28.8 28 38.9 37.7 36.5 35.2 33.9 48.6 47.2 45.8 44.3 42.7 61.3 59.5 57.7 55.8 53.9 78.3 76.6 74.9 73.1 71.3 97.2 94.3 91.3 88.2 85 121.6 118.1 114.6 110.9 107 +70 7.9 13.7 16.8 20.1 27.1 32.5 41.1 51.8 69.4 81.6 103.1 Tertiary/Industry (IEC 60947-3) SW60-DC derating table (IEC 60947-3) SW60PV-DC Ambient temperature (°C) Rating +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 +60 +70 50 A 63 61 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 41 35 iC60H RCBO derating table (IEC 61009-1) iC60H RCBO Rating 6 A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A Ambient temperature (°C) -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 +40 +45 +50 8.3 8.15 7.99 7.83 7.67 7.50 7.33 7.16 6.98 6.79 6.6 6.41 6.21 6 12.9 12.7 12.5 12.3 12.1 11.9 11.6 11.4 11.2 11 10.7 10.5 10.3 10 20.9 20.6 20.3 19.9 19.6 19.2 18.8 18.4 18.1 17.7 17.3 16.9 16.4 16 26.3 25.9 25.4 25 24.5 24.1 23.6 23.1 22.6 22.1 21.6 21.1 20.6 20 31.5 31 30.6 30.1 29.6 29.2 28.7 28.2 27.7 27.2 26.6 26.1 25.6 25 39.2 38.7 38.2 37.7 37.2 36.6 36.1 35.5 35 34.4 33.8 33.2 32.6 32 50.2 49.5 48.8 48 47.3 46.5 45.8 45 44.2 43.4 42.6 41.7 40.9 40 55.5 54.7 54 53.2 52.5 51.7 50.9 50.1 49.3 48.5 47.6 46.8 45.9 45 +55 +60 5.78 5.56 9.7 9.5 15.6 15.1 19.4 18.8 24.4 23.8 31.4 30.7 39.1 38.2 41.9 41 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/16 Technical advice Influence of ambient temperature (cont.) Switches bb In all cases, the switches are correctly protected against overloads by a circuit breaker with a lower or equal rating, operating at the same ambient temperature. iCT contactors In the case of contactor mounting in an enclosure for which the interior temperature is in a range between 50°C and 60°C, it is necessary to use a spacer, cat. no. A9A27062, between each contactor. DB123331 Spacer cat. no. A9A27062 Splitter blocks In the event of a temperature higher than 40°C, the maximum acceptable current is limited to the values in the table below: Type Multiclip 80 A Distribloc 63 A Temperature 40°C 45°C 80 76 63 60 50°C 73 58 55°C 69 55 60°C 66 53 Dimensions Section 12 11 11/17 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting DB125768 Isc Prospective peak Isc Prospective Isc Limited peak Isc Limited Isc tc t Prospective current and real limit current. I²sc A² Prospective energy 100% Limited energy 100% t Definition The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its ability to lessen the effects of a short circuit on an electrical installation by reducing the current amplitude and the dissipated power. Benefits of limiting Long installation service life Thermal effects Lower temperature rise at the conductor level, hence increased service life for cables and all components that are not self-protected (e.g. switches, contactors, etc.) Mechanical effects Lower electrodynamic repulsion forces, hence less risk of deformation or breakage of electrical contacts and busbars. Electromagnetic effects Less interference on sensitive equipment located in the vicinity of an electric circuit. Savings through cascading Cascading is a technique derived directly from current limiting: downstream of a current-limiting circuit breaker it is possible to use circuit breakers of breaking capacity lower than the prospective short-circuit current (in line with the cascading tables). The breaking capacity is heightened thanks to current limiting by the upstream device. Substantial savings can be achieved in this way on switchgear and enclosures. Discrimination of protection devices The circuit breakers' current limiting capacity improves discrimination with the protection devices located upstream: this is because the required energy passing through the upstream protection device is greatly reduced and can be not enough to cause it to trip. Discrimination can thus be natural without having to install a time-delayed protection device upstream. Acti 9 circuit breaker current limiting Profiting from Schneider Electric's experience and expertise in the field of short-circuit current breaking, the circuit breakers of the Acti 9 range have a top-level current limiting characteristic for modular devices. This assures them of optimal protection of the entire power distribution system. DB125767 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/18 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB125769 Limited energy (A²s) 1000000 100000 10000 1000 100 0,01 400 10 ms 50- 63 32- 40 20- 25 3 16 8- 10 4 6 2- 3 Representation: Current limiting curves The current limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is reflected by 2 curves which give, as a function of the prospective short-circuit current (current which would flow in the absence of a protection device): bbthe real peak current (limited) bbthe thermal stress (in A²s), this value, multiplied by the resistance of any element through which the short-circuit current passes, gives the power dissipated by this element. The straight line "10 ms" representing the energy A²s of a prospective short-circuit current of a half-period (10 ms) indicates the energy that would be dissipated by the short-circuit current in the absence of limiting by the protection device (see example). Example What is the energy limited by an iC60N 25 A circuit breaker for a prospective short-circuit current of 10 kA rms. What is the quality of current limiting? > as shown in the graph opposite: b this short-circuit current (10 kA rms) is likely to dissipate up to 1,000 kA2s b the iC60N circuit breaker reduces this thermal stress to: 35 kA2s, which is 22 times less. 1 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective current (kA rms) Example of use: Stresses acceptable by the cables The following table shows the thermal stresses acceptable by the cables depending on their insulation, their composition (Cu or Al) and their cross section. Crosssection values are expressed in mm² and stresses in A²s. S (mm²) 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 PVC Cu 2.97 x 104 8.26 x 104 2.12 x 105 4.76 x 105 1.32 x 106 Al 5.41 x 105 PRC Cu 4.10 x 104 1.39 x 105 2.92 x 105 6.56 x 105 1.82 x 106 Al 7.52 x 105 S (mm²) 16 25 35 50 PVC Cu 3.4 x 106 8.26 x 106 1.62 x 107 3.21 x 107 Al 1.39 x 106 3.38 x 106 6.64 x 106 1.35 x 107 PRC Cu 4.69 x 106 1.39 x 107 2.23 x 107 4.56 x 107 Al 1.93 x 106 4.70 x 106 9.23 x 106 1.88 x 107 Example Is a Cu/PVC cable of cross section 10 mm² protected by a NG125L device? The above table shows that the acceptable stress is 1.32 x 106 A²s. Any short-circuit current at the point where a NG125L device (Icu = 25 kA) is installed will be limited, with a thermal stress of less than 2.2 x 105 A²s. (Curve on page 11/26). The cable is therefore always protected up to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/19 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124267 iDPN (MCB and RCBO) 1P+N / 3P / 3P+N Peak current 100 Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) DB124265 Thermal stress 1 000 000 100 000 10 ms Thermal stress (A²s) Peak current (kA) 10 1 0,1 0,01 32 - 40 16 - 25 10 3 - 4 2 1 0,1 1 10 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 10 000 1 000 100 0,01 32 - 40 16 - 25 10 3 - 4 2 1 0,1 1 10 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB124264 DPN N (MCB and RCBO) 1P+N / 3P / 3P+N Peak current 100 Peak current (kA) 10 1 0,1 0,01 11 32 - 40 16 - 25 10 3 - 4 2 1 0,1 1 10 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB124266 Thermal stress (A²s) Thermal stress 1 000 000 10 ms 100 000 10 000 1 000 100 0,01 32 - 40 16 - 25 10 3 - 4 2 1 0,1 1 10 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Dimensions Section 12 11/20 DB124280 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) iC60N 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) Thermal stress DB124281 Peak current (kA) 100 50 - 63 10 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 8 - 10 4 6 2- 3 1 y1 0,1 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress (A²s) 1000000 100000 10000 10 ms 50- 63 32- 40 20- 25 16 8- 10 4 6 2- 3 1000 y1 100 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) iC60H 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Thermal stress DB124285 Peak current (kA) 100 50 - 63 32 - 40 10 20 - 25 16 8 - 10 6 4 2- 3 1 y1 0,1 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress (A²s) 1000000 100000 10000 10 ms 50- 63 32- 40 20- 25 16 8- 10 4 6 2- 3 1000 y1 100 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 11 DB124284 Dimensions Section 12 11/21 DB124288 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) iC60L 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) Thermal stress DB124289 Peak current (kA) 1000000 100 10 ms Thermal stress (A²s) 10 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 8 - 10 6 4 2- 3 100000 10000 50- 63 32- 40 20- 25 16 8- 10 4 6 2- 3 1 y1 1000 y1 0,1 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 100 0,01 0,1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/22 DB405716 Peak current (kA) Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) C60a 1P / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405712 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60N 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405715 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 11 DB405719 Peak current (kA) Dimensions Section 12 11/23 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB405717 Peak current (kA) iC60H 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405713 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60L 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405714 Peak current (kA) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405718 Peak current (kA) 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/24 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124293 C120N, H 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Peak current (kA) 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 = 0.9 2 = 0.95 Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) cos phi = 0.3 = 0.5 = 0.7 = 0.8 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H vv 5: 10-16 A vv 6: 20-25 A vv 7: 32-40 A vv 8: 50-63 A vv 9: 80-125 A Thermal stress (A²s) 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 10ms 5 2 1 125A 100A 80A 10 5 63A 50A 5 40A 32A 25A 20A 16A 10 4 10A 5 10 3 5 10 2 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H 11 DB405604 Dimensions Section 12 11/25 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124299 NG125a, N, H, L 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current cos phi = 0.3 20 15 = 0.5 10 9 8 = 0.7 7 6 = 0.8 5 4 Limitation curves for network Ue: 380-415 V AC (Ph/N 220-240 V AC) 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a vv 2: NG125N vv 3: NG125H vv 4: NG125L vv 5: 10 -16 A vv 6: 20-25 A vv 7: 32-40 A vv 8: 50-63 A vv 9: 80-125 A Peak current (kA) = 0.9 3 2 = 0.95 DB405607 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 10ms 5 125A 1 100A 80A 63A 50A 10 5 40A 32A 5 25A 20A 16A 10A 10 4 2 5 3 4 10 3 5 Thermal stress (A²s) 11 102 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a 80-100-125 A vv 2: NG125N vv 3: NG125H vv 4: NG125L Dimensions Section 12 11/26 DB405727 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) C60N 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 440 V AC Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405723 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) Dimensions Section 12 11 11/27 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB405725 Peak current (kA) iC60H 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 440 V AC Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405721 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 0 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60L 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405722 Peak current (kA) Thermal stress 1000000 100000 10000 1000 100 10 ms 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 10 - 16 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 10 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405726 Peak current (kA) 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/28 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124294 C120N, H 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Peak current (kA) 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 = 0.9 2 = 0.95 cos phi = 0.3 = 0.5 2 = 0.7 1 7 6 5 = 0.8 4 3 Limitation curves for network Ue: 440 V AC bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H vv 3: 0-16 A vv 4: 20-25 A vv 5: 32-40 A vv 6: 50-63 A vv 7: 80-125 A Thermal stress (A²s) 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 10ms 5 2 1 125A 100A 80A 10 5 63A 50A 5 40A 32A 25A 20A 16A 10 4 10A 5 10 3 5 10 2 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/29 DB405605 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124300 NG125a, N, H, L 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Peak current (kA) cos phi = 0.3 20 15 7 5 6 = 0.5 4 3 10 2 12 9 8 = 0.7 11 1 10 7 9 6 = 0.8 8 5 4 = 0.9 3 2 = 0.95 Limitation curves for network Ue: 550 V AC bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a 3, 4P vv 2: NG125N 2, 3, 4P vv 3: NG125H 3, 4P vv 4-5: NG125H 2P/NG125L 3, 4P vv 6: NG125L 2P vv 7: NG125 LMA 2, 3, 4P vv 8: 10 -16 A vv 9: 20-25 A vv 10: 32-40 A vv 11: 50-63 A vv 12: 80-125 A DB405608 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 10ms 3 6 5 2 125A 1 100A 80A 63A 10 5 50A 40A 32A 5 25A 20A 16A 10A 10 4 4 5 5 7 Thermal stress (A²s) 10 3 5 11 102 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a 3, 4P vv 2: NG125N 2, 3, 4P vv 3: NG125H 3, 4P vv 4-5: NG125H 2P/NG125L 3, 4P vv 6: NG125L 2P vv 7: NG125LMA 2, 3, 4P Dimensions Section 12 11/30 DB405706 Peak current (kA) Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) C60a 1P / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 220-240 V AC (Ph/N 110-130 V AC) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405702 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60N 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405705 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 11 DB405709 Peak current (kA) Dimensions Section 12 11/31 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB405707 Peak current (kA) iC60H 1P / 1P+N / 2P / 3P / 3P+N / 4P Peak current Limitation curves for network Ue: 220-240 V AC (Ph/N 110-130 V AC) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms DB405703 100 10 63 40 16 - 25 10 6 04 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Peak current (kA) 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 2 1 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60L 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current 100 10 63 40 16 10 6 4 1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405704 Peak current (kA) Thermal stress 1000000 10 ms 100000 10000 1000 100 10 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 2 01 0.75 0.5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) DB405708 Peak current (kA) 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/32 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124292 C120N, H 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Peak current (kA) 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 = 0.9 2 = 0.95 Limitation curves for network Ue: 220-240 V AC (Ph/N 110-130 V AC) cos phi = 0.3 = 0.5 = 0.7 = 0.8 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H vv 5: 10-16 A vv 6: 20-25 A vv 7: 32-40 A vv 8: 50-63 A vv 9: 80-125 A Thermal stress (A²s) 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 5 10ms 2 1 125A 100A 80A 10 5 63A 50A 5 40A 32A 25A 20A 16A 10 4 10A 5 10 3 5 10 2 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: C120N vv 2: iC120H 11 DB405603 Dimensions Section 12 11/33 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) DB124298 NG125a, N, H, L 1P / 2P / 3P / 4P Peak current Peak current (kA) cos phi = 0.3 20 15 = 0.5 10 9 8 = 0.7 7 6 = 0.8 5 4 = 0.9 3 2 = 0.95 Limitation curves for network Ue: 220-240 V AC (Ph/N 110-130 V AC) 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a vv 2: NG125N vv 3: NG125H vv 4: NG125L vv 5: 10-16 A vv 6: 20-25 A vv 7: 32-40 A vv 8: 50-63 A vv 9: 80-125 A DB405606 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress 10 6 10ms 5 1 125A 100A 80A 63A 10 5 50A 40A 5 32A 25A 20A 16A 10A 10 4 2 5 3 4 10 3 5 Thermal stress (A²s) 11 102 5 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) bb Circuit breaker type in accordance with the mark: vv 1: NG125a 80-100-125 A vv 2: NG125N vv 3: NG125H vv 4: NG125L Dimensions Section 12 11/34 DB123588 Technical advice Short-circuit current limiting (cont.) C60H-DC curve C 1P (220 V) - 2P (440 V) Peak current Limitation curves for direct current network Thermal stress DB123591 Peak current (kA) 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 2 1 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress (A²s) 1000000 100000 10000 1000 100 0.01 10 ms 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 0.5 - 2 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) C60H-DC curve C 1P (250 V DC) - 2P (500 V DC) Peak current Thermal stress DB124306 Peak current (kA) 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 64 3 2 1 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) Thermal stress (A²s) 1000000 100000 10 ms 10000 1000 50 - 63 32 - 40 20 - 25 16 10 6 4 3 0.5 - 2 100 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 Prospective short-circuit current (kA eff.) 11 DB123589 Dimensions Section 12 11/35 Technical advice Circuit breakers for direct current applications 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Typical applications Direct current has been used for a long time and in many fields. It offers major advantages, in particular immunity to electrical interference. Moreover, direct-current installations are now simpler, because they benefit from the development of power supplies with electronic converters and batteries. bb Communication or measurement network: vv 48 V DC switched telephone network, vv 4-20 mA current loop. bb Electrical supply for industrial PLCs: vv PLCs and peripheral devices (24 or 48 V DC). bb Auxiliary uninterruptible direct current power supply: vv relays or electronic protection units for MV cubicles, vv switchgear opening / closing trip units, vv LV control and monitoring relays, vv indicator lights, vv circuit-breaker or on/off switch motor drives, vv power contactor coils, vv control/monitoring and supervision devices with communication that can be powered via a separate uninterruptible power supply. bb 24 to 48 V DC wind application: vv isolated homes, vv cottages, bungalows, mountain refuges, vv pumps, street lighting, vv measuring instruments, data acquisition, vv telecommunication relays, vv industrial applications. Types of direct current networks According to the types of DC networks illustrated below, we can identify the risks to the installation and define the best means of protection. Earthed I: Earthed (or grounded) polarity (in this case negative) 1 pole (1P isolation) 2 poles (2P isolation) II: Earthed mid-point 2 poles Isolated from earth III: Isolated polarities 2 poles DB124068 DB124076 DB124067 DB124075 E D 2 poles (1P isolation 1P+N) DB124387 Worst-case faults Fault A and fault B (if only one polarity is protected) Fault B Double fault A and D or C and E DB124236 11 Isc Dimensions Section 12 11/36 For further information on the types of networks and the faults that characterise them, refer to the direct current circuit breaker (LV) selection guide, 220E2100.indd. For all these configurations, we propose a single protection solution that depends only on the requirement for the nominal current In and the short-circuit current Isc at the installation point concerned. The second important point in our solution is the fact that the protection is implemented by non-polarised circuit breakers that can operate efficiently, whatever the direction of the direct current. DB124383 DB405575 Technical advice Dimensions Section 12 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications 24 - 48 V direct current protection solution The performance levels shown in the tables below correspond to the most critical faults according to the network configuration. bb Breaking on one pole. bb Fault between polarity and earth (Fault A). Standard solution depending on the network and the requirements of the installation (In / Isc) In addition to the parameters shown on the following pages, the tables below illustrate our range of circuit breakers according to the nominal current of the load and short-circuit current at the point of installation. bb Circuit breaker rating. bb Breaking capacity of the circuit breaker. 1 pole isolation solution (1P) y 50 Breaking capacity (kA) Icu IEC 60947-2 y 36 NG125L y 25 NG125H Compact NSX y 20 NG125N y 15 y 10 iC60H C120H y 4.5 11 Maximum rating (A) y 63 y 80 y 125 u 125 11/37 DB124077 DB404549 DB124386 DB124385 DB124384 Technical advice E D 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/38 DB405576 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications 2 poles isolation solution (2P) y 50 Breaking capacity (kA) Icu IEC 60947-2 y 36 y 25 NG125L NG125H Compact NS y 20 NG125N NG125N* y 15 y 10 iC60H C120H y 4.5 Maximum rating (A) y 63 y 80 y 125 u 125 (*) 3P NG125N connected in a two-pole configuration to reach 125 A (1P / 2P NG125 has a maximum rating of 80 A). 1 pole isolation solution (1P+N) Specific use of the iDPN range in a network with one polarity earthed and both poles isolated: compact solution (1P+N in 18 mm). Breaking capacity (kA) Icu IEC 60947-2 y 6 iDPN N y 40 y 63 (*) iC60a breaking capacity Icu = 10 kA. Maximum rating (A) DB124240 DB124241 Technical advice US UL = L di/dt i S L E R Ri i E/R Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Constraints related to "direct current" applications In direct current, inductors and capacitors do not disturb the operation of the installation in steady state. Capacitors are charged and inductors no longer oppose changes in the current. However, they create transient phenomena when the circuit opens or closes, during which time the current varies. Actual loads have both characteristics and generate oscillatory phenomena. Type of load Inductive load An inductive load will tend to lengthen the current interrupt or establishment time, because the inductance L then opposes the change in the current (Ldi/dt). The transient phenomenon will mainly be characterised by a time constant imposed by the load and whose value corresponds approximately to the interrupt or closing time that the switchgear has to withstand. In addition, during the interrupt time, the switchgear must be able to withstand the additional energy stored in the inductor in steady state. An inductive load therefore requires particular attention with respect to its time constant. A low value (typically < 5 ms) facilitates interruption. t Inductive load = L/R Rsource + Rcables UL i S E ES C Req i E Iinrush = Rsource + Rcables Capacitive load During a closing operation, a capacitive load will cause an inrush current due to the load on the capacitor, virtually under short-circuit condition at the beginning of the phenomenon. On opening, it will tend to discharge. The time constant is generally very low (< 1 ms) and its effect is secondary with respect to the inrush current. A capacitive load will require particular attention to the inrush or discharge current surges. i = E/Req t Capacitive load = Rsource C 11 DB404550 DB124243 Dimensions Section 12 11/39 Technical advice DB124245 DB124246 R L Isc % Isc Isc 95 63 40 2 3 t 4 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Time constant L/R When a short-circuit occurs across the terminals of a direct current circuit, the current increases from the operating current (< In) to the short-circuit current Isc during a time depending on the resistance R and the inductance L of the shortcircuited loop. The equation that governs the current in this loop is: U = Ri + Ldi/dt. A short-circuit current is established (neglecting In with respect to Isc) by the equation: i = Isc (1 - exp(-t/)), where = L/R is the time constant used to establish the short-circuit. In practice, after a time t = 3 the short-circuit is considered to be established, because the value of exp(-3) = 0.05 is negligible compared to 1. The lower the corresponding time constant (e.g. battery circuit), the faster a short-circuit is established. L/R 2 ms 5 ms 15 ms 30 ms Description Very fast short-circuit Fast short-circuit established Standardised value used in standard IEC 60947-2 Slower short-circuit established DC applications bb Photovoltaic applications bb Resistive or slightly inductive circuits: vv indicator light vv trip units (MN, MX) vv motor armatures vv battery charger/uninterruptible power supply (UPS) bb Capacitive circuits: electronic controller bb Inductive circuits: vv electromagnetic coil vv contactor coil vv motor inductor bb Highly inductive circuits: vv electromagnetic coil vv contactor coil vv motor inductor In general, the system time constant is calculated under worst case conditions, across the terminals of the generator. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/40 DB124188 Technical advice 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 B CD 0,01 1 5.7±20% I / In Curves B, C, D, ratings 6 A to 63 A 11.3±20% 17±20% Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Tripping curves We can choose our solution according to the inrush currents generated by our loads, in the same way as for alternating current. In direct current, the same thermal tripping curves are obtained as in alternating current. The only difference is that the magnetic thresholds are offset by a coefficient 2 compared to the curves obtained in alternating current. Characteristics of the various curves and their applications: Curves Magnetic thresholds DC applications Z B C D et K AC 2.4 to 3.6 In 3.2 to 4.8 In 6.4 to 9.6 In 9.6 to 14.4 In DC 3.4 to 5 In bb Resistive loads bb Loads with electronic circuits 4.5 to 6.8 In bb Motor inductor: starting current 2 to 4 In bb Battery charger/Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) 9.05 to 13.6 In bb Electronic controller 13.6 to 20.4 In bb Electromagnetic coil: inrush overvoltage 10 to 20 Un bb LV relay bb Trip units (MN, MX) bb Indicator light bb PLCs (industrial programmable logic controllers) The figures opposite are iC60 tripping curves showing DC magnetic thresholds and normative limits Example Protection of the 4 mm2 cable supplying a load at In = 30 A with a 32 A rating and a tripping curve that allows the starting current for this load to be absorbed. 3600 s for I/In = 1.05 1000 3600 s for I/In = 1.3 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 Z 0,01 1 4.2±20% I / In Curves Z, K, ratings 6 A to 63 A K 17±20% 1000 100 10 t(s) 1 0,1 iC60, 32 A C curve 4 mm2 cable fusion curve Starting current 0,01 10 100 I (A) 1000 Curve C, rating 32 A (AC magnetic thresholds in dotted lines) 11 DB124451 DB124244 Dimensions Section 12 11/41 DB124248 Technical advice DB124247 0 D2 Only D2 trips Is D1 and D2 trip Ifault Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Continuity of service of the solutions Discrimination of the direct current protection devices Discrimination is a key element that must be taken into account right from the design stage of a low-voltage installation to allow continuity of service of the electrical power. Discrimination involves coordination between two circuit breakers connected in series, so that in the event of a fault, only the circuit breaker positioned immediately upstream of the fault trips. A discrimination current Is is defined as: bb I fault < Is: only D2 removes the fault, discrimination ensured, bb I fault > Is: both circuit breakers may trip, discrimination not ensured. Discrimination may be partial or total, up to the breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker. To ensure total discrimination, the characteristics of the upstream device must be higher than those of the downstream one. The same principles apply to designing both direct current and alternating current installations. Only the limit currents change when direct current is used. Once again, we find the same concepts of discrimination: bbtotal: up to the breaking capacity of the downstream device. Our tests have been performed at up to 25 kA or 50 kA depending on the breaking capacity of the devices in question. bbpartial: indication of the discrimination limit current Is. Discrimination is ensured below this value; above this value, the upstream device participates in the breaking process, bbnone: no discrimination ensured, the upstream and downstream circuit breakers will trip. For further information about the discrimination concept for protection devices in general, refer to technical supplement 557E4300, "Discrimination of modular circuit breakers". Total discrimination solutions In the following tables, we offer you solutions that favour continuity of service (total discrimination between circuit breakers), for different short-circuit currents. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/42 Technical advice Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Total discrimination: 20 kA Upstream Curve C Time constant (L/R) = 15 ms In (A) iC60H iC120H 10 - 16 20 - 25 32 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 Downstream iC60H y 3 Curves B,C 4 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6 T T T T T 10 T T T 13 T T T 16 to 25 T T T 32 T T 40 T 50 - 63 T Total discrimination: 36 kA In (A) Downstream Upstream NG125H 80 NG125H 10 T Curves B,C 16 to 63 Curve C NS u 100 Time constant (L/R) = 15 ms T T Total discrimination: 50 kA In (A) Downstream Upstream NG125L 80 NG125L 10 T Curves B,C 16 to 63 Curve C Time constant (L/R) = 15 ms NS u 100 T T NS u 100 T T T T T T T T T T Total discrimination. No discrimination. Dimensions Section 12 11 11/43 Technical advice Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Coordination with loads As seen above, the circuit-breaker characteristics chosen depend on the type of load downstream of the installation. The rating depends on the size of the cables to be protected and the curves depend on the load inrush current. Product selection according to the load inrush current When certain "capacitive" loads are switched on, very high inrush currents appear during the first milliseconds of operation. The following graphs show the average DC non-tripping curves of our products for this time range (50 s to 10 ms). DB124249 iC60 10 1 t(ms) 0,1 Curve B Curve D 0,01 1 10 100 Ipeak/In Curve C 1000 DB124250 NG125 / C120 10 1 t(ms) Curve B 0,1 Curve D 0,01 1 10 Ipeak/In Curve C 100 1000 This information allows us to select the most appropriate product, according to the load specifications: curve and rating. 10 11 1 t(ms) 0,1 0,01 1 DB124249 Curve B Curve D 10 100 Ipeak/In Example When an iC60 is used with a load with current peaks in the order of 200 In during the first 0.1 millisecond, a curve C or D product must be installed. DB124251 Curve C 0,1 1000 0,1 200 Dimensions Section 12 11/44 100 200 1000 DB124238 DB124239 Technical advice Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Personal protection Personal protection (earth-leakage protection) is not mandatory for this voltage range (24-48 V DC). In fact, according to the standards currently in force, the minimum ventricular fibrillation current If for human beings is in the order of 25 mA for alternating current (50 Hz), whereas for direct current, it is more than 50 mA. The table below shows the data according to the standards and conditions: Environment Dry environment Zman = 2000 Ohm Wet environment Zman = 1000 Ohm Voltage specifications AC DC Uf = Z x If 50 V 100 V Uf = Z x If 25 V 50 V With Z corresponding to the impedance of the human body in the different types of environment, If being the current passing through the body and Uf the minimum contact voltage required to reach the danger current. Under normal operating conditions, this voltage range (< 50 V) is therefore not dangerous to human beings. Zman If Uf Standards: IEC 60479-2, NF C 15100, IEC 60755. DB124237 Dimensions Section 12 11 11/45 Technical advice DB124258 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Examples of applications Industrial applications Monitoring of agro-food tanks with 24 V DC converters for probes and other sensors bb Isolated network: vv Isc = 20 kA, vv In = 40 A. Solution iC60H 2P 40 A + 24 V converters U In Isc Tank 1 probe Tank 2 probe Tank 3 probe Tank 4 probe Control of industrial process measurement by 12/24/48 V DC control bb Isolated network: vv Isc = 20 kA, vv In = 40 A. Solution iC60H 2P 40 A + DC solid-state relays U In DB124261 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/46 Isc Load 1 Load 2 Load 3 Technical advice DB124262 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications 24 V DC generator power supply protection bb Earthed network: vv Isc = 10 kA / In = 63 A, vv Isc = 10 kA / In = 20 A. Solution iC60H 2P 63 A + iC60N 2P 20 A + DC loads In1 AC network Isc1 In2 DC network Isc2 Load 1 Load 2 Load 3 Dimensions Section 12 11 11/47 Technical advice DB124259 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Tertiary applications Control and monitoring of the 48 V DC emergency lighting distribution for a shopping centre bb Mid-point of the network: vv Isc = 20 kA, vv In = 125 A. Solution NG125H 3P 125 A + power contactors U/2 In U/2 Shopping centre lighting Zone 1 Shopping centre lighting Zone 2 Shopping centre lighting Zone 3 Isc Shopping centre lighting Zone 4 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/48 Technical advice DB124282 Circuit breakers for direct current applications (cont.) 24 V - 48 V direct current applications Power supply protection by 24 V DC direct current generator bb Earthed network: vv Isc1 = 10 kA / In = 40 A, vv Isc2 = 10 kA / In = 2/4/6 A. Solution iC60H 2P 40 A + iC60H 2P 2/4/6 A + PLC inputs + DC loads The Phaseo network failure solution provides the installation (or part thereof) with a 24 V DC power supply in the event of a mains voltage failure: bb throughout the mains failure, to ensure the continuity of service of the installation. bb during a limited time to allow: vv data to be backed up, vv actuators to be put in the fallback position, vv a generating set to be started up, vv the operating systems to be shut down, vv remote supervision data to be transmitted. In1 AC network Isc1 + In2 DC network Isc2 Input 1 Input 2 PLC Input 3 Load 1 Load 2 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/49 Technical advice 400 Hz network Compatibility of 50/60 Hz equipment with a 400 Hz network The performance of products designed for domestic frequencies of 50/60 Hz is impacted by the specific properties of networks of 400 Hz frequency. Phenomena due to the increased frequency influence the behaviour of the copper components of transformers, cables and protective equipment. Some types of equipment designed for 50/60 Hz networks may not be suitable. You should check whether or not a product is compatible and also apply any correction factors given by the manufacturer. Circuit breakers Depending on the technologies used, modular circuit breakers designed for 50/60 Hz can be used at 400 Hz. To choose the performance of a modular circuit breaker: bb do not take any thermal derating into account (In at 400 Hz is equivalent to In at 50 Hz). bb increase the magnetic tripping threshold, according to the table below. bb check that the short-circuit current on the installation is less than the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker. The breaking capacity of the circuit breakers at a frequency of 400 Hz is the same as at frequencies of 50/60 Hz. This characteristic is generally complied with, due to the fact that the short-circuit current of a 400 Hz generator is relatively low. In most cases, the generator Isc does not exceed four times the rated current. Circuit breaker iDPN iC60 C60 C120 NG125 Curve Magnetic trip thresholds 50 Hz 400 Hz Tolerance B 4 In 6 In ± 20 % C 8 In 12 In D 12 In 18 In B 4 In 5.6 In C 8 In 11.2 In D 12 In 16.8 In B 4 In 5.1 In C 8.5 In 10.9 In D 12 In 15.4 In The NG125 and C120 circuit breakers are not suitable for networks of 400 Hz frequency. Refer to the Compact NSX offer. 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/50 Technical advice Dimensions Section 12 400 Hz network (cont.) Earth leakage protection devices The residual current device trip thresholds designed for 50/60 Hz increase with the frequency, but since the human body is less sensitive to the passage of a current at 400 Hz, protection is still ensured for the users. According to the IEC 60479-2 standard, at 400 Hz the ventricular fibrillation threshold is higher by a ratio of 6 (which means that the physiological effect of a 180 mA current at 400 Hz will be the same as that of a 30 mA current at 50/60 Hz). 15 Frequency factor Ff 10 6 5 1 50/60 100 300 400 1000 Frequency (Hz) Variations in the ventricular fibrillation threshold for shock durations exceeding the period of cardiac cycle (as per IEC 60479-2). Compatibility of residual current devices at 400 Hz: Depending on the type and the technology employed, a residual current device designed for a frequency of 50/60 Hz will or will not be capable of ensuring protection for users in accordance with the requirements of the standard. Type of protection and type of equipment A type AC type Si type iID Vigi iC60 iDPN Vigi, Use possible on network of Limit 400 Hz frequency Not compatible Trip threshold exceeding the limit given by the curve Not recommended Excessive sensitivity with risk of unwanted tripping (poor guarantee of continuity of service) YES Not compatible Trip threshold exceeding the limit given by the curve YES Note: The choice of an iID residual current circuit breaker ensures protection for users at 400 Hz while ensuring good continuity of service. At 400 Hz, the test function of residual current devices designed for 50/60 Hz is not operational due to the increase in the trip threshold. Auxiliary function Voltmetric releases If a circuit breaker needs to be provided with a voltmetric release whose control circuit is powered by the 400 Hz network, it is necessary to use a release auxiliary of appropriate characteristics for 400 Hz networks: Type Undervoltage release iMN Voltage 115 V AC - 400 Hz Cat. no. A9A26959 11 11/51 Miniature circuit breakers 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/52 For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers Motor starters In general miniature circuit breakers can give only short circuit protection to motor loads due to the high starting currents which may be encountered; typically 3 - 12 times full load current (FLC). Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the following assumptions: n Direct-on-line starting Starting current = 7 x FLC Run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW 10 seconds, motors < 22kW Running currents = average values only (individual manufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors, i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run up times may be considerably longer than those assumed above. The rating of the MCB must take account of the greater run up time and starting current. The required MCB rating can be determined by reference to time/current curves (consult us). n Star/delta starting Since, during the changeover from star to delta, a high current surge in the order of DOL values may be met, the MCB rating selected should be the same as that recommended for DOL starting. Table 1 - 3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting Recommended MCB kW hHp Running I C60HB C60HC 0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 1.5 2 3.5 10 10 2.2 3 4.8 16 10 3 4 6.4 20 20 3.75 5 7.8 25 25 4 5.5 8.1 25 25 5.5 7.5 11 32 32 7.5 10 14.4 50 50 9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 11 15 21 63 63 13 17.5 25 - - 15 20 28 - - 18.5 25 35 - - 22 30 40 - - 30 40 54 - - 37 50 65.5 - - C60HD 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 6 10 10 16 16 16 20 20 25 32 40 50 50 63 - Table 2 - 1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting kW Hp Running I C60HB C60HC 0.12 0.166 0.95 4 2 0.18 0.25 1.5 4 4 0.25 0.33 1.7 6 4 0.37 0.5 3 10 6 0.55 0.75 4.5 16 10 0.75 1 5.5 16 16 1.1 1.5 8.5 25 25 1.5 2 10.5 32 32 2.2 3 15.5 40 40 3 4 20 63 63 3.75 5 24 - 63 5.5 7.5 34 - - 6.3 8.5 36.5 - - 7.5 10 45 - - 11 15 66.5 - - C60HD 1 2 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 63 - Miniature circuit breakers Dimensions Section 12 For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers (cont.) Transformers High inrush currents are also produced when transformers are switched on, typically 10 - 15 times full load current. Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for single phase transformers up to 12500VA and three phase transformers up to 30000VA based on the following formula. Table 3 - 3 phase transformers 415Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD 500 0.7 4 2 1 750 1.04 6 4 2 1000 1.39 10 6 4 2000 2.78 16 10 6 5000 6.95 40 25 16 10000 13.89 - 50 25 15000 20.84 - 63 32 20000 27.78 - - 50 25000 34.73 - - 63 30000 41.67 - - 63 Table 4 - 1 phase transformers 240Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD 50 0.21 2 - - 100 0.42 4 2 1 250 1.04 6 4 2 500 2.08 16 10 4 1000 4.17 25 16 10 2500 10.42 63 32 16 5000 20.84 - 63 32 10000 41.66 - - 63 12500 52.08 - - - Inrush currents When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices. The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10 - 15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 - 25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds). I 1st peak 10 to 25 In 11 In t 11/53 Motor protection 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/54 P25M circuit breakers Choice of motor supply cable size When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissible voltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying a permanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where: In = rated current Is = starting current (4 - 8 In) depending on the motor. Voltage drop The permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to be driven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for the rated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts, etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current. P25M motor circuit breaker This protects motors against overloads and short circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole a thermal release for protection against overloads and a magnetic release for protection against short circuits. For high short circuit currents use the limiter block, Ref. 21115. For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16 - 18A, 240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25M circuit breaker is unlimited. Applications The P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for protecting small machine tools and similar machines, with local control. Thermal release settings The thermal releases are supplied set to the bottom value of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of the thermal releases can be carried out by opening the cover and adjusting the dial on the front face of the P25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases be set to the current that the motor absorbs in normal service and not to its rated current so as to provide effective close protection. Ambient temperature compensation Close protection against thermal overload is enhanced by thermal releases which are ambient temperature compensated over the range - 20°C - +60°C. During overload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower ambient temperatures, from - 20°C - +20°C, and is accelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20°C - +60°C. Protection of the line supplying the motor Every circuit and every motor must be protected against overloads and short circuits. Phase failure protection The P25M protects each phase separately and interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss of phase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved by means of a differential trip which accelerates tripping should phase failure occur. Motor protection P25M circuit breakers (cont.) Auxiliaries: n Alarm switch. n ON/OFF switch. n Shunt trip release or undervoltage release (emergency stop). Single phase connection Ph N3 5 1 Two poles of the apparatus must be connected in series for the single phase supply 24 6 Emergency switch wiring L1 L2 L3 U The early closing of the auxiliary contact is necessary to enable the closing of the circuit breaker equipped with an undervoltage release Milliseconds Seconds Minutes Time/current characteristics 20 10 5 2 1 40 20 10 5 2 1 200 50 20 5 2 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 x rated current Rating Settings In (A) Part number Standard power ratings kW: of 3-phase motors 50 - 60Hz AC-3 category 230 400 415 440 500 690 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100 - - - - - - 0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101 - - - - - - 0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102 - - - - - - 0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103 - - - - - 0.37 1.0 0.63 - 1 21104 - - - 0.37 0.37 0.55 1.6 1 - 1.6 21105 - 0.37 - 0.55 0.75 1.1 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 4.0 2.5 - 4 21107 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 6.3 4 - 6.3 21108 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 4 10 6 - 10 21109 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 14 9 - 14 21110 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 11 18 13 - 18 21111 4 7.5 9 9 10 15 23 17 - 23 21112 5.5 9 11 11 11 18.5 25 20 - 25 21113 5.5 11 11 11 15 22 11 Dimensions Section 12 11/55 Motor loads Safepact 2 Discrimination The table below indicates where total discrimination exists between devices. D1 D2 Upstream Compact MGE1003X MGE1253X Downstream circuit breaker Rating (A) multi 9 iC60H 10 - 16 n n 20 - 25 n 32 - 40 n 50 - 63 n Note: For further information on this product range: consult us. MGE1603X n n n n MGE2003X n n n n MGE2503X n n n n MGE4003X n n n n MGE6303X n n n n 11 Guidance for motor loads Specific "magnetic only" MCCBs are available for short circuit protection of motors. However, the standard MCCB may be used, as detailed below. Max motor size (kW) Running current (A) @ 415V 16A 2.2 5.0 25A 3.7 7.5 40A 4 8.4 63A 9 17 80A 15 28 100A 22 40 125A 25 47 160A 33 60 200A 45 80 250A 69 128 Note: n These tables offer guidance only, for DOL starting assuming: A starting current of 7 x FLC Run-up time =8 seconds for motors < 3kW 10 seconds for motors > 3kW n The running current is a typical value and may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer Dimensions Section 12 11/56 Panelboards Powerpact 4 Possible terminal Breaking L capacity for capacity crimped lug 415V Current Device Ø (mm) @ Ø L 100A MGP100 MCCB SP 6 25 25,000A @ 240V 100A MGP100X MCCB TP 6 25 36,000A 160A MGP160X MCCB TP 6 25 36,000A 250A MGP250X MCCB 8 25 36,000A MGP250NA Switch disconnector 8 25 400A MGP400X MCCB 10 32 50,000A MGP400A Switch disconnector 10 32 630A MGP630X MCCB 10 32 50,000A MGP630NA Switch disconnector 10 32 800A NS800 12 44 50,000A NS800NA Switch disconnector 12 44 MGP INC Direct connection 10 32 Outgoing Earth connection 6 25mm tunnel - Outgoing Neutral connection 6 25 Incoming Earth connection 10 32 Incoming Neutral connection 12 40 Other connections available on request. If you require higher breaking capacity, consult us. 1600A Panelboard Incoming connection details 4 - Ø12.5 holes on 50 mm pitch Pole pitch = 70mm Distance to gland plate = 708mm Dimensions Section 12 11 11/57 Degrees of protection Provided by enclosures Test according to EN60529 1st digit Protection against solid bodies 0 no protection 1 ø 50mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 50 mm External influences In many national and international standards, a large number of external influences to which an electrical installation can be subjected are indexed and coded: presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk of impact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances, etc. These influences may be present with variable intensity depending on the conditions of installation: The presence of water may be in the form of a few drops or total immersion. Protection index European standard EN60529 gives a protection code (IP) which characterises the ability of equipment to withstand the following external influences: n Presence of solid bodies n Presence of water This code comprises two digits, depending on these external influences. The protection index is assigned to the equipment following a series of tests laid down in the respective standards. 2nd digit Protection against liquids 0 1 No protection Example IP 55 Protection against vertical drops of water (condensation) Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) Protection against hosing with water from all directions 2 ø 12.5mm Protection against 2 solid bodies greater than 12.5mm 3 Protection against 3 ø 2.5mm solid bodies greater than 2.5 mm 4 4 ø 1mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 1 mm 5 6 11 5 Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) 6 Total protection against dust 7 Protection against drops of water falling up to 15° from vertical Protection against rainwater up to 60° from vertical Protection against water projected from all directions protection against hosing with water from all directions Protection against swamping with water Protection against immersion Dimensions Section 12 11/58 Earth Loop Impedance Values for Miniature Circuit Breakers Type iC60H Type B Rating 1A 2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A 0.4 Sec 43.70 21.85 10.93 7.22 4.37 2.74 2.19 1.75 1.37 1.09 0.87 0.69 Type iC120H Type B Rating 63A 80A 100A 125A 0.4 Sec 0.69 0.54 0.44 0.34 Type NSX 5 Sec 43.70 21.85 10.93 7.22 4.37 2.74 2.19 1.75 1.37 1.09 0.87 0.69 5 Sec 0.69 0.54 0.44 0.34 Type iC60H Type C Rating 1A 2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A 0.4 Sec 21.85 10.93 5.46 3.69 2.19 1.37 1.09 0.87 0.68 0.55 0.44 0.35 Type iC120H Type C Rating 63A 80A 100A 125A 0.4 Sec 0.37 0.29 0.23 0.18 5 Sec 28.02 13.66 7.05 4.65 2.80 1.75 1.40 1.12 0.87 0.70 0.56 0.45 5 Sec 0.45 0.35 0.28 0.23 Type iC60H Type D Rating 1A 2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A 0.4 Sec 15.61 7.80 3.90 2.60 1.56 0.98 0.78 0.63 0.48 0.39 0.31 0.25 Type iC120H Type D Rating 63A 80A 100A 125A 0.4 Sec 0.247 0.1995 0.152 0.1235 5 Sec 28.02 13.66 7.05 4.65 2.80 1.75 1.40 1.12 0.87 0.70 0.56 0.45 5 Sec 0.4275 0.3325 0.266 0.2185 Dimensions Section 12 11 11/59 Contents Dimensions Acti 9 isobar distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 12/2 to 12/4 A type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/2 B type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 12/3 to 12/4 Heavy duty distribution board 100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/5 Powerpact 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 12/6 to 12/9 Powerboards and panelboards 250A and 400/630A . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/6 Powerboards and panelboards 250A, 400/630A and 800A . . . . . page 12/7 Extension boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/8 Metering extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/9 Panelboards 1600A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/10 Safepact 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/11 MGF fusegear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/12 Busbar chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/13 Powerpact 4 pan assembly and incoming MCCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/14 Outgoing pan assembly 630A only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/15 Outgoing pan assembly 800A only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/16 Enclosures - Mini Opale, G9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/17 Pragma surface mounted enclosures and interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12/18 Kaedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 12/19 to 12/22 BIM models are available on the Schneider Electric website www.schneider-electric.co.uk 12 12/1 Dimensions (mm) Acti 9 Isobar A type distribution boards Part number A B C SEA9AN2 200 300 117 SEA9AN6 273 300 117 SEA9AN10, SEA9AN26DS 345 300 117 SEA9SNI4, SEA9AN26SL, SEA9AN66DS, SEA9AN616MS, SEA9ANI08MS 417 300 117 SEA9ANI8, SEA9AN6S6, SEA9AN5I0SL, SEA9AN96SL, SEA9ANI06DS, SEA9AN624MS, 489 300 117 SEA9ANI016MS, SEA9ANI48MS SEA9AN27, SEA9ANI0SI0, SEA9ANI432MS 417 530 117 12 Technical Section 11 12/2 Key hole slot dimensions ø6.25 ø13 Datum 12 Dimensions (mm) Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards Part number A B SEA9BN4, SEA9BN6, SEA9BN6M 484 386 SEA9BN8, SEA9BN8M 538 440 SEA9BN12, SEA9BN12M 700 602 SEA9BN16, SEA9BN16M 808 710 SEA9BN18, SEA9BN18M 862 764 SEA9BN24, SEA9BN24M 1024 926 Technical Section 11 TM 9 12 12/3 Dimensions (mm) Acti 9 Isobar B type distribution boards (cont.) 12 Technical Section 11 12/4 Dimensions (mm) Heavy duty distribution board (100A) IP55 weatherproof Part number Number of Dimensions (mm) Height Width SEA9BN6HDGK/G-R 6 650 600 SEA9BN8HDGK/G-R 8 650 600 SEA9BN12HDGK/G-R 12 850 600 SEA9BN16HDGK/G-R 16 850 600 * Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted. ø12 ø7 Depth 290* 290* 290* 290* 10 10 575/775 700/900 max. max. M8 Technical Section 11 525 625 B board extension box enclosures Part number A SEA9BNEXN 124 SEA9BNEX034N 140 SEA9BNKWH 124 SEA9BNEXA14N 140 SEA9BN100CCI 140 SEA9BNDSI 124 60 60 65 270 65 470 A 12 12/5 Dimensions (mm) Powerpact 4 powerboards and panelboards 250A and 400/630A 250A powerboard D C A B 268 Board ref. ABCD MG25C2 & MG25C2M 650 600 442 306 MG25C4 & MG25C4M 650 778 442 484 MG25EXC 650 600 442 306 C and D are the fixing dimensions about the centre line Board ref. A B C D MG2C5 679 850 541 670 MG2C7 784 850 646 670 MG2C9 889 850 751 670 MG2C13 1074 850 920 670 MG6C6 1178 850 1035 710 MG6C12 1493 850 1350 710 MG6C18 1808 850 1665 710 C and D are the fixing dimensions about the centre line Material thickness 1.2mm cover 1.6mm enclosure 250, 400/630A panelboard B D A 260 240 C 12 Technical Section 11 12/6 Dimensions (mm) Powerpact 4 powerboards and panelboards 250A, 400/630A and 800A 800A panelboard 850 260 240 710 A C B D extension box included Board ref. MG8C6 MG8C12 MG8C18 A 1578 1893 2208 B C D 1035 991 172 1350 1306 172 1665 1621 172 Material thickness 1.2mm cover 1.6mm enclosure Technical Section 11 12 12/7 Dimensions (mm) 250 or 500 Corner Powerpact 4 Extension boxes Top extension 250 or 500 Corner 200 or 400* Side extension or meter box Panelboard Side extension or meter box Corner Bottom extension Corner 200 or 400* 850 All extension boxes are the same depth as the main board - 240mm. * 400mm extension box is fitted as standard at the incoming end of the 800A panelboard. Corner units are available to suit all combinations of top/bottom and side extension boxes. Overall dimension table Panelboard Part number MG25C2 MG25C2M MG25C4 MG25C4M MG2C5 Height Standard 653 653 653 653 679 With 1 top or bottom ext box 883 with top & bottom ext box 1087 MG2C7 784 988 1192 MG2C9 MG2C13 MG6C6 MG6C12 MG6C18 MG8C6 MG8C12 MG8C18 889 1074 1178 1493 1808 1583 1898 2213 1093 1278 1382 1697 2012 1787 2102 2417 1297 1482 1586 1901 2216 1991 2306 2621 Width Standard 600 600 778 778 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 with 1-250mm side ext box 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 with 1-500mm side ext box 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 with 1-600mm side ext box 1200 1200 1378 1378 with 1-250 & 1-500mm side ext box 1615 1615 1615 1615 1615 1615 with 2-250mm side ext boxes 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 with 2-500mm side ext boxes 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 12 Depth 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 Technical Section 11 12/8 Dimensions (mm) Powerpact 4 metering extensions 630, 800A panelboard with side extension metering boxes 800A Panelboard only 1360 The side extensions with metering are dimensionally the same as standard 250mm side extensions Technical Section 11 1377 All apertures are 92mmsq. to accept standard DIN 96 meters. 12 12/9 Dimensions (mm) 466 Panelboard 1600A 1656 Without optional section 1256 2106 400 12 Technical Section 11 12/10 400 363 38 Optional section 800 400 763 1563 475 363 38 Dimensions (mm) D C A C B E Safepact 2 Safepact 2 MCCB or switch disconnector general purpose enclosure IP40 Rating Height A Width B Cable space C Overall depth D Enclosure depth E Up to 250A 420 230 140 211 145 630A 700 356 236 235 169 Note: C* - we recommend fitting cable extension boxes on each end of the 160, 250 and 630A ratings, unless utilising trunking Extension boxes for Safepact 2 MCCB enclosures A Height (A) Part number 100 MGEX 160C 200 MGEX 250C 120 MGEX 630C D Safepact 2 MCCB or switch disconnector general C1 purpose enclosure IP40 including earth leakage Height Width Cable Overall Enclosure space depth depth Rating A B C1 C2 D E A Up to 100A 420 230 140 65 211 145 160A 520 230 140 165 250A 620 230 140 265 400A 820 356 236 256 235 169 C2 630A D C A C B E Technical Section 11 Enclosed Interpact Height Rating A 63A 350 100A 350 160A 350 250A 450 320A 650 400A 650 500A 650 630A 650 Width B 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 Cable space C 130 125 125 165 235 235 235 235 Overall depth D 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Enclosure depth E 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 12 12/11 Dimensions (mm) MGF fusegear 12 Technical Section 11 12/12 16 C 50 Switch disconnector fuse MGFA Switch disconnector MGFL 5 H. dia K knockouts A GG D B J Centre knockouts F EE Wall fixing holes 6 dia Rating A B C D E 20A 210 240 105 160 50 32A 210 240 105 160 50 63A 235 350 105 270 55 100A 260 400 120 320 65 * Weights do not include the fuse links Removable end plates Lift-off door hinged RH side F G H J Weight Kg* 51 44 20 25 4.10 51 44 20 25 4.82 51 50 32 32 5.34 51 60 38 40 7.37 33 H 33 G 25 Fuse switch disconnector MGFS Switch disconnector MGFD B F EF 60 33 AD Castell lock 60 J K Cable entry box Earth bolt End plate C 6 L Rating A B C D E F G H J K L Weight Kg* 100A 380 292 200 260 130 81 142 226 100 292 220 15.6 160A 380 292 200 260 130 81 142 226 150 292 220 15.6 200/ 250A 380 340 200 260 180 80 142 274 180 340 220 19.5 400A 455 489 270 335 289 100 212 423 300 489 290 36.2 500A 455 489 270 335 289 100 212 423 300 489 290 36.2 630A 455 489 270 335 289 100 212 423 400 489 290 36.2 * Weights do not include the fuse links Dimensions (mm) Busbar chamber 200 15 8 Fixing holes 11 dia x 4 CL 40 Type MBFB...07TN MBFB...12TN MBFB...18TN B A A 750 1200 1800 B 670 1120 1720 340 450 Technical Section 11 12 12/13 Dimensions (mm) Powerpact 4 Pan assembly and incoming MCCB Reference A Reference C 37 690 6 way 346 NS800 475 660 12 way 661 NS630 330 18 way 976 NS250 228 24 way 30 way 1291 1606 Dimension C = centre line of incoming breaker terminals (plan view). A 37 62 C 311 62 NS250 incoming MCCB connections 81 51 98.1 NS630 incoming MCCB connections 81 51 105.1 81 NS800 incoming MCCB connections 51 95.1 12 Technical Section 11 12/14 N N N N 630 C 30 78.1 5 45 C 164.1 204.1 20 30 78.1 5 45 C 188.1 246.1 20 30 180.1 242 70.1 5 70 35.5 20 Dimensions (mm) Reference 6 way 12 way 18 way 24 way 30 way A 346 661 976 1291 1606 37 Outgoing pan assembly 630A only 690 660 92.3 Cover 143.1 A 37 10.3 ø9.5 12.5 25 10R 13.5 4.5R Incoming busbar connections direct to outgoing pan assembly NS250 250 without cover Technical Section 11 251.1 194.1 NS630 84.1 331 6 40 64.1 50 248 C 170.1 12 12/15 Dimensions (mm) Reference 6 way 12 way 18 way 24 way 30 way A 346 661 976 1291 1606 37 Outgoing pan assembly 800A only 690 660 92.3 Cover 143.1 A 12 Technical Section 11 12/16 37 10.3 C ø10 Phase bars only 25.5 44.5 ø9 13.5 95.5 ø4.5 114.5 Incoming busbar connections direct to outgoing pan assembly 251.1 194.1 NS630 64.1 170.1 130.1 90.1 50.1 84.1 331 8 248 170.1 NS250 250 without cover Dimensions (mm) Enclosures Mini Opale, G9 Mini Opale enclosures Part number H W D A B E 13392 130 44 57 36 65 11 13394 130 80 57 72 65 11 13396 160 119 65 108 80 19 13398 160 155 65 151 80 19 B H A B W 44 E D G9 enclosures Part number A 14599 72 14603 99 122.5 A 63 20 46 210 20 5 14599/14603 101 50.5 50.5 27.5 77 46 200 77 27.5 25 50 25 63 32.5 36 32.5 99560 Technical Section 11 12 12/17 Dimensions (mm) Enclosures Pragma surface mounted enclosures and interfaces Surface mounted enclosures Enclosure 13 modules 1R 2R 3R 4R 24 modules 1R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R Dimensions (mm) H WD A B E 300 336 123 160 200 73 450 (115) 350 600 500 750 650 300 550 148 340 150 84 450 (136) 300 600 450 750 600 900 750 1050 900 F GJ 253 149 299 449 599 121 271 421 571 721 871 Panel for customisation of the transparent door 13 module enclosures Panel thickness: 0.5 mm max. 24 module enclosures The different positions of the DIN rail in height and depth. 12 Technical Section 11 12/18 Panel thickness: 0.5 mm max. Interfaces Enclosure Associated with enclosure 1R 13 modules 2R 3R 1R 24 modules 2R 3R Dimensions (mm) H W D B 300 200 115 206 450 356 600 506 300 200 136 175 450 325 600 475 Dimensions (mm) Kaedra Pre-cutouts The new European standard EN 50262 generalises metric dimensions for cable glands. To simplify the transition, the entire Kaedra range is equipped with pre-cutouts both in ISO/metric standardisation and in PG standardisation. Each pre-cutout is marked: n Simple pre-cutout adapted to the metric cable gland: n Double pre-cutout: External: pre-cutout adapted to the metric cable gland/ISO Internal: pre-cutout adapted to the PG cable gland Cable glands Type of pre-cutout M16 M20 M25 M32 M50 PG11 PG16 PG21 PG29 PG36 For cables of diameter (mm) 4 - 8 6 - 12 12 - 18 18 - 25 30 - 38 5 - 10 10 - 14 14 - 17 19 - 26 22 - 32 Associations The enclosures can be associated: n Horizontally, regardless of their height (see diagram below) n Vertically, if their width is identical. Use the association kit, Part number 13934 (2 sleeves + 4 nuts + 4 seals) in the M32 precutouts marked with a double arrow. Insertion of cables between the enclosures is possible, while preserving the degree of protection IP65. Technical Section 11 12 12/19 Dimensions (mm) Kaedra (cont.) Weatherproof mini enclosures Weatherproof mini enclosures for power outlets A BC 248 166 41 310 228 41 392 310 41 Weight (g) 550 600 700 3 modules 3 modules 4, 6, 8 and 12 modules Weatherproof mini enclosures for modular switchgear Number of modules A L Weight (g) 3 - 80 300 4 - 123 500 6 - 159 650 8 88 195 850 12 160 267 1050 4 and 6 modules 8 and 12 modules 3 modules 8 modules 12 Technical Section 11 12/20 4 modules 12 modules 6 modules Dimensions (mm) Kaedra (cont.) A B 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 610 490 C 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 60 Weight (g) 1450 1250 1400 1400 1650 Weatherproof enclosures 5 modules A B 460 251 460 251 460 251 C 104.5 104.5 104.5 Weight (g) 2050 1900 1900 8 modules (*) pre-punchout also used for enclosure association Technical Section 11 (*) pre-punchout also used for enclosure association 12 12/21 Dimensions (mm) Kaedra (cont.) A B 280 118 335 170 335 170 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 610 401 460 251 C 81 82.5 82.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 Weight (g) 1900 2200 2150 3100 2850 3300 2650 2700 4100 4550 Weatherproof enclosures 12-13 modules A B 280 118 280 118 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 460 251 610 401 610 401 610 401 842 633 842 633 (*) pre-punchout also used for enclosure association C 81 81 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 Weight (g) 2400 1950 3850 3550 4150 3200 3150 3300 3150 5600 4050 6500 6600 18-19 modules 12 Technical Section 11 12/22 (*) pre-punchout also used for enclosure association Reference 3908 04224 8908 8961 8962 8963 10209 10210 10220 10405 10545 10546 10547 13135 13136 13137 13138 13139 13140 13141 13142 13143 13144 13175 13175 13176 13176 13177 13177 13178 13179 13180 13181 13182 13189 13190 13191 13192 13193 13195 13196 13197 13198 13199 13260 13361 13362 13363 13364 13387 13392 13394 13396 13398 13409 Product list Page 8/21 10/10 8/20 8/16 8/16 8/16 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/27 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/17 10/12 10/12 10/12 10/12 10/17 Reference 13410 13411 13412 13441 13442 13443 13444 13445 13446 13448 13450 13595 13599 13735 13735 13736 13736 13929 13934 13935 13936 13937 13938 13939 13940 13941 13944 13945 13946 13947 13948 13949 13950 13975 13981 13982 13983 13984 13985 13986 13987 13990 13991 13992 13993 13993 13994 13994 14190 14210 14211 14599 14603 14811 14812 Page 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/17 10/33 10/17 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/19 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/25 10/22 10/22 10/22 10/19 10/28 10/19 10/28 10/33 10/10 10/10 10/12 10/12 10/5 10/5 Reference 14813 14814 14818 14885 14915 14962 14963 14964 14965 14975 14976 14977 14979 15111 15112 15113 15114 15125 15125 15126 15126 15151 15201 15202 15208 15209 15228 15229 15281 15331 15331 15335 15335 15336 15336 15337 15341 15359 15363 15366 15440 15443 15482 15483 15668 15669 16314 16315 16316 16317 16330 16330 16332 16332 16361 Page 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/10 10/9 10/9 10/9 10/9 10/9 10/9 10/9 10/9 7/35 7/35 7/35 7/36 7/49 7/49 7/49 7/49 7/51 7/87 7/87 7/87 7/87 7/39 7/39 7/84 7/73 7/73 7/73 7/73 7/73 7/73 7/72 7/75 7/63 7/62 7/73 7/109 7/109 7/82 7/82 7/44 7/44 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/2 4/4 4/2 4/4 4/2 Reference 16361 16363 16363 16550 16552 16553 16643 16644 16645 16646 17400 18264 18265 18266 18267 18268 18269 18280 18281 18526 18527 18528 18687 18688 18689 18690 18691 18692 18693 18695 19091 19091 19096 19096 19512 19516 20267 21089 21093 21094 21095 21096 21098 21100 21101 21102 21103 21104 21105 21106 21107 21108 21109 21110 21111 Page 4/4 4/2 4/4 7/101 7/101 7/101 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4 3/18 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 3/17 3/17 3/18 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/9 5/9 2/27 3/18 2/27 3/18 10/4 10/4 10/10 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 Reference 21112 21113 21115 21116 21117 21118 21119 21120 21121 21122 21123 21124 21125 21127 21128 21129 21130 21133 21501 21501 21503 21503 21505 21507 21507 26970 26975 26976 26981 26996 26997 27001 27046 27047 27048 27049 27053 27053 27060 27060 27062 27145 29370 29450 29451 29457 29458 33489 33489 33490 33490 33494 33495 33564 33564 Product list Page 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/27 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 10/4 3/16 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/16 3/16 3/17 3/16 3/16 3/16 2/5 2/27 3/18 2/27 3/18 3/17 3/16 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/17 8/17 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/7 8/7 8/9 Reference 33566 33566 33568 33568 33570 33570 44936 83992 83993 83994 83995 83996 83997 99217 99219 99221 99223 99225 99560 99246A 99246B A9A15096 A9A15151 A9A15152 A9A15212 A9A15213 A9A15214 A9A15215 A9A15216 A9A15218 A9A15219 A9A15220 A9A15222 A9A15320 A9A15321 A9A15322 A9A15323 A9A15393 A9A15416 A9A15921 A9A15922 A9A15923 A9A26476 A9A26477 A9A26478 A9A26500 A9A26869 A9A26897 A9A26924 A9A26927 A9A26929 A9A26946 A9A26947 A9A26948 A9A26959 Page 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/9 8/17 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/33 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/12 10/10 10/10 7/36 7/51 7/51 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/39 7/41 7/41 7/41 7/41 7/56 7/56 7/9 7/9 7/9 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/22 2/22 2/22 2/22 2/22 2/21 2/21 2/21 2/20 Reference A9A26960 A9A26961 A9A26963 A9A26969 A9A26970 A9A26971 A9A26975 A9A26976 A9A26981 A9A26982 A9A27001 A9A27003 A9A27005 A9A27006 A9A27008 A9A27049 A9A27062 A9A27063 A9C15032 A9C15404 A9C15405 A9C15409 A9C15410 A9C15412 A9C15413 A9C15414 A9C15415 A9C15419 A9C15424 A9C15914 A9C15915 A9C15916 A9C15918 A9C15919 A9C15920 A9C15921 A9C15922 A9C15923 A9C15924 A9C18308 A9C18309 A9C20132 A9C20134 A9C20137 A9C20162 A9C20164 A9C20167 A9C20232 A9C20531 A9C20532 A9C20536 A9C20631 A9C20632 A9C20633 A9C20636 Page 2/20 2/20 2/20 2/20 2/25 2/20 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/26 2/24 2/24 2/24 2/24 2/25 2/26 2/26 7/27 7/22 7/22 7/22 7/22 7/23 7/23 7/23 7/9 7/9 7/24 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/13 7/13 7/13 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 Reference A9C20642 A9C20643 A9C20663 A9C20731 A9C20732 A9C20736 A9C20833 A9C20834 A9C20837 A9C20838 A9C20842 A9C20843 A9C20844 A9C20847 A9C20862 A9C20863 A9C20864 A9C20867 A9C20868 A9C20869 A9C20882 A9C20884 A9C21132 A9C21134 A9C21142 A9C21144 A9C21162 A9C21164 A9C21442 A9C21532 A9C21642 A9C21732 A9C21833 A9C21834 A9C21842 A9C21843 A9C21844 A9C21862 A9C21864 A9C22011 A9C22012 A9C22015 A9C22111 A9C22112 A9C22114 A9C22115 A9C22415 A9C22511 A9C22512 A9C22515 A9C22615 A9C22711 A9C22712 A9C22715 A9C22722 Page 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 Reference A9C22813 A9C22814 A9C22818 A9C22824 A9C23512 A9C23515 A9C23712 A9C23715 A9C30011 A9C30012 A9C30015 A9C30111 A9C30112 A9C30114 A9C30115 A9C30211 A9C30212 A9C30215 A9C30311 A9C30312 A9C30315 A9C30811 A9C30812 A9C30814 A9C30815 A9C30831 A9C32016 A9C32111 A9C32116 A9C32211 A9C32216 A9C32316 A9C32811 A9C32816 A9C32836 A9C33111 A9C33211 A9C33811 A9C34811 A9C65210 A9C65216 A9C65225 A9C65240 A9C65310 A9C65316 A9C65325 A9C65340 A9C65410 A9C65416 A9C65425 A9C65440 A9C66210 A9C66216 A9C66225 A9C66310 Product list Page 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/4 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/5 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/18 7/19 7/19 7/19 7/19 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 Reference A9C66316 A9C66325 A9C66410 A9C66416 A9C66425 A9C70112 A9C70114 A9C70122 A9C70122 A9C70124 A9C70124 A9C70132 A9C70134 A9C70342 A9C70344 A9D01610 A9D01616 A9D01620 A9D06610 A9D06616 A9D06620 A9D10806 A9D10810 A9D10816 A9D10820 A9D10825 A9D10832 A9D10840 A9D10845 A9D11210 A9D11216 A9D11220 A9D11225 A9D11232 A9D11806 A9D11810 A9D11816 A9D11820 A9D11825 A9D11832 A9D11840 A9D11845 A9D12806 A9D12810 A9D12816 A9D12820 A9D12825 A9D12832 A9D12840 A9D12845 A9D19210 A9D19216 A9D19220 A9D19225 A9D19232 Page 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/12 6/12 6/7 6/12 6/7 6/12 6/7 6/7 6/7 6/7 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 Reference A9D19810 A9D19816 A9D19820 A9D19825 A9D19832 A9D31606 A9D31610 A9D31616 A9D31620 A9D31625 A9D31632 A9D31640 A9D31806 A9D31810 A9D31816 A9D31820 A9D31825 A9D31832 A9D31840 A9D31845 A9D51210 A9D51216 A9D51220 A9D51225 A9D51232 A9D55604 A9D55606 A9D55610 A9D55616 A9D55620 A9D55625 A9D55632 A9D55640 A9E15120 A9E15120 A9E15121 A9E15122 A9E15123 A9E15535 A9E15536 A9E15537 A9E15538 A9E15539 A9E15540 A9E15541 A9E15542 A9E16065 A9E16066 A9E16067 A9E16068 A9E16069 A9E16070 A9E18030 A9E18031 A9E18032 Page 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 7/48 7/48 7/48 7/48 7/48 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/57 7/54 7/54 7/54 7/55 7/55 7/55 7/30 7/30 7/30 Reference A9E18033 A9E18034 A9E18035 A9E18036 A9E18037 A9E18038 A9E18039 A9E18070 A9E18070 A9E18071 A9E18072 A9E18073 A9E18074 A9E18320 A9E18321 A9E18322 A9E18323 A9E18324 A9E18325 A9E18326 A9E18327 A9E18328 A9E18330 A9E18331 A9E18332 A9E18333 A9E18334 A9E18335 A9E21180 A9E21181 A9E21182 A9E21183 A9E21183 A9F53101 A9F53102 A9F53103 A9F53104 A9F53106 A9F53110 A9F53116 A9F53120 A9F53125 A9F53132 A9F53140 A9F53150 A9F53163 A9F53201 A9F53202 A9F53204 A9F53206 A9F53210 A9F53216 A9F53220 A9F53225 A9F53232 Page 7/30 7/30 7/30 7/30 7/30 7/30 7/30 7/38 7/38 7/38 7/38 7/38 7/38 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/29 7/59 7/59 7/59 7/59 7/59 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 Reference A9F53240 A9F53250 A9F53263 A9F53301 A9F53302 A9F53304 A9F53306 A9F53310 A9F53316 A9F53320 A9F53325 A9F53332 A9F53340 A9F53350 A9F53363 A9F53401 A9F53402 A9F53404 A9F53406 A9F53410 A9F53416 A9F53420 A9F53425 A9F53432 A9F53440 A9F53450 A9F53463 A9F54101 A9F54102 A9F54104 A9F54106 A9F54110 A9F54116 A9F54120 A9F54125 A9F54132 A9F54140 A9F54150 A9F54163 A9F54201 A9F54202 A9F54204 A9F54206 A9F54210 A9F54216 A9F54220 A9F54225 A9F54232 A9F54240 A9F54250 A9F54263 A9F54301 A9F54302 A9F54304 A9F54306 Product list Page 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 Reference A9F54310 A9F54316 A9F54320 A9F54325 A9F54332 A9F54340 A9F54350 A9F54363 A9F54401 A9F54402 A9F54404 A9F54406 A9F54410 A9F54416 A9F54420 A9F54425 A9F54432 A9F54440 A9F54450 A9F54463 A9F55101 A9F55102 A9F55104 A9F55106 A9F55110 A9F55116 A9F55120 A9F55125 A9F55132 A9F55140 A9F55150 A9F55163 A9F55201 A9F55202 A9F55204 A9F55206 A9F55210 A9F55216 A9F55220 A9F55225 A9F55232 A9F55240 A9F55250 A9F55263 A9F55301 A9F55302 A9F55304 A9F55306 A9F55310 A9F55316 A9F55320 A9F55325 A9F55332 A9F55340 A9F55350 Page 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 Reference A9F55363 A9F55401 A9F55402 A9F55404 A9F55406 A9F55410 A9F55416 A9F55420 A9F55425 A9F55432 A9F55440 A9F55450 A9F55463 A9L00002 A9L08102 A9L08500 A9L08501 A9L08600 A9L08601 A9L16292 A9L16294 A9L16295 A9L16297 A9L16298 A9L16300 A9L16310 A9L16311 A9L16312 A9L16313 A9L16434 A9L16436 A9L16632 A9L16634 A9L16683 A9L16690 A9L16692 A9L20500 A9L20501 A9L21102 A9L40102 A9L40500 A9L40501 A9L40600 A9L40601 A9L65102 A9L65501 A9L65601 A9M17065 A9M17066 A9M17067 A9MEM2000 A9MEM2000T A9MEM2010 A9MEM3100 A9MEM3100 Page 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 4/9 4/9 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/12 4/15 4/15 4/2 4/2 4/15 4/15 4/15 4/8 4/8 4/9 4/9 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/9 4/8 4/8 7/88 7/88 7/88 7/88 7/88 7/88 7/88 7/90 Reference A9MEM3110 A9MEM3110 A9MEM3115 A9MEM3115 A9MEM3135 A9MEM3150 A9MEM3150 A9MEM3155 A9MEM3155 A9MEM3200 A9MEM3210 A9MEM3215 A9MEM3235 A9MEM3250 A9MEM3255 A9N15635 A9N15636 A9N15645 A9N15646 A9N15650 A9N15651 A9N15655 A9N15656 A9N15657 A9N15658 A9N17515 A9N17516 A9N17517 A9N17518 A9N17519 A9N17520 A9N17521 A9N17522 A9N17523 A9N18401 A9N18402 A9N18403 A9N18404 A9N18412 A9N18413 A9N18414 A9N18415 A9N18423 A9N18424 A9N18425 A9N18426 A9N18434 A9N18435 A9N18436 A9N18437 A9N18445 A9N18446 A9N18447 A9N18448 A9N18456 Page 7/88 7/90 7/88 7/90 7/88 7/88 7/90 7/88 7/90 7/90 7/90 7/90 7/90 7/90 7/90 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/8 Reference A9N18457 A9N18458 A9N18459 A9N18467 A9N18468 A9N18469 A9N18470 A9N18478 A9N18479 A9N18480 A9N18481 A9N18489 A9N18490 A9N18491 A9N18492 A9N18500 A9N18501 A9N18502 A9N18503 A9N18511 A9N18512 A9N18513 A9N18514 A9N18522 A9N18523 A9N18524 A9N18525 A9N18544 A9N18545 A9N18546 A9N18547 A9N18548 A9N18549 A9N18554 A9N18555 A9N18556 A9N18557 A9N18558 A9N18559 A9N18560 A9N18561 A9N18563 A9N18564 A9N18565 A9N18566 A9N18567 A9N18568 A9N18569 A9N18570 A9N18571 A9N18572 A9N18573 A9N18574 A9N18575 A9N18576 Product list Page 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/9 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/11 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 Reference A9N18577 A9N18578 A9N18579 A9N18580 A9N18587 A9N18588 A9N18589 A9N18591 A9N18592 A9N18594 A9N18595 A9N18597 A9N18598 A9N18599 A9N21552 A9N21553 A9N21554 A9N21555 A9N21556 A9N21557 A9N21558 A9N21559 A9N21560 A9N21561 A9N21722 A9N26476 A9N26477 A9N26478 A9N26500 A9N26899 A9N26923 A9N26924 A9N26927 A9N26929 A9N26946 A9N26947 A9N26948 A9N26959 A9N26960 A9N26961 A9N26963 A9N26969 A9N26971 A9N27062 A9R08263 A9R08463 A9R20216 A9R20225 A9R21225 A9R21240 A9R21263 A9R21291 A9R21425 A9R21440 A9R21463 Page 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/12 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/13 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/17 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 Reference A9R21480 A9R21491 A9R22440 A9R22463 A9R24225 A9R24240 A9R24263 A9R24291 A9R24425 A9R24440 A9R24463 A9R24480 A9R24491 A9R25240 A9R25263 A9R25291 A9R25440 A9R25463 A9R25480 A9R25491 A9R26440 A9R26463 A9R26491 A9R30225 A9R31480 A9R31491 A9R34463 A9R35240 A9R35263 A9R35291 A9R35440 A9R35463 A9R35480 A9R35491 A9R37440 A9R37463 A9R37480 A9R61225 A9R61240 A9R61263 A9R61425 A9R61440 A9R61463 A9S60120 A9S60132 A9S60220 A9S60232 A9S60292 A9S60320 A9S60332 A9S60420 A9S60432 A9S61120 A9S61132 A9S61220 Page 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/34 7/35 7/35 7/35 Reference A9S61232 A9S66140 A9S66163 A9S66191 A9S66192 A9S66240 A9S66263 A9S66291 A9S66292 A9S66340 A9S66363 A9S66391 A9S66392 A9S66440 A9S66463 A9S66491 A9S66492 A9V02663 A9V02763 A9V03663 A9V04263 A9V06663 A9V06763 A9V22225 A9V22225 A9V22263 A9V22263 A9V22325 A9V22425 A9V22463 A9V25263 A9V25263 A9V25363 A9V25463 A9V26225 A9V26225 A9V26263 A9V26263 A9V26325 A9V26363 A9V26425 A9V26463 A9V29263 A9V29263 A9V29363 A9V29463 A9V30225 A9V30225 A9V39263 A9V39363 A9V39463 A9V51225 A9V51263 A9V51325 A9V51363 Page 7/35 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 7/31 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/9 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 Reference A9V51425 A9V51463 A9V54225 A9V54263 A9V54325 A9V54363 A9V54425 A9V54463 A9V61225 A9V61240 A9V61263 A9V61325 A9V61325 A9V61340 A9V61363 A9V61425 A9V61440 A9V61463 A9V65263 A9V65363 A9V65463 A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 A9XAH457 A9XAH557 A9XAH657 A9XC2412 A9XCAL06 A9XCAM06 A9XCAS06 A9XCATM1 A9XCAU06 A9XM2B04 A9XMEA08 A9XMFA04 A9XMLA02 A9XMSB11 A9XPCD04 A9XPCM04 A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPH106 A9XPH112 A9XPH124 A9XPH157 A9XPH212 A9XPH224 A9XPH257 A9XPH312 A9XPH324 A9XPH357 A9XPH412 Product list Page 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/10 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 6/16 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 10/2 Reference A9XPH424 A9XPH457 A9XPM112 A9XPM212 A9XPM312 A9XPM412 A9XPM512 A9XPT920 CCT15223 CCT15224 CCT15224 CCT15232 CCT15232 CCT15233 CCT15233 CCT15234 CCT15234 CCT15243 CCT15244 CCT15244 CCT15251 CCT15251 CCT15253 CCT15253 CCT15260 CCT15260 CCT15261 CCT15261 CCT15268 CCT15268 CCT15284 CCT15284 CCT15338 CCT15338 CCT15338 CCT15365 CCT15365 CCT15365 CCT15367 CCT15367 CCT15367 CCT15368 CCT15368 CCT15483 CCT15490 CCT15491 CCT15491 CCT15493 CCT15493 CCt15494 CCT15720 CCT15720 CCT15721 CCT15721 CCT15722 Page 10/2 10/2 10/3 10/3 10/3 10/3 10/3 10/2 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/62 7/69 7/69 7/63 7/69 7/63 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/69 7/83 7/69 7/83 7/84 7/84 7/83 7/82 7/84 7/82 7/82 7/72 7/69 7/72 7/72 7/69 7/72 7/73 7/69 7/73 7/82 7/82 7/82 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/83 7/70 7/70 7/70 7/70 7/70 Reference CCT15722 CCT15723 CCT15723 CCT15837 CCT15838 CCT15840 CCT15854 CCT15854 CCT15860 CCT15860 CCT15860 CCT15861 CCT15861 CCT15861 CCT15910 CCT15910 CCT15940 CCT15940 CCT15950 CCT15950 CCT15955 CCT15955 CCT15970 CCT16364 CCT16364 DF2BA0200 DF2BA0400 DF2BA0600 DF2BA0800 DF2BA1000 DF2BN0200 DF2BN0400 DF2BN0600 DF2BN0800 DF2BN1000 DF2CA02 DF2CA04 DF2CA06 DF2CA10 DF2CA16 DF2CA20 DF2CA25 DF2CN02 DF2CN04 DF2CN06 DF2CN10 DF2CN16 DF2CN20 DF2CN25 DF2EA10 DF2EA12 DF2EA16 DF2EA20 DF2EA25 DF2EA32 Page 7/70 7/70 7/70 7/71 7/71 7/69 7/71 7/71 7/74 7/74 7/84 7/74 7/74 7/84 7/71 7/71 7/71 7/71 7/69 7/74 7/74 7/74 7/75 7/72 7/72 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/43 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 Reference DF2EA40 DF2EA50 DF2EN10 DF2EN16 DF2EN20 DF2EN25 DF2EN32 DF2EN40 DF2EN50 DF2FA100 DF2FA125 DF2FA32 DF2FA40 DF2FA50 DF2FA63 DF2FA80 DF2FN100 DF2FN32 DF2FN40 DF2FN50 DF2FN63 DF2FN80 LGY112510 LGY116013 LGY125014 LGY410028 LGY412548 LGY412560 LGY416048 LGYN1007 LGYN12515 LIN001 LV429211 LV429242 LV429243 LV429252 LV429253 LV429254 LV429256 LV429257 LV429258 LV429259 LV429260 LV429320 LV429337 LV429339 LV429371 LV429387 LV429388 LV429407 LV429408 LV429461 LV429461 LV429462 LV429462 Page 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 10/6 10/6 10/6 10/6 10/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 7/44 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/17 8/17 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/21 Product list Reference LV429504 LV429505 LV429506 LV429507 LV429517 LV429518 LV430557 LV430558 LV430561 LV430561 LV430562 LV430562 LV431536 LV431563 LV431564 LV431567 LV431568 LV431569 LV431569 LV431570 LV431570 LV432456 LV432479 LV432480 LV432481 LV432482 LV432490 LV432491 LV432500 LV432501 LV432502 LV432503 LV432504 LV432505 LV432506 LV432507 LV432593 LV432597 LV432599 LV432631 LV432631 LV432653 LV432653 LV432654 LV432654 LV432657 LV432658 LV432857 LV432858 LV432861 LV432861 LV432862 LV432862 LV434205 METSECT5CC004 Page 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/17 8/17 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/17 8/17 8/21 8/28 7/102 Reference METSECT5CC005 METSECT5CC006 METSECT5CC008 METSECT5CC010 METSECT5CC013 METSECT5CC015 METSECT5CC020 METSECT5CC025 METSECT5COVER METSECT5CYL1 METSECT5CYL2 METSECT5DA020 METSECT5DA025 METSECT5DA030 METSECT5DA040 METSECT5DA050 METSECT5DA060 METSECT5DA080 METSECT5DA100 METSECT5DA125 METSECT5DA150 METSECT5DB100 METSECT5DB125 METSECT5DB150 METSECT5DB200 METSECT5DB250 METSECT5DB300 METSECT5DC200 METSECT5DC250 METSECT5DC300 METSECT5DC400 METSECT5DD100 METSECT5DD125 METSECT5DD150 METSECT5DE100 METSECT5DE125 METSECT5DE150 METSECT5DE200 METSECT5DH125 METSECT5DH150 METSECT5DH200 METSECT5MA015 METSECT5MA020 METSECT5MA025 METSECT5MA030 METSECT5MA040 METSECT5MB025 METSECT5MB030 METSECT5MB040 METSECT5MC025 METSECT5MC030 METSECT5MC040 METSECT5MC050 METSECT5MC060 METSECT5MC080 Page 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/103 7/103 7/103 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 Reference METSECT5MD050 METSECT5MD060 METSECT5MD080 METSECT5ME015 METSECT5ME020 METSECT5ME025 METSECT5ME030 METSECT5ME040 METSECT5ME050 METSECT5ME060 METSECT5MF025 METSECT5MF030 METSECT5MF040 METSECT5MF050 METSECT5VF050 METSECT5VF060 METSECT5VV500 METSECT5VV600 METSEPM3200 METSEPM3210 METSEPM3250 METSEPM3255 MG16C14 MG16C14T MG16CE14 MG16CE14T MG16CEM4 MG16CEX4 MG25C2 MG25C2M MG25C2M MG25C4 MG25C4M MG25C4M MG25EXC MG25FCC2 MG25FCC2M MG25FCC4 MG25FCC4M MG2C13 MG2C5 MG2C7 MG2C9 MG64M MG66M MG6C12 MG6C18 MG6C6 MG6CEX MG6CEXM MG6FCC12 MG6FCC18 MG6FCC6 MG6PAC12 MG6PAC18 Page 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/102 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/104 7/93 7/93 7/93 7/93 8/6 8/8 8/6 8/8 8/21 8/15 8/6 8/6 8/20 8/6 8/6 8/20 8/15 8/16 8/16 8/16 8/16 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/20 8/20 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/15 8/20 8/16 8/16 8/16 10/11 10/11 Reference MG6PAC24 MG6PAC30 MG6PAC6 MG6PACN MG6PACN MG6PAFC12 MG6PAFC12 MG6PAFC18 MG6PAFC18 MG6PAFC6 MG6PAFC6 MG6PANKIT MG88M MG88MX MG8C12 MG8C12T MG8C18 MG8C18T MG8C6 MG8C6T MG8FCC12 MG8FCC18 MG8FCC6 MG8PAC12 MG8PAC18 MG8PAC24 MG8PAC30 MG8PAC6 MG8PACN3 MG8PACN4 MG8PANKIT MGBL MGE0404M5 MGE0632X MGE0633X MGE0634X MGE0634XE MGE1002X MGE1003X MGE1003XS MGE1004M5 MGE1004X MGE1004XE MGE1004XS MGE1004XSE MGE1252X MGE1253X MGE1254X MGE1254XE MGE1602X MGE1603X MGE1603XS MGE1604M5 MGE1604X MGE1604XE Page 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 8/20 8/20 8/6 8/8 8/6 8/8 8/6 8/8 8/16 8/16 8/16 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/11 10/12 9/4 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/4 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/3 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/4 9/2 9/2 Product list Reference MGE1604XS MGE1604XSE MGE2003X MGE2004X MGE2004XE MGE2503X MGE2503XS MGE2504M5 MGE2504X MGE2504XE MGE2504XS MGE2504XSE MGE4003X MGE4003XS MGE4004M5 MGE4004X MGE4004XE MGE4004XS MGE4004XSE MGE6303X MGE6303XS MGE6304M5 MGE6304X MGE6304XE MGE6304XS MGE6304XSE MGES063 MGES063R MGES100R MGES160R MGES250R MGES320R MGES400R MGES500 MGES500R MGES630 MGES630R MGFA0201C MGFA0203C MGFA0321C MGFA0323C MGFA0631C MGFA0633C MGFA1001C MGFA1003C MGFB20007C MGFB20012C MGFB20018C MGFB40007C MGFB40012C MGFB40018C MGFB63007C MGFB63012C MGFB63018C MGFC200 Page 9/3 9/3 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/4 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/3 9/2 9/3 9/4 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/3 9/2 9/3 9/4 9/2 9/2 9/3 9/3 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 Reference MGFC400 MGFC630 MGFD1003C MGFD1603C MGFD2503C MGFD4003C MGFJ400 MGFJ630 MGFK200 MGFK400 MGFK630 MGFL0201C MGFL0203C MGFL0321C MGFL0323C MGFL0631C MGFL0633C MGFL1001C MGFL1003C MGFQ100 MGFQ160 MGFQ250 MGFQ250 MGFQ400 MGFQ400 MGFQ630 MGFQ630 MGFS1003C MGFS1603C MGFS2003C MGFS2503C MGFS3153C MGFS4003C MGFS5003C MGFS6303C MGFX100C MGFX160C MGFX250C MGFX250C MGFX500C MGFZ160 MGFZ160 MGFZ250 MGFZ250 MGFZ630 MGFZ630T MGK33 MGN15707 MGN15708 MGN15709 MGN15710 MGN15711 MGN15712 MGN15713 MGN15714 Page 9/9 9/9 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/7 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/8 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 9/9 8/16 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 Reference MGN15715 MGN15716 MGN15717 MGN15718 MGP0161L1 MGP0161L2 MGP0161L3 MGP0162L12 MGP0162L1N MGP0162L23 MGP0162L2N MGP0162L31 MGP0162L3N MGP0163X MGP0163XN MGP0164X MGP0164XN MGP0201L1 MGP0201L2 MGP0201L3 MGP0251L1 MGP0251L2 MGP0251L3 MGP0252L12 MGP0252L1N MGP0252L23 MGP0252L2N MGP0252L31 MGP0252L3N MGP0253X MGP0253XN MGP0254X MGP0254XN MGP0301L1 MGP0301L2 MGP0301L3 MGP0302L12 MGP0302L1N MGP0302L23 MGP0302L2N MGP0302L31 MGP0302L3N MGP0323X MGP0323XN MGP0324X MGP0324XN MGP0401L1 MGP0401L2 MGP0401L3 MGP0402L12 MGP0402L1N MGP0402L23 MGP0402L2N MGP0402L31 MGP0402L3N Page 7/46 7/46 7/46 7/46 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 Reference MGP0403X MGP0403XE2 MGP0403XE2N MGP0403XN MGP0404X MGP0404XE2 MGP0404XE2N MGP0404XN MGP0501L1 MGP0501L2 MGP0501L3 MGP0502L1N MGP0502L2N MGP0502L3N MGP0503X MGP0503XN MGP0504XN MGP0631L1 MGP0631L2 MGP0631L3 MGP0632L12 MGP0632L1N MGP0632L23 MGP0632L2N MGP0632L31 MGP0632L3N MGP0633X MGP0633XN MGP0634X MGP0634XN MGP0801L1 MGP0801L2 MGP0801L3 MGP0802L12 MGP0802L1N MGP0802L23 MGP0802L2N MGP0802L31 MGP0802L3N MGP0803X MGP0803XN MGP0804X MGP0804XN MGP1001L1 MGP1001L2 MGP1001L3 MGP1002L12 MGP1002L1N MGP1002L23 MGP1002L2N MGP1002L31 MGP1002L3N MGP1003NAX MGP1003TX MGP1003X Page 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/7 8/9 8/7 Product list Reference MGP1003X MGP1003XE2 MGP1003XE2N MGP1003XN MGP1004NAX MGP1004TX MGP1004X MGP1004X MGP1004XE2 MGP1004XE2N MGP1004XN MGP1251L1 MGP1251L2 MGP1251L3 MGP1252L12 MGP1252L1N MGP1252L23 MGP1252L2N MGP1252L31 MGP1252L3N MGP1253X MGP1253XN MGP1254X MGP1254XN MGP1601L1 MGP1601L2 MGP1601L3 MGP1602L12 MGP1602L1N MGP1602L23 MGP1602L2N MGP1602L31 MGP1602L3N MGP1603NAX MGP1603TX MGP1603X MGP1603X MGP1603XE2 MGP1603XE2N MGP1603XN MGP1604NAX MGP1604TX MGP1604X MGP1604X MGP1604XE2 MGP1604XE2N MGP1604XN MGP2003X MGP2003XN MGP2004X MGP2004XN MGP2503LL MGP2503NATX MGP2503NAX MGP2503TX Page 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/10 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/11 8/12 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/9 Reference MGP2503X MGP2503X MGP2503XE2 MGP2503XE2N MGP2503XN MGP2504LL MGP2504NAX MGP2504TX MGP2504X MGP2504X MGP2504XE2 MGP2504XE2N MGP2504XN MGP250NL MGP250NL MGP4003NATX MGP4003NAX MGP4003TX MGP4003X MGP4003X MGP4003X5E MGP4004NAX MGP4004TX MGP4004X MGP4004X MGP4004X5E MGP6303NATX MGP6303NAX MGP6303TX MGP6303X MGP6303X MGP6303X MGP6304NAX MGP6304TX MGP6304X MGP6304X5E MGP630NL MGP630NL MGP8003B5 MGP8003NA MGP8003NA MGP8004B5 MGP8004NA MGPBB25 MGPBBP MGPC2025 MGPC2050 MGPC4025 MGPC4050 MGPCH12 MGPCH12 MGPCH18 MGPCH18 MGPCH6 MGPCH6 Page 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/7 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/12 8/12 8/7 8/11 8/9 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/12 8/9 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/11 8/11 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/12 8/7 8/11 8/7 8/7 8/9 8/7 8/7 8/11 8/18 8/15 8/15 8/15 8/15 8/15 10/11 8/15 10/11 8/15 10/11 Reference MGPCIN MGPCM12L MGPCM12R MGPCM18L MGPCM18R MGPCM6L MGPCM6R MGPCML MGPCML MGPGPC8 MGPP4S007 MGPXC206 MGPXC212 MGPXC218 MGPXC506 MGPXC512 MGPXC518 MIP12104 MIP12106 MIP12108 MIP12112 MIP12118 MIP12212 MIP12312 MIP99029 MIP99030 MIP99031 MIP99032 MIP99033 MIP99034 MIP99036 MIP99037 MIP99038 MIP99039 MIP99040 MIP99046 PRA15113 PRA15124 PRA15213 PRA15224 PRA15313 PRA15324 PRA15413 PRA15424 PRA16113 PRA16124 PRA16213 PRA16224 PRA16313 PRA16324 PRA16413 PRA16424 PRA20113 PRA20124 PRA20213 Page 8/7 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/16 8/16 8/15 8/15 8/15 8/15 8/15 8/15 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/17 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 Reference PRA20224 PRA20313 PRA20324 PRA20413 PRA20424 PRA90009 PRA90039 PRA91020 PRD1PN20R PRD1PN40 PRD1PN40R PRD1PN8 PRD3PN40 PRD3PN40R PRD3PN65R PRD3PN8 SE9LA SEA91252 SEA91253N SEA91254 SEA9125SPEV SEA9250SPEV SEA9AN10 SEA9AN1016MS SEA9AN106DS SEA9AN108MS SEA9AN10C SEA9AN10FK SEA9AN10PS SEA9AN10S10 SEA9AN14 SEA9AN1432MS SEA9AN148MS SEA9AN14C SEA9AN14FK SEA9AN14PS SEA9AN14S14 SEA9AN18 SEA9AN18C SEA9AN18FK SEA9AN18PS SEA9AN2 SEA9AN26DS SEA9AN27 SEA9AN27C SEA9AN2C SEA9AN2PS SEA9AN510SL SEA9AN56SL SEA9AN6 SEA9AN616MS SEA9AN624MS SEA9AN66DS SEA9AN6C SEA9AN6FK Page 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 4/18 2/25 1/6 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/13 1/4 1/4 1/5 1/4 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/5 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/5 1/4 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/4 1/5 1/4 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/5 1/7 1/7 Product list Reference SEA9AN6PS SEA9AN6S6 SEA9AN96SL SEA9BGPEXN SEA9BINCKIT SEA9BL SEA9BN100CCI SEA9BN12 SEA9BN12512S8 SEA9BN12514S6 SEA9BN12516S4 SEA9BN1256S8 SEA9BN12C SEA9BN12E SEA9BN12HDGK SEA9BN12HDGR SEA9BN12M SEA9BN12P SEA9BN12PEV SEA9BN12PS SEA9BN12SXP SEA9BN12SXP SEA9BN12SXS SEA9BN12SXS SEA9BN12TN SEA9BN16 SEA9BN16C SEA9BN16E SEA9BN16HDGK SEA9BN16HDGR SEA9BN16M SEA9BN16P SEA9BN16PEV SEA9BN16PS SEA9BN16SXP SEA9BN16SXP SEA9BN16SXS SEA9BN16SXS SEA9BN16TN SEA9BN18 SEA9BN18C SEA9BN18E SEA9BN18M SEA9BN18P SEA9BN18PEV SEA9BN18PS SEA9BN18TN SEA9BN24 SEA9BN24C SEA9BN24E SEA9BN24M SEA9BN24P SEA9BN24PEV SEA9BN24PS SEA9BN24SXP Page 1/7 1/5 1/4 1/14 1/15 1/7 1/12 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/13 10/13 1/13 10/13 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/13 10/13 1/13 10/13 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/13 Reference SEA9BN24SXP SEA9BN24SXS SEA9BN24SXS SEA9BN24TN SEA9BN25012S8 SEA9BN25014S6 SEA9BN25016S4 SEA9BN3110 SEA9BN3155 SEA9BN3210 SEA9BN3255 SEA9BN4 SEA9BN4C SEA9BN4E SEA9BN4P SEA9BN4PEV SEA9BN4PS SEA9BN4SXP SEA9BN4SXP SEA9BN4SXS SEA9BN4SXS SEA9BN4TN SEA9BN6 SEA9BN6C SEA9BN6E SEA9BN6HDGK SEA9BN6HDGR SEA9BN6M SEA9BN6P SEA9BN6PEV SEA9BN6PS SEA9BN6TN SEA9BN8 SEA9BN8C SEA9BN8E SEA9BN8HDGK SEA9BN8HDGR SEA9BN8M SEA9BN8P SEA9BN8PEV SEA9BN8PS SEA9BN8SXP SEA9BN8SXP SEA9BN8SXS SEA9BN8SXS SEA9BN8TN SEA9BNBCE13 SEA9BNBCE25 SEA9BNBCE7 SEA9BNC SEA9BNDM160M SEA9BNDM160SD SEA9BNDM200M SEA9BNDM200SD SEA9BNDM250M Page 10/13 1/13 10/13 1/14 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/13 10/13 1/13 10/13 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/14 1/14 1/14 1/13 10/13 1/13 10/13 1/14 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 Reference SEA9BNDM250SD SEA9BNEX034N SEA9BNEXA15N SEA9BNEXN SEA9BNKWH SEA9BNKWHP SEA9BNMETE SEA9BNSJKN SEA9BNTJKA SEA9BNTJKB SEA9BNTJKN SEA9BNWL SEA9BP SEA9BP25 SEA9BP5 SEA9DE16 SEA9DE16 SEA9DE24 SEA9DE24 SEA9DE32 SEA9DE32 SEA9DE40 SEA9DE40 SEA9DE64 SEA9DE64 SEA9FCF SEA9ISOKEY SEA9NA10 SEA9NA14 SEA9NA18 SEA9NA27 SEA9NA6 SEA9NB12 SEA9NB16 SEA9NB18 SEA9NB24 SEA9NB4 SEA9NB6 SEA9NB8 SEA9NCB1004 SEA9NCB1604 SEA9NCB1604SM SEA9NCB2004 SEA9NCB2004SM SEA9NCB2504 SEA9NCB2504SM SEA9NDSI SEA9NI1603 SEA9NI1604 SEA9NI1604SM SEA9NI160RCCB SEA9NI2003 SEA9NI2004 SEA9NI2004SM SEA9NI2254 Page 1/12 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/6 10/12 1/6 10/12 1/6 10/12 1/6 10/12 1/6 10/12 1/13 1/13 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/13 1/12 1/12 1/9 1/12 1/9 1/12 1/9 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/9 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/9 1/12 Reference SEA9NI2503 SEA9NI2504 SEA9NI2504SM SEA9NKIT SEA9NPB250TB SEA9NTB2504 SEA9PD SEA9R11280 SEA9R11291 SEA9R11480 SEA9R12263 SEA9R12280 SEA9R12291 SEA9R12463 SEA9R14280 SEA9R14291 SEA9R15280 SEA9R15291 SEA9R15463 SEA9R15491 SEA9R41263 SEA9R41463 SEA9R44263 SEA9R44463 SEA9TB1001 SEA9TB1252 SEA9TB1254 SEP0404M5 SEP1004M5 SEP1604M5 SEP2504M5 SEP4004M5 SEP400M5M SEP6304M5 SEP630M5M SEPINTP1 SEPINTPEGX TRV00121 TRV00210 TRV00217 TRV00810 TRV00820 TRV00870 TRV00880 Page 1/12 1/12 1/9 1/7 1/15 1/12 1/14 1/6 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/12 1/12 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/12 1/13 1/6 1/12 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/27 8/22 8/28 8/28 8/28 8/28 8/28 8/28 8/28 UK contact details - 0870 608 8 608 Fax 0870 608 8 606 Ireland contact details - 01 601 2200 Fax 01 601 2201 As the global specialist in energy management with operations in more than 100 countries, Schneider Electric offers integrated solutions across multiple market segments, including leadership positions in energy and infrastructure, industrial processes, building automation, and data centres/ networks, as well as a broad presence in residential applications. Schneider Electric is dedicated to making individuals' and organisations' energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive and green from Power Plant to PlugTM. We are changing our brand names and becoming one Schneider Electric. You'll get the same great quality products, but from one name you can remember and trust. This provides you and your customers with the reassurance associated with Schneider Electric. Some of our market leading brands have already become Schneider Electric including Merlin Gerin, Telemecanique, Square D, GET, Mita, Sarel, Himel, Thorsman, Tower and TAC. Working as one Schneider Electric makes it clearer that our ranges are highly compatible for integrated solutions. SE8863 JAN 2015 Schneider Electric Ltd United Kingdom Stafford Park 5, Telford Shropshire TF3 3BL Tel: 0870 608 8 608 Fax: 0870 608 8 606 www.schneider-electric.com/uk Ireland Head office, Block a Maynooth Business Campus Maynooth, Co. Kildare Tel: (01) 601 2200 Fax: (01) 601 2201 www.schneider-electric.com/ie Schneider Electric Limited is a company registered in England and Wales. Registered number: 1407228. Registered office: Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL. © 2013 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Active Energy Management, Compact, EcoStruxure, ION Enterprise, iRIO, Make the most of your energy, Masterpact, Micrologic, Power Plant To Plug, Modbus, and PowerLogic are owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS, or its affiliated companies in the United States and other countries. As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication. member ofAdobe InDesign CS5.5 (7.5.3) Adobe PDF Library 9.9